science and technology units - utas.edu.au · science and technology units including computer...

Science and Technology – 385

Units not offered in 1998 are detailed on the world wide web at: http://www.admin.utas.edu.au/HANDBOOKS/handbooks.html

Units

Science and Technology unitsIncluding Computer Science (KCA), EnvironmentalDesign and Architecture (KDA, KDU), Geology (KEA),Geography and Environmental Studies (KGA, KGE),Geomatics and Surveying (KGG, KGS), Psychology(KHA), Physical Sciences including Chemistry (KJC),Geography (KJG), Physics (KJP) and Geology (KJY) ,Agricultural Science (KLA), Mathematics (KMA), PlantScience (KPA), Aquaculture (KQA), Chemistry (KRA),Computing (KXA), Physics (KYA), Zoology (KZA)

Note: Unit descriptions for all Biochemistry units(CBA), for Microbiology for BSc (CBA250), for AppliedMedical Microbiology and Immunology (CJA308), forall Physiology (CHP), and Biomedical Science units(CRA) are given under Health Science (see page 206).

Computer Science – Department ofElectrical Engineering & Computer

Science at Hobart

The Department offers a computer science curriculumin Hobart that aims to produce graduates withknowledge and skills for a range of careers. Inparticular, graduates will have the background to adaptand learn new skills during the rapid change expectednext century. A parallel aim is to ensure that graduateshave personal and practical skills needed by thecomputing profession when they graduate from theUniversity.

The primary focus of the computer science teaching is abasic grounding followed by in-depth development ofspecialist knowledge and skills. Two streams of studyare available. Both streams emphasise a rigorousfoundation in maths and computer science and aim todevelop sound principles and skills for softwaredevelopment for a broad range of application types.Within this range, the software engineering streamemphasises the development of business andgovernment applications, while the computer andcommunications technology stream emphasisestelecommunications and defence applications.

The computer science curriculum is typically includedin a BSc degree course, but is available in several otherdegree programs including the bachelor of informationsystems. These courses take three years to complete atpass degree standard, and students who perform wellare eligible for the honours year, which is highlyrecommended. All courses allow you to combinecomputer science curriculum with elective units inother disciplines. It is worthwhile considering somemanagement, accounting or other business-relatedmaterial; possibly some languages like Japanese or evengraphic design to provide skills in developinginnovative user interfaces. A full range of other science

teaching is also available on the Hobart campus.

Graduate Diploma courses of one year full-timeequivalent study are also available in softwareengineering or computer and communicationtechnology.

Professional Knowledge and Skills

Software engineering is a term that describestechniques for building complex software systems tomeet the needs of people, business, government orother organisations. The process of building the systemwill involve identifying requirements, deciding how therequirements will be met by the system, designingsuitable software and/or hardware components, andimplementing the system. This has to be done in atimely and cost-effective way, resulting in a finalproduct that meets the agreed specifications and qualitystandards.

A graduate from one of the specialisations in computerscience will be a professional with knowledge and skillsrelevant to the design, implementation and delivery ofsophisticated software systems. They have an ability totackle complex problems and produce high-qualitysolutions on time and to budget. This background issuitable preparation for a move into management ofsophisticated software development projects.

Studying Computer Science

The curriculum provides in-depth knowledge and skillsin programming, currently in the programminglanguages Java and C++; algorithms; specification anddesign; communications networks and qualityassurance amongst many other topics. Case studies,practical work and a commitment to a personalsoftware process will develop your personal timemanagement skills, communication skills and ability towork effectively within a team.

Other Computer Science units are available to augmentthis core knowledge with coverage of more specialisedtopics such as image processing and intelligent systems.

Careers

Graduates often start their careers in technical positionssuch as programmer or system administrator. Thesejobs may involve software and hardware configuration,implementation and client support. With furtherexperience the career path leads to project leader andcomputer system manager. There are also manydifferent types of specialised jobs such as systemstrainer or sales consultants for those with particularaptitude and interest.

KCA151 Computer ProgrammingProgramming –Programming in an imperativelanguage: basic data types and language constructs;functions and parameters; input-output; libraries of

KCA

386 University of Tasmania – Course and Unit Handbook

For an explanation of abbreviations used above see inside back cover.

functions. Structured program construction.Applications using simple graphical user interface.Introduction to data structures.

• Hbt, int • 12.5% • sem 1 – 3x1-hr lectures, 2-hr labfortnightly (14 wks) • prereq *MT841 or *MT730 • m/excl KCA122, 123, 124, 173 • assess practical work andassignments (40%), 3-hr end-of-sem exam (60%).Students must achieve at least 40% credit in both thepractical and exam components.

KCA152 Software Process 1Fundamentals of Software Engineering –Analysis,functional specification, software design, programmingtechniques and tools. Software development life cycles.Software version control. Systematic approach totesting. Data structures and algorithms –Arrays, lists,queues, stacks and trees. Introduction to algorithmcomplexity. Personal Software Process– Tracking,prioritisation and management of time. Periodplanning, product planning.

•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3x1-hr lectures, 1-hrtutorial weekly, 4x3-hr lab sessions (14 wks) • prereqKCA151 • m/excl KCA122, 123, 125, 260 • assesspractical work and assignments (40%), 3-hr end-of-semexam (60%). Students must achieve at least 40% creditin both the practical and exam components.

KCA251 Software AnalysisObject-oriented Programming – Object-orientedprogramming in an imperative language: classes,inheritance, information hiding, class libraries,reusability of objects. Data structures and algorithms–Abstract data type definitions and use, asymptotic

analysis and big-Oh notation, ordered and unordereddata structures. Data models and associated algorithms:tables, heaps, graphs and advanced use of trees.Analysis of algorithms for sorting. Dynamicprogramming and greedy algorithms. Introduction tointractable problems and approximation.

•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3x1-hr lectures, 1-hrtutorial weekly, 3-hr lab fortnightly (14 wks) • prereqKCA122 or KCA123 or KCA125 • m/excl KCA236• assess practical work and assignments (40%), 3-hrend-of-sem exam (60%), Students must achieve at least40% credit in both the practical and exam components.

KCA252 Computer Systems 1Operating Systems –Introduction to multi-useroperating systems, process scheduling, file storemanagement, memory management, resourceallocation and security; system commands. Shellscripting. Communication Systems –Introduction tonetworks; topologies; methods of transmission. Typesof networks; network applications. Systemsperformance– analysis and measurement of

workloads; performance prediction; real-time systems;latency and response time; safety and reliability issues.

•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3x1-hr lectures, 1-hrtutorial weekly (14 wks) • prereq KCA122 or KCA123or KCA125 • m/excl KCA220 • assess practical workand assignments (40%), 3-hr end-of-sem exam (60%),Students must achieve at least 40% credit in both thepractical and exam components.

KCA253 Software DesignObject-oriented Design– The object-orientedparadigm, object diagrams, classes, inheritance,reusability of objects. Life cycle modelling. Designpatterns. Mapping designs into code. Human-computerInterfaces –Theory and practice of human interactionwith software systems. Design, implementation andclass libraries for graphical user interfaces. PersonalSoftware Process– Managing schedules andcommitments. The need for a software process and forrecording defects.

•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3x1-hr lectures, 1-hrtutorial weekly, 3-hr lab session fortnightly (14 wks)• prereq KCA122 or KCA123 or KCA125 • coreqKCA251 • m/excl KCA260 • assess practical work andassignments (40%), 3-hr end-of-sem exam (60%),Students must achieve at least 40% credit in both thepractical and exam components.

KCA254 Microprocessors and DataAcquisitionIs designed for students interested in the fundamentaloperation of microprocessors, micro-controllers and theinterfacing of these devices to the real world. The unitbuilds from the realisation of gate circuits and theimplementation of Boolean functions, to the design andimplementation of sequential circuits. Fundamentalprogramming of microprocessors and micro-controllersis developed and hardware and software aspects ofhow these devices are connected to memory systemsand other peripheral systems. Methods of conversionbetween analog and digital signals are developed.

•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3x1-hr lectures, 1-hrtutorial weekly (14 wks) • prereq KCA122 or KCA123or KCA125 • m/excl AEA216 • assess practical workand assignments (40%), 3-hr end-of-sem exam (60%),Students must achieve at least 40% credit in both thepractical and exam components.• req Mano M, Computer System Architecture, 3rd edn,

Prentice-Hall, orWakerley JF, Digital Design Principles and Practices,

Prentice-Hall.

KCA341/441 Intelligent SystemsIs intended for all engineering and science students andaims to acquaint students with intelligent systems and



Units

provide them with a working knowledge for buildingthese systems. Expert systems –knowledgerepresentation, a comprehensive overview for buildingexpert systems using an expert system shell. Uncertainreasoning– fuzzy set theory, building fuzzy expertsystems illustrating the theory through examples, fuzzyknowledge and other methods for dealing withuncertainty. Artificial neural networks –the humanneural system, pattern classification and clusteringalgorithms, neural net topology and training, neural-like computers and applications of neural nets.

• N.B. KCA341/KCA441 Intelligent Systems is designedfor fourth-year students in the BE degree and third-yearstudents in the BSc degree

•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –2x1-hr lectures, 2x1-hrtutorial weekly, 3-hr lab session fortnightly • prereqKCA122 or KCA123 or KCA125 • m/excl AEA413• assess 2 assignments (20%), project (20%), 3-hr finalexam (60%)• req Durkin, J. Expert Systems Design and Development,

Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1994.

KCA342/442 Image Processing andComputer VisionIs a first course in image processing and computervision and aims to provide students with sufficientbackground to develop their own processing software.The unit gives an introduction to the human visualsystem, standard video systems and video acquisitionhardware and software systems. Students are thengiven a comprehensive background in varioustechniques in image spectral analysis, enhancement,and compression, useful for visual communications andelectronic commerce. The unit also covers techniques inobject recognition and computer vision, useful formanufacturing and quality assurance processes.

• N.B. KCA342/KCA442 Image Processing and ComputerVision is designed for fourth-year students in the BE degreeand third-year students in the BSc degree

•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3x1-hr lectures, 1-hrtutorial weekly, 3-hr lab session fortnightly • prereqKMA102 and (KCA122 or KCA123 or KCA125) • m/excl AEA414 • assess 2 lab reports (20%), 1-hr mid-termtest and an assignment (20%), 3-hr final exam (60%)• req Gonzalez and Woods, Digital Image Processing,

Addison Wesley, 1992.

KCA343/443 Computer ArchitectureBuilds on KCA254, developing basic technology andorganisational concepts. Multiprocessing, pipeliningand parallel computing are discussed and modelled.Memory systems, including cache memory, memorymanagement, overlapping memory and paging;overlapping I/O and I/O handling, process schedulingand context switching are examined. Aspects of static

and dynamic interconnection configurations arecovered. Bus classifications, bus arbitration and theeffects of bus width are examined.

• N.B. KCA343/KCA443 Computer Architecture isdesigned for fourth-year students in the BE degree and third-year students in the BSc degree

•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3x1-hr lectures, 1-hrtutorial weekly (14 wks) • prereq KCA220 and AEA216• m/excl AEA316 • assess practical work andassignments (40%), 3-hr end-of-sem exam (60%)• req Gibson Glenn A, Computer Systems: Concepts and

Design, Prentice-Hall orHwang Kai, Advanced Architecture: Parallelism,

Scalability, Programmability, McGraw-Hill.

KCA351 Computer Systems 2Digital Communication Systems– The emphasis is onprotocols and protocol architectures, especially withrespect to local area networks (LANs). Topics includedigital communication standards; the ISO 7-layermodel; local and wide area network technologies; realprotocols, such as TCP/IP and SNA; networkmanagement systems and protocols; network protocolmodelling; management of security; firewalls.Distributed systems– Client-server; distributed objectmodels; component software; inter-object modelcommunication; CORBA; IIOP.

•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3x1-hr lectures, 1-hrtutorial weekly (14 wks) • prereq KCA220 • m/exclKCA320 • assess practical work and assignments (40%),3-hr end-of-sem exam (60%), Students must achieve atleast 40% credit in both the practical and examcomponents.

KCA352 Software Process 2Contemporary Software Engineering Environments –Software architecture. Software tools in thedevelopment of software, for example parsing tools andCASE tools. Integrated software engineeringenvironments. Software Quality Assurance –Factorsaffecting software quality. Software processdocumentation, measurement and improvement. Studyand comparison of different methodologies andstandards. Case study. Analysis Techniques –Formaldescription of static and dynamic program behaviour.Program verification and validation. Tools to supportthese activities. Personal Software Process– Finding,avoiding, estimating and the economics of defects.Personal commitment to process and product quality.

•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3x1-hr lectures, 1-hrtutorial weekly, 3x3-hr lab sessions (14 wks) • prereqKCA260 • m/excl KCA360 • assess practical work andassignments (40%), 3-hr end-of-sem exam (60%),Students must achieve at least 40% credit in both thepractical and exam components.

KCA



KCA353 Computing ProjectProject– A medium-scale computing project, createdby small teams of students. The projects will includevarious applications, communications or distributedsystems. All aspects of the development process will beconsidered: requirements, specif~cation, system design,implementation, integration, documentation, testingand quality assurance. Associated plans for acceptancetesting and maintenance will also be required.

•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –1-hr lecture, 2-hr workshopweekly (14 wks) • prereq KCA220 and KCA260 • m/excl KCA318, BSA302 • assess Practical work andassignments (100%).

KCA354 Communications and DataNetworksProvides sufficient knowledge of current and evolvingtechnology and international standards in order to planand design a corporate computer network. Theemphasis is on data communications and datacommunications networking. Topics covered includedata transmission, data encoding, digital datacommunications, data link control, multiplexing, circuitswitching, packet switching, local area networks(LANs), metropolitan area networks (MANs), wide areanetworks (WANs), and integrated services digitalnetworks (ISDN).

•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3x1-hr lectures, 1-hrtutorial weekly, 3x3-hr lab sessions (14 wks) • prereqKMA102 • assess 2 lab reports (20%), 1-hr mid-term testand an assignment (20%), 3-hr final exam (60%)• req Stallings W, Data and Computer Communications,

4th edition, McMillan, 1994.

KCA355 Advanced ProgrammingTechniquesApplied Techniques– Functional programming inimperative, object and functional languages; appliedtype systems; objects, encapsulation and closures;control flow abstraction; data abstraction; simulatedgarbage collection; design patterns. Advancedprogramming languages– Types in programminglanguages including parametric polymorphism,subtyping and dynamic typing. Behavioual aspects:inheritance, subclassing and subtyping, evaluationstrategies, operational semantics. Intensional aspects:analysis, optimisation and binding time.

•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3x1-hr lectures, 1-hrtutorial weekly (14 wks) • prereq KCA220 and KCA260• m/excl KCA237, 360 • assess practical work andassignments (40%), 3-hr end-of-sem exam (60%),Students must achieve at least 40% credit in both thepractical and exam components.

For information on all KCA– honours levelunits, contact the Department of ElectricalEngineering & Computer Science.

Environmental Design andArchitecture at Launceston and

Hobart

Environmental Design is taught by the Department ofArchitecture & Urban Design in Launceston andHobart.

While the general description of the units taught bythese departments is the same, the way in which theunits are taught will reflect the research interests,expertise and local circumstances of each campus. Forthis reason, the units are coded differently, according tothe campus on which the student is enrolled.

Students enrolling in the Bachelor of EnvironmentalDesign (BEnvDes) in Launceston will enrol in unitsprefixed KDA.

Students enrolling in the BEnvDes in Hobart will enrolin units prefixed KDU.

The numerical suffixes are the same for both campuses.Thus a student undertaking Design Studio 3 atLaunceston will enrol in KDA211, while a studentundertaking the same unit in Hobart will enrol inKDU211.

Successful students continuing on to a fourth year ofstudies will enrol in either the Bachelor ofEnvironmental Studies with Honours, which isavailable at both Hobart and Launceston, the Bachelorof Architecture (BArch) which is available only atLaunceston.

Units specific to the BArch (indicated in brackets afterthe unit title) have no KDU equivalents.

Unit descriptions

FIRST YEAR BACHELOR OF ENVIRONMENTAL

DESIGN UNITS

First year BEnvDes units are available only inLaunceston in 1998.

KDA111 Design Studio 1AIntegrates basic graphic techniques with three-dimensional and visual investigation and theexploration of cultural values. Students develop theirdesign appreciation through a series of exercises whichexplore space, form and order, as well as such aestheticconcepts as proportion, balance, harmony, contrast etc.The presentation of work is the subject of critique bystaff and student peers, and this continues through alldesign studios.

•Ltn, int •12% •sem 1 –lecture, studio and seminar; 4



Units

hrs weekly (14 wks) • assess by review of submittedportfolio containing all project work.

KDA112 Design Studio 1BIntroduces students to the desirability of establishing asense of place in all environmental design intervention.Students investigate the relation between natural andartificial environments and their historic development.The study forms a background for site analysis anddesign responses to environmental factors and humancomfort. Students learn to develop designs whichrespect the cultural environment and incorporateprinciples of ecological sustainability.

•Ltn, int •12% •sem 1 –lecture, studio and seminar; 4hrs weekly (14 wks). • assess by review of submittedportfolio containing all project work.

KDA113 Design Studio 1CDevelops communication skills needed by students intheir study of environmental design. A variety ofwritten and graphic media are explored, includingarchitectural drawing, freehand drawing, computergraphics, information processing, photography, modelmaking and graphic presentation.

•Ltn, int •12% •sem 1 –lecture, studio and seminar; 4hrs weekly (14 wks) • assess by review of submittedportfolio containing all project work.

KDA114 History & Theory 1Covers the principal periods in the history of WesternArchitecture up to the eighteenth century, including itslinks with Western Asia and North Africa. The unit alsogives some appreciation of the largely separatearchitectural tradition of East Asia. It stresses therelationships between building construction andarchitectural form and space, between architecture andits cultural context, and between architecture and urbanand landscape design.

•Ltn, int •6% •sem 1 –lecture and seminar; 2 hrsweekly (14 wks) • assess seminar presentations andwritten and graphic assignments.

KDA115 Building Technology 1Considers the physical relationship between people andtheir environment. Space and form are looked at interms of the human perception of heat, light and soundand their effect on one’s existence and comfort.Methods of environmental control are examined withemphasis on energy and resource conservation. Theunit enables students to demonstrate an understandingof: basic issues concerning ecologically sustainablearchitecture; energy transfer processes in the terrestrialenvironment; perception and response to heat, light andsound; the sensory dimensions of architectural space;and the use of building fabric for selectiveenvironmental filtering.

•Ltn, int •6% •sem 1 –lecture and seminar; 2 hrsweekly (14 wks) • assess written and graphicassignments, tests.

KDA116/117 & KDU116/117 ElectiveunitsProvide the opportunity for exploration of knowledgeand development of skills in areas both within andbeyond the discipline and faculty.

•6% ea •sem 1/2

KDA121 Design Studio 2AIs a continuation of KDA111, but with an introductionto the principles of architectural design.

•Ltn, int •12% •sem 2 –sem 2 –lecture, studio andseminar; 4 hrs weekly (14 wks) • prereq KDA111, 112 &113 • assess by review of submitted portfoliocontaining all project work.

KDA122 Design Studio 2BIs a continuation of KDA112. The scale and complexityof studio projects increases and students are expected todeal with the issues in greater depth.

•Ltn, int •12% •sem 2 –lecture, studio and seminar; 4hrs weekly (14 wks) • prereq KDA111, 112 & 113• assess by review of submitted portfolio containing allproject work and assignment.

KDA123 Design Studio 2CIs intended to develop understanding and skills in theuse of modelling. The unit consolidates media skillsused in design investigation, evaluation andpresentation.

•Ltn, int •12% •sem 2 –lecture, studio and seminar; 4hrs weekly (14 wks) • prereq KDA111, 112 & 113• assess by review of submitted portfolio containing allproject work.

KDA124 History & Theory 2Covers the principal periods in the history of WesternArchitecture from the 18th century to the mid-20thcentury. The unit also gives some appreciation of thelargely separate architectural tradition of East Asia. Itstresses the relationship between building constructionand architectural form and space, between architectureand its cultural context, and between architecture andurban and landscape design.

•Ltn, int •6% •sem 2 –lecture and seminar; 2 hrsweekly (14 wks) • assess seminar presentations, writtenand graphic assignments and test.

KDA125 Building Technology 2Introduces the role of materials and structures in builtform. Materials are classified and their responses toenvironmental influences are identified. The forces

KCAKDA



acting upon structures are examined. The interactionsbetween forces and materials are shown in order toindicate appropriate forms and assemblies for buildingstructures. Understanding of the derivation ofstructural systems is assisted by reference to historicalexamples and contemporary practice. The unit enablesstudents to demonstrate an understanding of: theclassification and properties of materials; the originsand nature of forces; and the performance of structuralelements and systems.

•Ltn, int •6% •sem 2 –lecture and seminar; 2 hrsweekly (14 wks) • assess written and graphicassignments, tests.

SECOND YEAR BACHELOR OF ENVIRONMENTAL

DESIGN UNITS

KDA211 & KDU211 Design Studio 3Develops fundamental skills in architectural design,including design investigation, design communication,schematic design and design development. Studentsexplore and attempt to integrate design criteriaincluding contextual response, activity support andconstruction principles. The selection and assembly ofbuilding components for domestic scale constructionare explored. Students need to demonstrate an ability todesign and detail the construction of domestic scalebuildings and successfully integrate them with theirsites.

•Ltn & Hbt, int •18% •sem 1 –lecture, studio andseminar • prereq (KDA121, 122 & 123) or (KDU121, 122& 123) • assess by review of submitted portfoliocontaining all project work.

KDA212 & KDU212 History & Theory 3Covers the important architectural developments andmovements of the twentieth century, with someemphasis on the post-World War II period. The unitdevelops an understanding of the connections anddisjunctions between the architecture of this period andearlier periods. It stresses the relationships betweenbuilding construction and architectural form and space,between architecture and its cultural context, andbetween architecture and urban and landscape design.

•Ltn & Hbt, int •6% •sem 1 –lecture and seminar; 2hrs weekly (14 wks) • assess seminar presentations,written and graphic assignments.

KDA213 & KDU213 Building Technology 3Is a study of building materials and elements todevelop an understanding of their properties andselection in the contemporary design context. The unitenables students to demonstrate an understanding of:the development of domestic construction in Australia;the selection and assembly of domestic scale building

components; the construction processes involved fortimber-framed domestic building; the principles andpractice of domestic structural design in timber; and theprinciples of services provision at domestic scale.

•Ltn & Hbt, int •6% •sem 1 –lecture and seminar; 2hrs weekly (14 wks) • assess written and graphicassignments, tests.

KDA214 & KDU214 Specialised Studio 1Is the first in a series of units (including KDA/KDU214,224, 314, 324), taken over 4 semesters. The units offerstudents the opportunity to focus in depth on aspecialised area of design. The Department ofArchitecture & Urban Design campuses in Launcestonand Hobart have different research interests and localcircumstances which are reflected in the areas coveredon these two campuses.In Launceston the specialised studios cover thefollowing areas: (a) Landscape in Architecture; (b)Computer Use in Design; (c) Asian Architecture; and(d) Wood in Architecture.

In Hobart they cover: (a) Urban Design, which takes atheme such as central area design or suburban design;(b) Environment and Design, which takes a theme suchas energy and design or building heritage; and (c)Landscape Design which addresses site planning orurban spaces.

•Ltn & Hbt, int •18% •sem 1 –studio, lecture andseminar • assess By review of submitted portfoliocontaining all project work.

KDA221 & KDU221 Design Studio 4Develops an understanding and skill in the devisingand detailing of construction for buildings of mediumscale. Students are expected to develop fundamentalskills at a greater level of competence and complexitythan in KDA211. Project work focuses on the creation ofarchitectural and constructional concepts, constructiondocumentation skills, and the analysis and synthesis ofa variety of design concerns.•Ltn & Hbt, int •18% •sem 2 –lecture, studio andseminar • prereq KDA211 or KDU211 • assess byreview of submitted portfolio containing all projectwork.

KDA222 & KDU222 History & Theory 4Covers the development of architecture in Australia –establishing the transfer and modification of ideas fromelsewhere, especially from Europe and North America,and regional responses to the Australian environment,as a foundation for the critical discussion of issuesfacing architecture in Australia today.




Units

KDA223 & KDU223 Building Technology 4Continues the study of building technology at domesticscale. The unit enables students to demonstrate anunderstanding of: the constructional properties ofconcrete and masonry; the principles of footings fordomestic construction; the principles of aperture design–doors, windows, ducts and conduits; and servicingand energy strategies for domestic-scale architecture.•Ltn & Hbt, int •6% •sem 2 –lecture and seminar; 2hrs weekly (14 wks). • assess written and graphicassignments, tests.

KDA224 & KDU224 Specialised Studio 2Is the second in a series of studio units, taken over 4semesters. For details of the unit, see KDA/KDU214above.

•Ltn & Hbt, int •18% •sem 2 –studio, lecture andseminar • assess by review of submitted portfoliocontaining all project work.

THIRD YEAR BACHELOR OF ENVIRONMENTAL

DESIGN UNITS

KDA311 & KDU311 Design Studio 5Enables students in third year to demonstrate aproficiency in design analysis, design synthesis, designjudgement and design communication as they pertainto the architectural design process. The scale of projectsin the third year will range from small to relativelylarge.

•Ltn & Hbt, int •18% •sem 1 –lecture, studio andseminar • prereq KDA221 or KDU221 • assess byreview of submitted portfolio containing all projectwork.

KDA312 & KDU312 History & Theory 5Focuses on the interrelationships between: (a) the man-made environment; (b) human perception, values andbehaviour and (c) design. Some cross-culturalcomparisons are made. Students are introduced to therole of the architect.

•Ltn & Hbt, int •6% •sem 1 –lecture and seminar; 2hrs weekly (14 wks) • assess written assignments andseminar presentations.

KDA313 & KDU313 Building Technology 5Studies the principles of construction for medium-scalebuildings. The unit enables students to demonstrate anunderstanding of: the commissioning-designing andproduction of medium-scale buildings; systems andstructure for medium-scale building, includingsteelwork, reinforced concrete and foundations; andservicing and energy strategies for medium-scalebuildings.

•Ltn & Hbt, int •6% •sem 1 –lecture and seminar; 2

hrs weekly (14 wks) • assess written and graphicassignments, tests.

KDA314 & KDU314 Specialised Studio 3Is the third in a series of studio units, taken over 4semesters. For details of the unit, see KDA/KDU214above.


KDA321 & KDU321 Design Studio 6Consolidates the objectives of KDA/KDU311. Thechoice of studio-based project work is appropriate tothe demonstration of skills in design investigation, briefformulation, sketch design, design development, reportwriting and final design presentation.

•Ltn & Hbt, int •18% •sem 2 –lecture, studio andseminar • prereq KDA311 or KDU311 • assess Byreview of submitted portfolio containing all projectwork.

KDA322 & KDU322 History & Theory 6Involves the study of important twentieth centuryarchitectural theory in order to give a deeperunderstanding of recent practice. The unit complementsKDA/KDU212 (in which emphasis is given to the studyof actual buildings) & KDA/KDU312 (in which thetheory is based on principles of social science ratherthan on the specific design theory generated byarchitects themselves). The unit concentrates on thoseideas most relevant to current practice and aims toassist students in developing their own designphilosophy.


KDA323 & KDU323 Building Technology 6Continues the study of construction for medium-scalebuildings and develops an understanding of theinfluence of technology in architecture. The unit enablesstudents to demonstrate an understanding of:performance specifications; legislative control of thebuilding process; health, safety and amenity; definitionand design of major elements –roofs, floors, walls; anddesign strategies for medium-scale buildings,innovation and system.

•Ltn & Hbt, int •6% •sem 2 –lecture and seminar; 2hrs weekly (14 wks) • assess written and graphicassignments, tests.

KDA324 & KDU324 Specialised Studio 4Is the fourth in a series of studio units, taken over 4semesters. For details of the unit, see KDA/KDU214above.

KDA




FIRST YEAR BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE UNITS

KDA411 Design Studio 7 (BArch)Reinforces the skills developed in BEnvDes DesignStudios. The unit is orientated specifically to the needsof the architectural profession. It helps studentsformulate their design philosophy and to identify areasof particular importance to be pursued in depth duringtheir course of study.

•Ltn, int •31% •sem 1 –lecture, studio and seminar• assess by review of submitted portfolio containing allproject work.

KDA412 Dissertation 1 (BArch)Is the first of 2 units (see also KDA422) which allowstudents to explore an area of architecture through anindependent investigation and analysis of architecturalresources. This first unit focuses on gaining familiaritywith the area of study, preparing a clean studyproposal, and structuring the research.

•Ltn, int •5.7% •sem 1 –lecture and seminar • assesscontinuous assessment of written submissions.

KDA413 Professional Studies 1 (BArch)Develops a knowledge of the architect’s responsibilityto society, clients and the profession. Basic theory oflaw, courts and legal processes and concepts areexamined, and developed within the context of statutelaw as it applies to the building industry.

•Ltn, int •5.7% •sem 1 –lecture and seminar • assesswritten assignments

KDA414 Building Technology 7 (BArch)Studies advanced building systems in terms ofperformance, cost, construction and buildability.Particular emphasis is placed on the development ofplanning strategies to assist in achieving the bestpossible performance of the construction phase ofbuilding projects. The unit enables students to:demonstrate an understanding of the principles ofconstruction of tall structures, long span structures andrefurbishment projects; demonstrate an understandingof advanced building techniques as highlighted in thisunit; develop an appreciation of the design implicationsof standardisation and availability of building productsand components; and have an awareness of QualityAssurance and its underlying importance in all aspectsof the building process.

•Ltn, int •5.7% •sem 1 –lecture and seminar • assesswritten and graphic assignments, tests.

KDA415 Elective unitProvides the opportunity for exploration. A knowledgeand development of skills in areas both within andbeyond the discipline and faculty.

•5.7% •sem 1/2

KDA421 Design Studio 8 (BArch)Explores all professional aspects of the discipline anddevelops skills needed to design within the technical,legal and economic constraints that architects workunder in real life. The unit enables students todemonstrate an ability to develop a project through alldesign and documentation stages.

•Ltn, int •31% •sem 2 –lecture, studio and seminar• prereq KDA411 • assess by review of submittedportfolio containing all project work.

KDA422 Dissertation 2 (BArch)Is the second of 2 units (see KDA412 above) whichallow students to explore a particular area ofarchitecture in greater depth. In this unit, studentsprepare and refine a paper to professional standard.

•Ltn, int •5.7% •sem 2 –lecture and seminar • prereqKDA412 • assess thesis.

KDA423 Professional Studies 2 (BArch)Explores the nature of the building industry andorganisations within it. Modes of architectural practiceand their legal implications are examined, and appliedto design and pre-construction documentation,tendering, procurement methods and constructionstage matters.

•Ltn, int •5.7% •sem 2 –lecture and seminar • assesswritten assignments

KDA424 Building Technology 8 (BArch)Focuses on the various types of written contractdocumentation (specifications, schedules and bills ofquantities) –their preparation by the architect andconsultants, their implementation by the builder, andtheir administration on site.

•Ltn, int •5.7% •sem 2 –lecture and seminar • assesswritten and graphic assignments, tests.

Second year BArch units, numbered KDA511–521, follow the BEnvDes(Hons) units below

BACHELOR OF ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN WITH

HONOURS UNITS

KDA471 & KDU471 Dissertation 1(BEnvDes Hons)Is the first of 2 units (see also KDA/KDU481) whichtogether allow students to explore in depth an area ofenvironmental design through independent research.



Units

During this first stage, students are expected to submita preparatory paper which outlines the background,scope and approach of the study.

• Staff (Supervisor) Determined by research topic •Ltn& Hbt, int •25% •sem 1 –research and seminar• assess preparatory paper and progress report

KDA472 & KDU472 EnvironmentalDesign 1 (BEnvDes Hons)Consists of studio-based project work aimed atdeveloping investigative and design abilities in anapproved area of environmental design.

• Staff (Supervisor) As detailed in unit program •Ltn& Hbt, int •18.75% •sem 1 –studio-based projects,seminars and lectures; 6 hrs weekly (14 wks) • coreqKDA473 or KDU473 • assess by review of submittedportfolio containing all projects and papers

KDA473 & KDU473 Design Theory 1(BEnvDes Hons)Is a tutorial-based adjunct to the more practicallyorientated KDA/KDU472. The unit covers related areasof theory.

•Ltn & Hbt, int •6.25% •sem 1 –tutorial, 2 hrs weekly(14 wks) • coreq KDA472 or KDU472 • assesscontinuous assessment of seminar papers

KDA481 & KDU481 Dissertation 2(BEnvDes Hons)Is the second of two units (see KDA471) which allowstudents to explore in depth a particular area ofenvironmental design through independent research.During this second stage students are expected tocomplete a dissertation of approximately 10,000 words.

• Staff (Supervisor) Determined by research topic •Ltn& Hbt, int •25% •sem 2 –supervised individualresearch • prereq KDA471 or KDU471 • assess byreview of submitted dissertation.

KDA482 & KDU482 EnvironmentalDesign 2 (BEnvDes Hons)Consists of studio-based project work to developinvestigative and design abilities in an approved area ofenvironmental design.

• Staff (Supervisor) As detailed in unit program •Ltn& Hbt, int •18.75% •sem 2 –studio-based projects,seminars and lectures; 6 hrs weekly (14 wks) • prereqKDA472 or KDU472 • coreq KDA483 or KDU483• assess by review of submitted portfolio containing allprojects and papers.

KDA483 & KDU483 Design Theory 2(BEnvDes Hons)Is a tutorial-based adjunct to the more practicallyorientated KDA482. The unit covers related areas oftheory.

•Ltn & Hbt, int •6.25% •sem 2 –tutorial; 2 hrs weekly(14 wks). • prereq KDA473 or KDU473 • coreq KDA482or KDU482 • assess tutorial presentations and writtenpapers.

SECOND YEAR BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE

UNITS

KDA511 Design Studio 9 (BArch)Develops students’ intellectual discipline, judgement,organisational skills, self-awareness and criticism inrelation to architectural ideas, concepts andphilosophies, and develops further their competence todesign a good building which is responsive to itsenvironmental context and the physical/behaviouralneeds of the user.

•Ltn, int •31% •sem 1 –lecture, studio and seminar• prereq KDA421 • assess by review of submittedportfolio containing all project work.

KDA512 Professional Project 1 (BArch)Requires students to undertake an in-depth study of abuilding design. The study must demonstrate theirability in: brief development, site analysis, informationassimilation, and building program analysis.

•Ltn, int •5.7% •sem 1 –seminar • assess written andgraphic assignments.

KDA513 Professional Studies 3 (BArch)Compares a variety of standard format contractscurrently in use in the building industry. In particularthe unit examines the practical aspects of administeringcontractual provisions during the progress of buildingworks.

•Ltn, int •5.7% •sem 1 –lecture and seminar • assesswritten assignments.

KDA514 Professional Studies 4 (BArch)Develops a knowledge of management theory and itsapplication to architectural practice and designprocesses. The unit examines financial management,human and non-human resource management.

•Ltn, int •5.7% •sem 1 –lecture and seminar • assesswritten assignments.

KDA521 Professional Project 2 (BArch)Is the final unit of the BArch program requiring an in-depth study of a building design to demonstrate thestudent’s ability in: brief development, site analysis,information assimilation, building program analysis,synthesis, resolution and documentation.

•Ltn, int •50% •sem 2 –seminar • prereq KDA511 &512 • assess examination of submitted work.

KDA



BACHELOR OF ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN UNITS

(AT HOBART)

For all KDU2- AKDU4- undergraduate units, seecorresponding numbers of KDA- units

Master of Town Planning

KDU834 Theory and Practice 3 –Suburban and Infrastructure PlanningCovers the history of suburban planning to includeclassic concepts of suburban design and the forceswhich have shaped suburbia. The unit includespractical work which covers the analysis of landforms,existing settlement forms and infrastructure, and whichformulates proposals for physical development. Itdiscusses contemporary issues such as urbanconsolidation and sustainable development.

• Staff Assoc Prof B Shelton •Hbt, int •12.50% •sem 1–project, lecture and seminar • assess continuous –written and illustrated assignments.

KDU835 Contextual Studies 3 –Ecology and Resource ManagementIntroduces students to the concept of environment as anecosystem. Problems of land degradation andtechniques of land classification are examined. Landmanagement plans are studied and receive criticalreview.

• Staff Mr D Mugavin •6.25% •sem 1 –lecture,seminar, and practical • prereq Continuous –writtenand illustrated assignments.

KDU836 Planning Techniques 3 –Policy Making and Project EvaluationIntroduces students to relevant theory, techniques andcase studies which will aid their understanding ofdecision-making processes, and develop the ability toestablish procedures for evaluating and devisingplanning policies. Impact assessment is also covered.

•Hbt, int •6.25% •sem 1 –lecture, seminar andpractical • assess continuous –written and illustratedassignments.

KDU844 Theory and Practice 4 –Regional PlanningExamines the origins and development of regionalplanning overseas and in Australia. The unit covers thepreparation of environmental, physical, social andeconomic goals for regional development and thedesign of associated physical strategies. Urban fringeand rural issues are emphasised.

• Staff Mr D Mugavin •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –project, lecture and seminar • assess continuous –

written and illustrated assignments.

KDU845 Contextual Studies 4 – SpatialOrganisation and Social IssuesCovers the roles of economics, transportation andcommunication, cultural values and other factors indetermining the spatial organisation of land-use andbuilt form over the landscape. The unit also discussesassociated social, welfare and housing issues and thecapacity of governments to affect these.


KDU846 Planning Techniques 4 –Survey MethodsIntroduces students to a range of quantitative andqualitative survey and reasoning techniques useful toplanners. The unit includes principles of survey design,organisation and analysis.


KDU891 Planning Issues 1KDU891 and 895 are seminar based units which focusupon contemporary issues in planning. The seminarsusually amplify subjects which are introduced in otherunits but which would remain otherwise undeveloped,as well as subjects which arise out of students’ workexperience or Professional Project work.

•Hbt, int •6.25% •sem 1/2 • assess continuous –written and illustrated assignments.

KDU892 Professional Project 1 –Project PlanningThe Professional Project (KDU892, 894, 896 and 897) is astudent’s major piece of individual work and isintended to span the theory and practice of planning,and demonstrate professional competence. Althoughthe topic must meet with the School’s approval, it issubstantially the student’s choice. The first project unitinvolves the preparation of a project brief. Units 2, 3and 4 form a single project but the work is assessedaccording to three major criteria, hence the three units:these cover (i) the use of theory, (ii) the practicalproposals and (iii) presentation and communcation.

• Staff tba/nominated supervisor •Hbt, int •18.75%•sem 1/2 –individual project • assess assignment(project brief).

KDU893 Professional PracticeAddresses ethical issues and the matter of publicparticipation in planning. The unit also covers aspectsof management and administration, with special



Units

reference to the preparation of project briefs and thesupervision of consultants.

•Hbt, int •6.25% •sem 1/2 –lecture and seminar• assess continuous –written and practicalassignments.

KDU894 Professional Project 2 – TheorySee KDU892 above.

• Staff tba/nominated supervisor •Hbt, int •18.75%•sem 1/2 –individual project • assess illustratedproject report.

KDU895 Planning Issues 2See KDU891 above

•Hbt, int •6.25% •sem 1/2 • assess continuous –written and illustrated assignments.

KDU896 Professional Project 3 –PracticeSee KDU892 above.

• Staff tba/nominated supervisor •Hbt, int •18.75%•sem 1/2 –individual project • assess illustratedproject report.

KDU897 Professional Project 4 –CommunicationSee KDU892 above.

• Staff tba/nominated supervisor •Hbt, int •25%•sem 1/2 –individual project • assess illustratedproject report.

Geology – Department of Geologyat Hobart

The Geological Sciences include Geology, Geophysics,Geochemistry, Economic Geology, EnvironmentalGeology and Environmental Resource Science.Geology is the study of the Earth. It includes studies oftectonic processes leading to volcanic eruptions,earthquakes, and the generation of mineral deposits inthe Earth’s crust. By combining studies in Geology withother science majors it is possible to broaden one’s jobhorizons and to become involved in some exciting areasof geoscience.A combination of physics and geology leads intogeophysics, which uses the physical properties of thecrust to study structure, composition, mineral depositand oil and gas locations. Combining chemistry andgeology leads to geochemistry, while combininggeography and geology leads into geomorphology andenvironmental geology. Economic Geology is acombination of geology, physics and chemistry in thestudy of the formation and exploration of mineraldeposits.

A recently developed stream in EnvironmentalResource Science is designed to produce graduatesequipped to tackle environmental issues related to themining, mineral processing and chemical industries.There are six recommended streams of study in theGeological Sciences which lead to a career as aprofessional geoscientist:

Stream 1: General Geology –

for students wishing to obtain a broad education ingeology; suitable for a career in a governmentgeological survey, the petroleum industry, teachinggeology or academic research.

Stream 2: Economic Geology –

for students wishing to learn about the Earth’s mineralresources and processes leading to their formation anddiscovery; designed for students intending a career inmineral exploration, mining geology, mineraleconomics, resource management or research in oredeposit genesis.

Stream 3: Environmental Geology –

for students with an interest in the environment,resource management and the key issues ofconservation and development in geoscience.

Stream 4: Geophysics –

a combination of physics, geology and computing, forstudents looking for a career in mineral geophysics,petroleum geophysics, or geophysical research.

Stream 5: Geochemistry –

a combination of geology with chemistry, for studentslooking for wider career opportunities in mineralexploration geochemistry, isotope geochemistry orhydrothermal geochemistry research.

Stream 6: Environmental Resource Science –

for students wanting to become environmentalscientists with expertise in tackling environmentalproblems in the mining, mineral processing andchemical industries.Note Revisions are being made to the BSc degree courseand to many of the units taught by the Sciencedepartments. Consequently, some of the units listed inthe following schedules may not be described in theUnit details section of the handbook. Students areadvised to seek advice and confirmation from theappropriate departments.

Stream 1: General Geology

Year 1KEA100 Geology 1Plus a choice of 3 other Group 1 core units (75%) fromGeography & Environmental Studies, Botany, Zoology,Chemistry, Physics, Computer Science (may include oneGroup A1 subject).

KDUKEA



Year 2KEA200 Geology 2Plus 66.67% from other Group 2 units (can includeKEA222 Introduction to Geophysics and Computerapplications, and/or KEA266 Fossils and Environmentsthrough time).

Year 3

KEA300 Geology 3Plus 50% from other Group 3 units (either a second majoror other KEA3.. units).

Year 4 BSc(Honours)KEA410 Geology Honours(includes a fieldbased research thesis and selected coursework)

Stream 2: Economic Geology

Year 1

KEA100 Geology 1plus a choice of 3 other Group 1 core units (75%) fromMaths, Chemistry, Physics, Computer Science, Geography& Environmental Studies.

Year 2

KEA200 Geology 2KEA222 Introduction to Geophysics and Computer

ApplicationsKEA266 Fossils and Environments through timePlus 33.33% from other Group 2 units

Year 3

KEA300 Geology 3KEA336 Ore Deposit GeologyKEA346 Ore Deposit Geochemistry

Plus a choice of 2 of the following units (25%):KEA332 Computers in Geoscience;KEA342 Exploration Geophysics;KEA338 Sedimentary Environments;KEA348 Environmental Geology.

Year 4 BSc(Honours)

KEA410 Geology Honours(includes a fieldbased research thesis on an economicgeology-based project, plus selected coursework)

Stream 3: Environmental Geology

Year 1

KEA100 Geology 1KGA100 Geography and Environmental Studies 1

plus a choice of 2 other Group 1 core units (50%) generallyfrom Life Sciences.

Year 2

KEA200 Geology 2KGA200 Geography & Environmental Studies 2

KEA266 Fossils and Environments through time ORKEA222 Introduction to Geophysics and Computer

Applications

Plus one other Group 2 unit (16.67%)

Year 3

KEA300 Geology 3KEA338 Sedimentary EnvironmentsKEA348 Environmental Geology

Plus a choice of 2 of the following units (25%):KEA336 Ore Deposit Geology;KEA346 Ore Deposit Geochemistry;KEA332 Computers in Geoscience;KEA342 Exploration Geophysics.

Year 4 BSc(Honours)

KEA410 Geology Honours

(includes a fieldbased research thesis on an environmentalgeology-based project, plus selected coursework).

Stream 4: Geophysics

Year 1

KEA100 Geology 1KYA100 Physics 1

plus a choice of 2 other Group 1 core units (50%) preferablyincluding Maths (KMA1xa Calculus and Linear Algebra)and Computer Science (KCA1xa Computer Science 1c).

N.B. unit codes of Maths and Computer Science units to beadvised

Year 2

KEA200 Geology 2KYA200 Physics 2KEA222 Introduction to Geophysics and Computer

Applications

Plus one other Group 2 unit (16.67%)

Year 3

KEA300 Geology 3KEA332 Computers in Geoscience;KEA342 Exploration Geophysics.

Plus a choice of 2 of the following units (25%):KEA338 Sedimentary EnvironmentsKEA348 Environmental GeologyKEA336 Ore Deposit Geology;KEA346 Ore Deposit Geochemistry;

Year 4 BSc(Honours)

KEA420 Geophysics Honours

(includes a fieldbased research thesis on a geophysics-basedproject, plus selected coursework).



Units

Stream 5: Geochemistry

Year 1KEA100 Geology 1KRA100 Chemistry 1plus a choice of 2 other Group 1 core units (50%) preferablyincluding Physics, Maths or Computer Science.

Year 2KEA200 Geology 2KRA200 Chemistry 2KRA203 Analytical & Environmental ChemistryKEA222 Introduction to Geophysics and Computer

Applications

Year 3KEA300 Geology 3KEA346 Ore Deposit GeochemistryKEA336 Ore Deposit GeologyPlus a choice of 2 of the following units (25%):KEA348 Environmental Geology;KEA338 Sedimentary Environments;KEA332 Computers in Geoscience;KEA342 Exploration Geophysics.

Year 4 BSc(Honours)KEA440 Geochemistry Honours(includes a fieldbased research thesis on a geochemistry-based project, plus selected coursework).

Stream 6: Environmental ResourceScience

Year 1KEA100 Geology 1KGA100 Geography & Environmental Studies 1KPA151 Botany 1KRA130 Chemistry 1A or 1BKPZ101 Biological Principles

Year 2KEA200 Geology 2KGA200 Geography & Environmental Studies 2KRA203 Analytical & Environmental ChemistryKEA222 Introduction to Geophysics and Computer

Applications

Year 3KEA366 Geology for Environmental ScientistsKEA348 Environmental GeologyKEA338 Sedimentary EnvironmentsKGA381 Environmental Impact Assessment &Decision MakingPlus a choice of 3 other relevent units (KEA3.. or KGA3..)to make up another 25%

Year 4 BSc(Honours)KEA410 Geology Honours(includes a fieldbased research thesis on an environmental/geochemistry-based project, plus selected coursework).

KEA100 Geology 1Provides both a broad understanding of geology forstudents wishing to study the subject as part of ageneral science or arts degree, and a thoroughgrounding for students who wish to specialise in thegeological sciences. Please check the recommendedspecimen courses above for the best combinations ofsubjects in the Geological sciences. Lectures in Geology1 cover the history of the Earth, physical geology,petrology, applied geology, principles of stratigraphy,and outline the regional and structural geology of theworld, the geology of Tasmania and the history of life.Laboratory work is divided into short courses coveringelementary crystallography, lithology, physicalmineralogy, micropetrology, geological mapping andpalaeontology. Field work includes excursions to placesof geological interest, mostly in or near Hobart.Students are required to attend at least five days of fieldwork, and to submit appropriate field tests and reports.

• Staff Dr J McClenaghan (Coordinator); Prof RR Large,Dr CF Burrett, Dr JB Gemmell, Dr G Davidson, Dr DLeaman, MJ Roach •Hbt, int •25% •full year –2x1-hrlectures, 1x3-hr lab period weekly (26 wks), 5 days ofexcursions throughout the year • m/excl SGL100• assess 2 practical exams, 1 in June (10%) and 1 in Nov(12.5%); field tests and excursion reports (19%);practical projects in sem 2 (8.5%); and 2x2-hr theoryexams, 1 in June (20%) and 1 in Nov (30%)• req Monroe JS & Wicander R, The Changing Earth

Exploring Geology and Evolution, West Publ, ThomasNelson Australia, 1994

MacKenzie WS and Adams AE, A Colour Atlas of Rocksand Minerals in Thin Section, Manson Publ, 1994

*Geology 1 Laboratory Manual*Geology 1 Excursion Manual*available from Birchalls Univ Bookshop• rdg [a] Clarke IF and Cook BJ (eds), Perspectives of the

Earth, Aust Acad Science, Canberra, 1983[a] Duff D, Holmes’ Principles of Physical Geology,

Chapman & Hall, 1993Cox KG, Price NB & Harte B, An Introduction to the

Practical Study of Crystals, Minerals and Rocks, (revedn) McGraw-Hill, 1988

Cowen R, History of Life, 2nd edn, Blackwell ScientificPubl, 1995

[a] Skinner BJ and Porter SC, The Dynamic Earth, JohnWiley & Sons, 1992

[a] Skinner BJ and Porter SC, The Blue Planet, John Wiley& Sons, 1992

Whitten DG and Brooks JR, Dictionary of Geology,Penguin Books, 1972

[a] These texts may be used as an alternative to TheChanging Earth Exploring Geology and Evolution.

KEA



KEA200 Geology 2Enables students to recognise and interpret earthmaterials and their history. Students are encouraged toorganise knowledge into systematic groups, and toproduce a synthesis of knowledge to provide and testexplanations of observed or observable phenomena.Studies concentrate on the Earth’s surface, and on theinteraction between the lithosphere, the hydrosphere,the atmosphere and the biosphere. Lectures cover thehistory of the Earth and life –palaeontology andstratigraphy –some aspects of mineralogy, theclassification and origin of sedimentary rocks,structural geology, some aspects of mineral depositsand global geophysics. Laboratory work includespalaeontology, mineralogy, sedimentology, geologicalmapping and remote sensing including air photointerpretation. Field work enables students to recogniseand interpret rocks and structures in the field and givesthem experience in field mapping techniques.

• N.B. to fulfil the requirements of the unit and to continueinto the 3rd year, students must attend the followingexcursions and submit a satisfactory body of work: a 7-dayexcursion during February, in the week immediatelyprior to commencement of sem 1 (students contributetowards costs of travel, accommodation and meals); 4 days ofmapping exercises in sem 2.

• Staff Dr CF Burrett (Coordinator); Dr RF Berry, Dr AJCrawford, Dr GJ Davidson, Dr P McGoldrick, Dr JMcPhie, Dr MJ Roach •Hbt, int •33.33% •full year –3x1-hr lectures and 2x2-hrs lab work weeklythroughout the year, plus 11 days of field work • prereqKEA100 • assess practical exams and assessments(25%), 2 excursion reports (20% and 5%), 2x3hr theoryexams, June and Nov (25% ea)• req Battey MH, Mineralogy for Students, 2nd edn,

Longman Scientific & Technical, 1981Evans AM, Ore Geology and Industrial Minerals,

Blackwell, 1993Park RG, Foundation of Structural Geology, 2nd edn,

Blackie, 1989Rao CP, Modern Carbonates: Tropical, Temperate, Polar,

Printing Authority of Tasmania, 1996.

KEA222 Introduction to Geophysics &Computer ApplicationsIntroduces geophysical methods and use of computersin geological applications. The unit includes an outlineof how the methods work, how they are used and howthe data are corrected, processed and interpreted toresolve geological/exploration problems.

• Staff Dr MJ Roach, Dr DE Leaman •Hbt, int •16.67%•sem 1 –2x1-hr lectures, 3x2hr practical sessionsweekly (14 wks), 1 day field work • prereq Physics/Maths Year 11/12 SC786/MT730, KEA100 • m/exclKEA250; KEA221 • assess practical assignments

throughout sem 1 (30%), excursion report (10%); theoryexam in June (60%)• req Leaman DE, Seismic Refraction Interpretation: An

Exercise, Geophysics Special Report No 1, rev edn, TasDept Mines, 1982

Leaman D, An Introduction to some Geophysical Methods,available from CODES SRC.

KEA231 Geology for Mining EngineersIs for Bachelor of Engineering students who intend totransfer, in their third year, to the Mining Engineeringcourse at the University of New South Wales. The unitintroduces them to the nature and properties ofgeological materials, and to the physical and chemicalprocesses affecting the Earth’s surface. Studentsdevelop a basic understanding of tectonics andgeophysics, and become familiar with minerals androcks both in the laboratory (where they learnmicroscopic techniques) and in the field.

• N.B. restricted to Bachelor of Engineering students whowish to transfer in their 3rd-year to the Mining Engineeringcourse at the University of New South Wales

• Staff Dr JC van Moort (Coordinator) and guestlecturers •Hbt, int •15.1% •full year –students attendlectures, practicals and excursions selected fromKEA100 and KEA432 –38x1-hr lectures; 57 hrs practicalwork in 3-hr blocks, and 3x1-day field excursions• assess field work and excursion reports (10%),practical exams in June and Nov (40%), theory exams inJune and Nov (50%)• req Press F and Siever R, Earth, WH FreemanBlythe FGH and de Freitas MM, Geology for Engineers,

Edward Arnold, 1984.

KEA266 Fossils and EnvironmentsThrough TimeSurveys the history of life on earth covering geologicalaspects of the origin of life, the development ofstromatolites, the explosion of fossils 540 million yearsago, controls on faunal diversity, major extinctionevents and the fossil record of vertebrate evolution.Major environmental changes through time such asclimate, continental position and sea level changes andtheir effect on diversity and biogeography will bediscussed.

• Staff Dr CF Burrett •Hbt, int •16.67% •sem 2 –3x1-hr lectures and 5 hrs practicals weekly (14 wks) • prereqKEA100 • assess assignments and practical assessmentthroughout sem 2 (40%), theory exam in Nov (60%)• rdg suggested reading will be provided in first

lecture.

KEA300 Geology 3Comprises a series of lectures covering mineralogy,optical mineralogy, ore deposits, metamorphicpetrology, igneous petrology, volcanology, geophysical



Units

mapping, and fuels. This core unit is designed to bringstudents’ knowledge of the earth sciences up to thegraduate level, adequate for school teaching and forcontinuation of studies into 4th year (Honours), whichis now recognised as the minimum professional level oftraining. The course also involves a total of 14 days offield excursions.

• N.B. To fulfil the requirements of this unit, and tocontinue into the Honours year, students must attend thefollowing excursions and submit a satisfactory body of work:a 7-day excursion during February, immediately prior tocommencement of sem 1 (travel and accommodation isarranged by the department, but students must contributetowards costs of travel, accommodation and meals); 3exercises in field mapping (a total of 7 days) during sem 2

• Staff Dr RF Berry (Coordinator) Prof RR Large, Dr DCooke, Dr AJ Crawford, Dr JB Gemmell, Dr JMcClenaghan, Dr J McPhie, Dr MJ Roach •Hbt, int•50% •full year –90x1-hr lectures and 156 hrs ofpractical work in 3-hr sessions; plus 14 days of fieldwork • prereq KEA200 • m/excl SGL300; KEA350;KEA360; KEA366 • assess excursion report andassignments (25%), practical exams (25%); theory exams(1 in June and 1 in Nov, each usually of 3 hrs duration)(50%)• req Battey MH, Mineralogy for students, Longman

Scientific & Technical, 1981Deer WA, Howie RA and Zussman, An Introduction to

the Rock-Forming Minerals, 2nd edn, LongmanScientific & Technical, 1992

Evans AM, Ore Geology and Industrial Minerals,Blackwell, 1993.

KEA332 Computers in GeoscienceInvolves a series of lectures, practical work andgeophysical survey work which focuses on theapplication of computer technology to geology andgeophysics. The unit will include seismic reflection dataprocessing, airborne geophysical data processing anddisplay and modelling and inversion of a variety ofgeological and geophysical problems. This unit isparticularly recommended for those students planninga career in petroleum geology or explorationgeophysics.

• Staff Dr MJ Roach •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –1-hrlecture, 2x3-hr practical sessions weekly (14 wks), 2days field work. • prereq KEA200, KEA250 • assessassignments and practical assessments (50%); theoryexam in June (50%)• rdg a list of recommended reading will be available at

the first lecture.

KEA336 Ore Deposit GeologyIs designed for students intending a career in mineralexploration, mining geology, minerals research,exploration geophysics or exploration geochemistry.

The unit will cover the topics of ore deposit genesis,exploration models and hydrothermal alteration.Practical sessions involve ore microscopy and a series ofore deposit/mineral exploration exercises.

• Staff Prof RR Large, Dr JB Gemmell, Dr GJ Davidson,Dr P McGoldrick •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –1-hrlecture, 6 hrs practicals weekly (14 wks) • prereqKEA200 • coreq KEA300 • m/excl SGL326; KEA326• assess assignments and practical assessmentsthroughout the sem (40%), theory exam in June (60%)• req a reading list will be distributed at the first

lecture.

KEA338 Sedimentary EnvironmentsDeals with clastic and carbonate sedimentaryenvironments, diagenesis, sedimentary geochemistryand resources in sediments. Tentative lectures andpracticals are: 1. Clastic sedimentary environments anddiagenesis; 2. Carbonate sedimentary environmentsand diagenesis; 3. Carbonate sedimentaryenvironments and diagenesis; 4. Carbonatesedimentary geochemistry; 5. Resources in sediments.

• Staff tba •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –2x1-hr lectures,3-hr practical session weekly (13 wks), 1 day field work.• prereq KEA200 • m/excl SGL318; KEA318 • assesspractical assessments throughout sem 1 (45%),excursion report (5%), theory exam in June (50%)• req Walker RG (ed) and James NP, Facies Models,

Geological Association of Canada, 409pp., 1992Rao CP, Modern Carbonates: Tropical, Temperate, Polar,

Printing Authority of Tasmania, 1996.

KEA342 Exploration GeophysicsInvolves a series of lectures, practical work andgeophysical survey work, which includes theinterpretation of results and the preparation of a report.The survey work covers seismic, gravity, magnetic, andresistivity methods of geophysical exploration.Recommended for students planning a career inmineral exploration, mine geology or geophysics.

• Staff Dr MJ Roach •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –2x1-hrlectures, 3-hr practical sessions weekly (14 wks), 5 daysfield work • prereq KEA200, KEA221 • coreq KEA300• m/excl SGL324; KEA324 • assess excursion report(30%), practical assessment throughout sem 2 (30%);theory exam in Nov (40%)• rdg a list of recommended reading will be available at

the first lecture.

KEA346 Ore Deposit GeochemistryCovers geochemical techniques used in the explorationfor ore deposits, and studies of hydrothermal oregenesis. Topics to be covered include soil and streamsediment geochemistry, gossans, stable isotopes, fluidinclusions and aqueous geochemistry.

• Staff Prof RR Large, Dr D Cooke, Dr JB Gemmell

KEA



•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –2x1-hr lectures, 2x2-hrpracticals weekly (13 wks), 3 days field work • prereqKEA366 • coreq KEA300 • m/excl SGL326; KEA326;KEA333 • assess assignments and practical assessmentsthroughout sem 2 (40%), theory exam in Nov (60%)• req a list of references will be distributed at the first

lecture.

KEA348 Environmental GeologyCovers 4 main components, including: geologicalhazards; sediment quality assessment; hydrogeology;and environmental geochemistry. The unit alsoincludes up to 4 days of field work.

• N.B. involves at least 1, and possibly up to 4 days ofexcursions. Students are expected to contribute towardexcursion accommodation costs

• Staff Dr D Cooke, Dr DE Leaman, Dr GJ Davidson•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –2x1-hr lectures, 2x2-hrpracticals weekly (13 wks), 4 days field work • prereqKEA200 • m/excl SGL328; KEA328 • assessassignments and practical assessments throughout sem2 (40%); theory exam in Nov (60%)• req a list of references will be distributed at the first

lecture.

KEA355 Geology for GeophysicistsIs a subset of KEA300. Students attend lectures andpracticals selected from KEA300, normally including:mineralogy, ore deposits, fuels, igneous petrology andmetamorphic petrology.

• Staff as for KEA300 •Hbt, int •25% •full year –asfor KEA300 –selected lectures and practicals, asadvised, and 5 days excursion in July • prereq KEA200,KPA200 • m/excl SGL300; KEA300; SGL350; KEA350;KEA366 • assess as for KEA300• req as for KEA300

KEA366 Geology for EnvironmentalScientistsIs a subset of KEA300. Students attend lectures andpracticals selected from KEA300, normally including:mineralogy, petrology, ore deposits, geochemistry andfuels.

• Staff as for KEA300 •Hbt, int •25% •full year –asfor KEA300 –selected lectures and practicals, asadvised, and 5 days excursion in July • prereq KEA100and KRA200 • m/excl SGL300; KEA300; KEA360;KEA366; KEA350 • assess as for KEA300• req as for KEA300

KEA407 Advanced Techniques inMineralogyComprises a series of lectures and practical sessionscovering a variety of geological, geochemical andgeophysical topics. Specific material to be covered will

be advised at the commencement of the Honoursprogram.

• Staff Dr D Cooke (Coordinator) and variousdepartmental staff •Hbt, int •8.33% •sem 1 –18x1-hrlectures and 8x3-hr practical sessions, timetabled bymutual arrangement • coreq KEA410 or equiv

KEA408 Advanced Historical GeologyIs a detailed study of recent developments inpalaeontology and/or sedimentology and/orstratigraphy; and includes a critical consideration of theunderlying assumptions and principles of one or moreof these fields.

• N.B. offered subject to sufficient enrolments

• Staff Dr CF Burrett, Dr CP Rao •Hbt, int •5.55%•sem 1 –1 lecture weekly • prereq KEA300 • assessessays.

KEA410/411 Geology 4 (Honours) Fulltime/Part timeThe Honours course in Geology at the University ofTasmania runs over a period of 40 weeks. Courseworkcomponents vary depending on the individual, andmay include units taken within or outside thedepartment.

•Hbt, int •100%/50% •full year • prereq BSc withKEA300 or equiv. geology major • assess (a) researchproject presented as a thesis (60%), (b) reading essay(25%), (c) 6 points of coursework (10%), (d) 2 seminarsto present results of reading essay and research thesis(5%), and (e) participation in departmental seminars.Satisfactory performance is required in all areas.

KEA420/421 Geophysics 4 (Honours)Full time/Part timeHave the same broad objectives as KEA410/411.

•Hbt,int •100%/50% •full year • prereq BSc withKEA311, KEA324 and KEA350, or an equiv. geophysicsmajor • assess see KEA410/411

KEA432 Geology for EngineersIs for Engineering students only, acquainting them withthe nature and properties of geological materials, thephysical, chemical and biological processes affecting theEarth’s surface, and the significance of geology inengineering, including: earthquake engineering,applied geophysics, geology applied to engineering,case histories and the engineering geology of theHobart area. The 1-day field excursion is normally heldon a weekend, is compulsory, and must be completedin order to pass the course.

• Staff Dr JC van Moort (Coordinator); DE Leaman•Hbt, int •16.67% •sem 1 –21 lectures, 7 lab, 1-day(weekend) field excursion • assess practical assessment



Units

(25%), excursion report (15%), theory exam in June(60%)• req Schultz JR and Cleaves AB, Geology in Engineering,

Wiley.

KEA440/411 Geochemistry 4 (Honours)Full time/Part timeHave the same broad objectives as KEA410/411.

•Hbt,int •100%/50% •full year • assess see KEA410/411

POSTGRADUATE GEOLOGY UNITS

KEA510/511 Graduate Diploma ofScience with Honours (Geology)KEA520/521 Graduate Diploma ofScience with Honours (Geophysics)KEA540 Graduate Diploma of Sciencewith Honours (Geochemistry)Have the same broad objectives as KEA410/411.

• assess see KEA410/411

GEOLOGY MASTERS BY COURSEWORK UNITS

KEA841 Ore Deposit Studies andExploration ModelsDescribes all the major classes of ore deposits; Volcanic-hosted massive sulphides, Sediment-hosted Pb-Zn-Cu,Carbonate hosted Pb-Zn, Broken Hill type, ProterozoicCu-Au, Tin-Tungsten, Porphyry Cu-Au, MesothermalAu, Epithermal Au-Ag, Archean Au, Nickel and PGEdeposits. Important features of the deposits whichrelate to their genesis and exploration are discussed,and exploration models are presented for each style.Unit leaders are Australian and internationally-recognised experts on each deposit type.• Staff Prof RR Large, Dr JB Gemmell, Dr G Davidson,Dr P McGoldrick, Dr D Cooke, Dr P Kitto and aselection of industry research geologists and academicspecialists from the other Universities and Key Centres•Hbt, int •16.67% • 11 days of lectures and practicalspresented in a short unit format over a 2-week period• assess practical exercises, seminar, and 2 majorassignments.

KEA842 Tectonic and StructuralControls on Ore DepositsIncludes lecture and practical sessions which examinethe broad tectonic setting and magmatism associatedwith the various types of ore deposits. Informationabout modern tectonic processes is applied to theinterpretation of ancient terrains and incorporated intoexploration models. The unit also covers more detailedaspects of structural and fluid processes related to

mineralisation. Time is spent in the field on the westcoast of Tasmania studying the style of structure involcanogenic terrains, and in northern Tasmaniainvestigating multiply deformed rocks. The emphasis ison the close interaction between folding and faulting inthese terrains and on methods for interpreting faulthistory.

• Staff Dr RF Berry, Dr G Davidson, Dr P McGoldrick,Dr J Stolz, with other invited specialists in the field•Hbt, int •16.67% • 3 days of lectures presented in ashort unit format with 8 days of field work in the westand north of Tasmania • assess practical sessions and 2major assignments.

KEA843 Volcanology andMineralisation in Volcanic TerrainsCovers current approaches to mapping, facies analysisand mineralisation in ancient and modern volcanicsequences. The unit introduces the processes andproducts of different eruption styles, contrasts in scaleand structure of volcanoes, identification of keyvolcanic facies associations, and interpretation of faciesvariations. In addition, the unit covers mineralisationand alteration processes related to hydrothermalsystems in subaerial and submarine volcanic terrains,and implications for mineral exploration.• N.B. is field-based, the venues being the North Island ofNew Zealand for the first part (8 days), and westernTasmania for the second part (5 days)

•Dr J McPhie, Dr JB Gemmell, and invited specialists•16.67% • field-based excursion unit run over a 2-week period • assess field exercises and 2 majorassignments.

KEA844 Exploration Geophysics,Remote Sensing and Image ProcessingCovers the principles of geophysical exploration andrecent advances, especially in magnetics, gravity andelectrical techniques applied to the search for differenttypes of ore deposits. The integration of regionalgeophysical surveys with remote sensing and imageprocessing to improve geological interpretation iscovered in detail. The application of GIS systems tomineral exploration is evaluated. Hands-on practicalexperience is obtained with image processing,geophysical interpretation and GIS systems.

• Staff Dr DE Leaman, Dr RJG Lewis, Dr M Roach andinvited industry specialists •16.67% • 11 days oflectures and practicals presented in a short unit formatover a 2-week period • assess practical exercises and 2major assignments.

KEA845 Exploration Geochemistry andHydrothermal GeochemistryWeek 1: covers recent developments in explorationgeochemistry, with particular emphasis on the

KEA



importance of the regolith, and the range of explorationtechniques that are applied in arid, humid andtemperate environments of Australia. Week 2:introduces the chemistry of hydrothermal systems,including a review of the importance of metalsolubilities and ore fluid chemistry in controlling typesand locations of ore deposits. Applications of fluidinclusions and stable and radiogenic isotopes to oregenesis research. Exploration models are also covered.

• Staff Prof RR Large, Dr D Cooke, Dr G Davidson, DrJB Gemmell, Dr Khin Zaw, Dr P Kitto, and explorationgeochemistry specialists from the CSIRO and industry•16.67% • 11 days of lectures and practicals presentedin a short unit format over a 2-week period • assesspractical exercises and 2 major assignments.

KEA846 Economic, Management andEnvironmental Aspects of Explorationand MiningIncludes an introduction to mineral economics,prospect evaluation, economic feasibility studies andrequirements and preparation of environmental impactassessments, as well as a session on ore reserve and oreresource estimations. Exploration philosophy,exploration management styles and the managementfactors contributing to exploration success arediscussed and debated in a forum in which all studentsparticipate.

• Staff Professor RR Large and invited industry andgovernment specialists in the area of explorationmanagement and environmental aspects •16.67% • 10days of lectures and practicals presented in a short unitformat over a 2-week period, plus a 2-dayenvironmental excursion to mine sites on the WestCoast of Tasmania • assess practical sessions, seminarand a major assignment.

Geography & EnvironmentalStudies – Department of Geography& Environmental Studies at Hobart

Geography and Environmental Studies are synthesisingdisciplines defined not so much by their subject matteras by the perspectives they adopt. Units are diverse,with some concentrating on the study of phenomena inthe physical environment such as landforms, climateand vegetation and others focusing on the spatialbehaviour of individuals and organisations. Most unitsconsider the interaction of human beings with thephysical environment and include specificconsideration of the planning implications of research,in contexts that range from estimating the desirablecharacteristics of nature reserves to policies for housingand land-use in the inner city.

Geography and Environmental Studies gain theirintegrity as disciplines from their concern for theinteractions between people and environment andassociated problem solving and planning implications.Geography is further unified in its concern for spatialpatterns and processes.

The management of wilderness and natural areas is anewly-evolving core theme which is being developedwithin many disciplines at the University. TheDepartment of Geography and Environmental Studiesmanages the special BSc 4-year degree in NaturalEnvironment and Wilderness Management (see page89) and coordinates the interdisciplinary major withinthe BA degree which provides a humanities/socialscience approach to natural environments andwilderness issues. Students may enter these programseither directly in first year or transfer into them ifsuitable subjects have been taken. Exit from thesecourses into the broader Geography and EnvironmentalStudies major is also feasible at the end of first orsecond year.

The wide scope of Geography & Environmental Studiesmeans that it can be combined usefully with units froma range of departments. Combinations will vary withthe interests and intentions of the student. However,common combinations at first year level, for studentsprimarily interested in the life and earth sciences,include units in zoology, plant science and geology. Forstudents interested in urban and regional planning,units in administration, political science and sociologyare appropriate. Other possible combinations arenumerous. For example, students aiming to specialisein climatology or remote sensing are encouraged todevelop a background in computer science,mathematics and physics.

First year units, which have no prerequisites, providetraining in the basic elements of Geography &Environmental Studies. Science students must enrol inKGA100, while other students have the choice ofKGA100 or KGA101.

Students enrolling in second and third year Geographyand Environmental Studies must follow the rules laiddown by their respective faculties. The generalprinciple adopted by the Department is to try tomaximise the options available to the student.However, the number of units taken and constraints onthe units selected are determined by the faculty. Yearand unit details should be noted carefully beforeenrolling.

Six units have alternative prerequisites and areroutinely available to students who have not previouslystudied the subject. Students with first year Economicsmay take KGA208/308, students with KPA200 maytake KGA331, students with KZA200 may take



Units

KGA332, students with KEA200 may take KGA327, andstudents with approved second year units may takeKGA365 and KGA381. Other units which support amajor in another discipline may also be made availableon a special case basis subject to approval by faculty.

The Honours program is divided into three themeareas: geography; environmental studies; and spatialinformation science. Students follow an individuallyarranged program of advanced coursework andprepare a major research thesis. The Honours year isseen as the conventional entry point into professionalemployment within the various subdisciplines as wellas leading logically to postgraduate studies.

KGA100 Geography and EnvironmentalStudies 1Introduces various approaches to the study ofenvironmental processes and human relations withnature, including key spatial, developmental, andcultural dimensions of human adaptation of the Earthas habitat. The unit comprises four major components:(a) Society, Space and Development (semester 1) –which covers the basic concepts of human geography,while exploring the theme of development; (b)Ecosystem Processes (semesters 1 and 2) –whichcovers atmospheric, geomorphic, and biotic processesand considers their modification by people, especiallyin Australasia; (c) Environment and Society (semester2) –which explores the ways in which different culturesinteract with natural environment, the conceptual basesthat influence these interactions and the politicalframework in which such interactions occur; and (d)Practical and Field Studies (semesters 1 and 2) –whichprovides training in the basic field and laboratorytechniques used in physical geography.

• Staff (Society, Space and Development) Dr LJ Wood;(Ecosystem Processes) tba; (Environment and Society)Dr E Stratford, Dr J Russell; (Practical and Field Studies)Dr R Kellaway, Ms L Mendel •Hbt, int •25% •fullyear –3x1-hr lectures, 2 or 3-hr practical period weekly,a tutorial every 2 wks, and 2 days of excursion(students are responsible for modest accommodationcosts) • m/excl KGA101 • assess 2-hr exam in June, 2x2-hr exams in Nov (20% ea), 2x1,500-word essays (15%),practical work including a project (25%)• req de Souza AR, World Economy: Resources, Location,

Trade and Development, Merrill Publishing, Columbus,1994.

Goudie A, The Nature of the Environment, 3rd edn,Blackwell, Oxford, 1993.

KGA101 Geography and EnvironmentalStudies 1AHas the same broad objectives as KGA100, coveringcomponents (a), (b) and (c). While this unit leads to a

full major in Geography and Environmental Studies,students intending to use their studies for anyprofessional purpose are advised to enrol in KGA100.

• N.B. not available to BSc students

• Staff (Society, Space and Development) Dr LJ Wood;(Ecosystem Processes) tba; (Environment and Society)Dr E Stratford, Dr J Russell •Hbt, int •25% •full year–3x1-hr lectures, 1 tutorial weekly, and 2 days ofexcursion (students are responsible for modestaccommodation costs) • m/excl KGA100 • assess 2-hrexam in June, 2x2-hr exams in Nov (20% ea). 4x1,500-word essays (30%), tutorial exercises (10%)• req de Souza AR, World Economy: Resources, Location,

Trade and Development, Merrill Publishing, Columbus,1994.

Goudie A, The Nature of the Environment, 3rd edn,Blackwell, Oxford, 1993.

KGA190 Soil Conservation (Landcarefor Teachers)Provides teachers with the skills and confidence toteach soil conservation and landcare. The unit isaccessible to all teachers, including those with no priorscientific or agricultural background, and enables themto understand the problems surrounding soilconservation and landcare so that they can make thetopic relevant and interesting to their pupils.

• N.B. restricted to students enrolled in EBA478

• Staff Dr TC Stadler •Hbt, int •12.5% •any sem –35hrs in total • assess 2,000 to 3,000-word essay (40%),curriculum unit or case study (60%)• req Campbell A, Landcare: Communities Shaping the

Land and the Future, Allen & Unwin, NSW, 1994.

SECOND YEAR (LEVEL 200) UNITS

Second year BA students intending to major inGeography and Environmental Studies enrol for three,four or five units selected from the full range of level200 and level 200/300 units. KGA209, KGA210 andKGA211 are available only as second year units.

Second year BSc students intending to major inGeography and Environmental Studies normally enrolin KGA200. This unit is a BSc group 2 core unit with aweight of 33.3%. Students enrolled in KGA200 may alsotake one, two or three additional 12.5% units selectedfrom among those available to Arts students using theArts code (KGA202 to KGA278). These will count asBSc group 2A regardless of their content.

BSc students may take one, two or three of the 12.5%units available to Arts students without takingKGA200. Use the Arts codes (KGA202 to KGA278).These will count as BSc group 2A regardless of theircontent.

KEAKGA



BSc students must monitor the number of group 2Apoints with care. Students in the BSc/Law degree canonly take KGA200. Students should also be aware thattaking 12.5% units at second year level creates minoroverloads or underloads within the 300% required forthe degree.

SECOND YEAR/THIRD YEAR (LEVEL 200/300)

Apart from KGA200, 209, 210 and 211 (which can betaken only as second year units) the following units areavailable at either second or third level depending onthe year of enrolment.Bachelor of Arts students intending to major inGeography and Environmental Studies must completesix units (75%) during second and third year.Additional units may be studied up to a maximum of10 (125%) for a single major. Our advice to studentsconsidering honours is to study at least seven units overthe two years.A Bachelor of Arts double major in Geography andEnvironmental Studies involves completion of 12 units(150%) in the discipline over the two years.Bachelor of Science students enrolling in these unitsshould be aware of the faculty restrictions describedabove for second year and below for third year. Allunits in this section are BSc group 2A/3A.Level 200/300 units are to be rotated. KGA223/323:Environmental Management and KGA270/370:Population Culture and Environment are not availablein 1998. In 1999, KGA240/340: Historical Geographyand KGA272/272: Literature and Environment will beunavailable.

KGA200 Geography and EnvironmentalStudies 2Is an umbrella code for the core and optional units thatmeet the Group 2 requirements for the BSc degree.Students enrol in KGA200 and the three componentsunits which make up the complete Group. To enrolcorrectly (and to be assessed the correct HECS levy)you must use the alternative unit codes KGA288 toKGA296.The course consists of:

KGA288 (sem 1 and 2), and one of KGA290, KGA292,KGA295 or KGA296 in sem 1 and one of KGA289,KGA291 or KGA294 in sem 2.Students must include KGA289 or KGA290 as one oftheir options, and may take both if they wish.

• Staff see individual unit entries •Hbt, int •33.33%•full year –3x1-hr lectures, 2-hr practical weekly,additional practicals and/or tutorials depending onunits selected, 3 days fieldwork (students areresponsible for accommodation costs) • prereq KGA100• assess The result for KGA200 is the aggregated resultof the three individual units.

KGA202/302 Geography of AsiaExamines issues relevant to the understanding of thegeography of contemporary Asia. Topics such aspopulation pressure and policies, environmentalchange and degradation, economic growth in urbanand rural areas, and the problems produced bymodernisation and development are considered usingdifferent areas as case studies.

• N.B. This unit is coded KGA291 and weighted 0% whentaken as part of KGA200. Use code HMA202/302 (weightedat 12.5%) when studied as part of an Asian Studies program

• Staff Dr RG Kellaway, Dr LJ Wood •Hbt, int •12.5%•sem 2 –2x1-hr lectures weekly, 9 tutorials • prereqKGA100 or KGA101 (no prereq required for AsianStudies students taking the unit as HAS202/302) • m/excl HMA202/302 • assess 2-hr exam in Nov (60%),2,500-word essay (40%).

KGA208/308 The Global SpaceEconomyRecent developments in transportation andcommunication, characterised by progressive time-space and cost-space convergence, have facilitated newmethods of production and distribution, and led to theformation of an increasingly integrated global spaceeconomy.

This unit analyses the consequences of this transitionfor employment, trade, and the environment, andexamines the social and cultural implications forindividuals and communities in adjusting to a new eraof change.

• N.B. This unit is coded KGA292 and weighted at 0%when taken as part of KGA200

• Staff Mr RD Cotgrove, Dr E Stratford •Hbt, int•12.5% •sem 1 –2x1-hr lectures weekly, 9 tutorials• prereq KGA100 or KGA101 (one of BEA100, BEA101,BEA102 or BEA105 for Faculty of Commerce &Economics students only) • assess 2-hr exam in June(60%), 2,500-word essay (40%).

KGA209 Biogeography and ClimatologyIntroduces: (a) concepts of climatology, with emphasison the energy balance and its role in influencing local,regional and global climates; and (b) biogeography,with emphasis on the response of plants and animals tolocal and regional environments.

• N.B. This unit is coded KGA290 and weighted 0% whentaken as part of KGA200

• Staff Dr M Nuñez, Dr P McQuillan • Hbt, int • 12.5%•sem 1 –2x1-hr lectures weekly, 9x2-hr practicals• prereq KGA100 or KGA101 or KGA103 • assess 2-hrexam in Nov (60%), practical work (20%), 1,500-wordessay (20%)• req Oke TR, Boundary Layer Climates, Methuen,

London and New York, 1987.



Units

KGA210 GeomorphologyCovers the basic principles of geomorphology,including glacial, periglacial, fluvial, karst, coastal,aeolian and slope processes, and the development ofstructural and volcanic landforms.

• N.B. This unit is coded KGA289 and weighted at 0%when taken as part of KGA200

• Staff Mr N Chick •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –2x1-hrlectures weekly, 4 tutorials and 5x2-hr practicals• prereq KGA100 or KGA101 or KGA103 • assess 2-hrexam in Nov (50%), practical work (20%), 1,500-wordessay (30%)• req Ritter DF, Process Geomorphology, 2nd edn, Wm C

Brown, Dubuque Iowa, 1986, orSummerfield MA, Global Geomorphology, Longman,

London, 1991.

KGA211 Geographical andEnvironmental SkillsCovers theory and application in remote sensing,geographic information systems, qualitative research,and environmental monitoring; and includes a fieldresearch project.

• N.B. This unit is coded KGA288 and weighted 0% whentaken as the compulsory core of KGA200. KGA211 is NOTavailable to BSc students as an Arts unit

• Staff Dr M Nuñez, Dr LJ Wood, Mr N Chick, Dr EStratford •Hbt, int •12.5% •full year –1-hr lecture, 2-hr practical weekly, 3 day excursion (students will beresponsible for accommodation costs) • prereq KGA100or KGA101 (students with KGA101 should seek adviceprior to enrolment in this subject) • assess 2-hr exam inNov (40%), practical reports (40%), 1,500-wordexcursion report (20%).

KGA223/323 Environmental ManagementIntroduces students to the principles of efficientmanagement of the environment by examining therelationships between the economy and theenvironment, the concepts and techniques of valuingenvironmental services, the use of market based andregulatory instruments to control pollution and otherenvironmental externalities, and policies for theoptimum management of renewable and non-renewable resources. These and other issues, as well aspractical case studies, are examined using the approachof environmental economics.

• N.B. not available in 1998. This unit is coded KGA293and weighted 0% when taken as part of KGA200

KGA240/340 Historical GeographyExamines the geography of the past and the imprint ofthe past upon the present cultural landscape. The firsthalf of the unit provides an appreciation of the nature

of historical geography by considering five generalthemes: (a) the impact of prehistoric people on thelandscape, (b) cultural transfer and culturalregionalisation in North America, (c) environmentalperception and settlement strategy, (d) the evolution ofthe wheat frontier in Australia, and (e) the historicalgeography of the Australian house. The second halfexamines problems in the historical geography ofTasmania during the 19th century, in rural, urban andwilderness areas.


• Staff Dr RG Kellaway •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –2x1-hr lectures weekly, 6 tutorials and 2 days field/project work • prereq KGA100 or KGA101 • assess 2-hrexam in Nov (60%), 2,500-word research essay (40%).

KGA253/353 Urban Planning: Space,Place and SocietyFocuses on how ‘the urban’ is planned, produced,maintained and valued in the context of Australiansociety. Organised around insights from cultural andsocial theory, the unit examines how the urban isrepresented through ideology, capital, the state and thelaw, community, industry, and environmentalconcerns. The unit also considers the roles of place andplacelessness, identity, memory and other subjectivematters in urban planning and urban geography.


• Staff Dr E Stratford •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –2x1-hr lectures weekly, 6 tutorials and 2 days field work orequiv • prereq KGA100 or KGA101 • m/excl KGA352(no longer offered) • assess 2,500-word research paper(30%), 2x750-word tutorial papers (20%), 2-hr exam inJune (50%)

KGA270/370 Population, Culture andEnvironmentFocuses on the interrelationships in space and time ofhuman populations, cultures and the environment.Fossil, genetic and linguistic evidence of evolution inhuman populations are critically reviewed. Theconcepts of race, ethnicity and religion are examined inthe context of migration and environmental change.Historical and present patterns of fertility, nuptiality,morbidity, mortality, migration, age and householdstructure are examined on local, national andinternational scales. Techniques of practicalinvestigation of populations and theoretical models ofdemographic change are investigated. Genealogicaldemography, family reconstitution and record linkageare examined as techniques for reconstructing historicalcommunities. The census, population policies and

KGA



projections are examined in the context of resources, theenvironment, and public health. The overpopulationdebate is critically reviewed.

• N.B. not offered in 1998. This unit is coded KGA297 andweighted 0% when taken as part of KGA200

KGA272/372 Literature and EnvironmentProvides a study of contemporary fiction, poetry andnon-fiction within the literary/historical framework ofRomantic concepts of Nature, the discipline ofenvironmental studies and the theory and practice ofGreen social thought. The works studied are genericallyvaried and represent a variety of interactions betweenpeople, environments and writing, including: theoriesof nature, place and spatiality, tourism, wilderness,dystopian fiction, and political fiction. The focus of theunit is also on recent environmental and relevantcritical theory, their relations to each other, and to theliterary text studies. A particular focus of the work inthis unit is on local (Tasmanian) and nationalenvironmental issues of their relation to globalenvironmental questions and to the politics of literaryrepresentation and the environmental studies moregenerally.

• N.B. Also coded as HEA265/365 and HAC209/309

• Staff Dr P Hay, Dr P Mead •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2–2-hr lecture weekly, 7 tutorials • prereq KGA100 orKGA101, alternative prereq apply for HEA265/365 andHAC209/309 • m/excl HEA265/365, HAC209/309• assess 2-hr exam in Nov (60%), 2,000-word essay(40%).• req Chatwin B, The Songlines, Jonathan Cape,

London, 1987Flanagan R, Death of a River Guide, McPhee Gribble,

Melbourne, 1994Mudrooroo, Doctor Wooreddy’s Prescription for Enduring

the Ending of the World, Hyland House, Melbourne,1983

Silko LM, Ceremony, Viking, New York, 1977.

KGA278/378 Wilderness and NaturalArea Management: Natural and CulturalValuesProvides practical skills used in the planning andmanagement of wilderness and ecotourism. Majorthemes are conservation management; changingconcepts of national parks; conservation and humanvalues; cultural values in natural areas; culturalheritage management; tourism education; technicalservices; ecologically sustainable tourism development;and wilderness issues. A major component of the unitwill be the treatment of ecotourism and theenvironment including its biophysical, social andcultural impacts. The unit includes a field workcomponent. The unit takes on an international

perspective but special emphasis is placed onTasmania.


• Staff Dr L Kriwoken, Dr J Russell •Hbt, int •12.5%•sem 1 –2x1-hr lectures weekly, 6 tutorials and 2 daysfield work (students are responsible for accommodationcosts) • prereq KGA100 or KGA101, • assess 2-hr examin June (60%), 2,500-word research essay (40%).

KGA288 Geography and EnvironmentalSkillsHas the same objectives as KGA211. This code is usedwhen the unit is taken as the compulsory core ofKGA200.

• Staff Dr M Nuñez, Dr LJ Wood, Mr N Chick, Dr EStratford •Hbt, int •0% •full year –1-hr lecture, 2-hrpractical weekly, 3 day excursion (students will beresponsible for accommodation costs) • prereq KGA100or KGA101 (students with KGA101 should seek adviceprior to enrolment in this subject) • assess 2-hr exam inNov (40%), practical reports (40%), 1,500-wordexcursion report (20%).

KGA289 GeomorphologyHas the same objectives as KGA210. This code is usedwhen the unit is taken as part of KGA200.

• Staff Mr N Chick •Hbt, int •0% •sem 2 –2x1-hrlectures weekly, 4 tutorials and 5x2-hr practicals• prereq KGA100 or KGA101 or KGA103 • assess 2-hrexam in Nov (50%), practical work (20%), 1,500-wordessay (30%)• req Ritter DF, Process Geomorphology, 2nd edn, Wm C

Brown, Dubuque Iowa, 1986, orSummerfield MA, Global Geomorphology, Longman,

London, 1991.

KGA290 Biogeography and ClimatologyHas the same objectives as KGA209. This code is usedwhen the unit is taken as part of KGA200.

• Staff Dr M Nuñez, Dr P McQuillan •Hbt, int •0%•sem 1 –2x1-hr lectures weekly, 9x2-hr practicals• prereq KGA100 or KGA101 or KGA103 • assess 2-hrexam in Nov (60%), practical work (20%), 1,500-wordessay (20%)• req Oke TR, Boundary Layer Climates, Methuen,

London and New York, 1987.

KGA291 Geography of AsiaHas the same objectives as KGA202/302. This code isused when the unit is taken as part of KGA200.

• Staff Dr RG Kellaway, Dr LJ Wood •Hbt, int •0%•sem 2 –2x1-hr lectures weekly, 9 tutorials • prereqKGA100 or KGA101 (no prerequisite required for AsianStudies students taking the unit as HAS202/302) • m/



Units

excl HMA202/302 • assess 2-hr exam in Nov (60%),2,500-word essay (40%).

KGA292 The Global Space EconomyHas the same objectives as KGA208. This code is usedwhen the unit is taken as part of KGA200.

• Staff Mr RD Cotgrove, Dr E Stratford •Hbt, int •0%•sem 1 –2x1-hr lectures weekly, 9 tutorials • prereqKGA100 or KGA101 (one of BEA100, 101, 102 or 105 forFaculty of Commerce & Economics students only)• assess 2-hr exam in June (60%), 2,500-word essay(40%).

KGA294 Historical GeographyHas the same objectives as KGA240/340. This code isused when the unit is taken as part of KGA200.• Staff Dr RG Kellaway •Hbt, int •0% •sem 2 –2x1-hr lectures weekly, 6 tutorials and 2 days field/projectwork • prereq KGA100 or KGA101 • assess 2-hr examin Nov (60%), 2,500-word research essay (40%).

KGA295 Urban Planning: Space, Placeand SocietyHas the same objectives as KGA253. This code is usedwhen the unit is taken as part of KGA200.

• Staff Dr E Stratford •Hbt, int •0% •sem 1 –2x1-hrlectures weekly, 6 tutorials and 2 days field work orequiv • prereq KGA100 or KGA101 • m/excl KGA352(no longer offered) • assess 2,500-word research paper(30%), 2x750-word tutorial papers (20%), 2-hr exam inJune (50%)

KGA296 Wilderness and Natural AreaManagement: Natural and Cultural ValuesHas the same objectives as KGA278/378. This code isused when the unit is taken as part of KGA200.• Staff Dr L Kriwoken, Dr J Russell •Hbt, int •0%•sem 1 –2x1-hr lectures weekly, 6 tutorials and 2 daysfield work (students are responsible for accommodationcosts) • prereq KGA100 or KGA101, alternativeprerequisites apply for HEA265/365 and HAC209/309• assess 2-hr exam in June (60%), 2,500-word researchessay (40%).

THIRD YEAR (LEVEL 300) UNITS

Bachelor of Arts students may include any of theseunits within their degree.

Bachelor of Science students intending to major inGeography and Environmental Studies (G&ES) requirethird year units worth 50%. The rules affecting thechoice of units are complex. In most cases, studentshave two major subjects (e.g. Geology and G&ES orBotany and G&ES). These students are free to select anyfour of the 12.5% units available regardless of whetherit is a Science (BSc group 3) or Arts (BSc group 3A) unit.

However, if G&ES is to be their only major subject,students must take at least three of their four units fromgroup 3 and if the balance of their third year points arealready drawn from group 3A, as in the case ofScience/Law students, all four units must be fromgroup 3.

All units listed below are BSc group 3.

KGA321 ClimatologyCovers the physical principles governing the transfer ofradiation, heat and moisture in the atmosphereboundary layer; monitoring the microclimate ofdifferent environments; the surface energy balance,evapotranspiration and the hydrological cycle; and airpollution in the boundary layer.• Staff Dr M Nuñez •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –2x1-hrlectures weekly, 12x2-hr tutorials, 2 days project/fieldwork • prereq KGA200 (including KGA209) or KGA203or 25% Geog & Env Stud Yr-2 including KGA209 • m/excl KGA367 • assess 2-hr exam in Nov (60%), tutorial(20%), 1,500-word project report (20%).• req Oke TR, Boundary Layer Climates, Methven,

London and NY, 1987Arya SP, Introduction to Microcmeteorology, 1988.

KGA327 Conservation GeomorphologyDevelops an understanding of: methods used to gaugethe conservation significance of landforms; techniquesfor planning geoconservation, the conservationmanagement needs of different types of landforms andgeomorphological processes. Trains students in theformulation of geoconservation management plans. Afield-based laboratory programs used to familiarisestudents with the management problems related tosignificant local landform assemblages and to collect,analyse and write up data in the form of a managementplan.

• N.B. may not be offered in 1998

• Staff tba •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2? – 2x1-hr lecturesweekly, 14x3-hr practicals, 9 taken on 3 days of fieldtrip (weekend, students will be responsible foraccommodation costs) and 5 as data interpretationassignments • prereq one of KGA200, KGA203, KEA200or KGA210 • assess 2-hr exam in Nov (50%), 1,500-word management plan (30%), practical/fieldassessment (20%).

KGA331 Vegetation ManagementDevelops an understanding of factors relevant to theconservation management of Australian naturalvegetation, and trains students in the formulation ofvegetation and species management plans. Field workis used to familiarise students with the managementproblems of local vegetation types and to collect datarelevant to the formulation of a vegetation or speciesmanagement plan.

KGA



• Staff Prof JB Kirkpatrick •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –2x1-hr lectures weekly, 14x3-hr practical, 9 taken on 3days of field trips (weekend, students will beresponsible for accommodation costs) and 5 as datainterpretation assignments • prereq one of KGA200,KGA203, KPA200 or 25% of Geog & Env Stud Yr-2units • assess 2-hr exam in Nov (50%), a 1,500-wordfield-based management plan (30%), practical/fieldassessment (20%)• req Kirkpatrick JB (ed), Tasmanian Native Bush: a

Management Handbook, Tasmanian EnvironmentCentre Inc, Hobart, Tasmania, 1990.

KGA332 Fauna ConservationManagementDevelops an understanding of: threats to theconservation of animal biodiversity and approaches toameliorate them; rapid biodiversity assessment; theconservation needs of rare species and communities;the integration of fauna management with conservationof flora and landscape, on and off reserves. The unitwill train students in the formulation fauna assessmentand management plans, including recovery plans, andtheir evaluation. The laboratory component has a largefield base and will familiarise students with approachesto survey, documentation, analysis and managementplanning using local fauna communities.

• Staff Dr P McQuillan •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –2x1-hr lectures weekly, 14x3-hr practical, 9 taken on 3days of field trips (weekend, students will beresponsible for accommodation costs) and 5 as datainterpretation assignments • prereq one of KGA200,KGA203, KZA200 or 25% of Geog & Env Stud Yr-2units • assess 2-hr exam in Nov (50%), a 1,500-wordfield-based management plan (30%), practical/fieldassessment (20%)

KGA346 Spatial Data AnalysisProvides practical skills in the acquisition, analysis,interpretation and display of geographic data. Theacquisition and entry of data from fieldwork, maps,remote sensing platforms, censuses and surveys isconsidered. Discussion covers the formulation of datamodels, scale, resolution, accuracy, spatial layers andrelationships. Environmental and socioeconomicexamples are used to examine classic problems ofspatial investigation involving site selection, spatialpartitioning, suitability analysis and spatial modelling.All practicals are computer based.

• Staff Dr LJ Wood •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –2x1-hrlectures weekly, 14x3-hr practicals • prereq KGA200 or25% of Geog & Env Stud Yr-2 including KGA211 • m/excl ASA313, ASA373 • assess 2-hr exam in June (60%),practicals (20%), 2,000-word project report (20%).

KGA365 Environmental Remote SensingLooks at: (a) the nature of radiation in the atmosphereand radiative properties of earth surfaces; and (b) aerialphotography and imagery systems including theirinterpretation and digital processing. The unit includesa project involving application of techniques to topics inthe field of resource inventory, land use mapping orenvironmental monitoring.

• Staff Dr M Nuñez and Dr KJ Michael •Hbt, int•12.5% •sem 2 –2x1-hr lectures weekly, 6x3-hr labclasses and 6x2-hr tutorials and 2 days field work• prereq KGA200 or KGA203 or 25% of Geog & EnvStud Yr-2 (with KGA211) or approved Yr-2 Surveying,Engineering and/or Science units • assess practical andtutorial assignments (20%), 2,000-word project report(20%), 2-hr exam in Nov (60%)• req Lillesand TM and Kiefer RWF, Remote Sensing and

Image Interpretation, Wiley, New York, 1987.

KGA381 Environmental ImpactAssessment and Decision MakingProvides an introduction to legal, administrative, socialand scientific aspects of environmental impactassessment, environmental auditing and relatedenvironmental management tools. The unit emphasisesthe practical aspects of impact assessment (Tasmanian,Australian and international). The unit is intended forstudents who are interested in or plan to work inenvironmental management or a related field.

• Staff Assoc Prof JJ Todd, Dr LK Kriwoken •Hbt, int•12.5% •sem 1 –2x1-hr lectures, 1 tutorial weekly,8x3-hr practicals • prereq KGA200 or 25% of Geog &Envir Stud Yr-2 or KGA203 or Yr-2 subjects approvedby HoD • assess 2-hr exam in June (50%), practicalassessment (30%), 1,500-word essay (20%).

KGA400/401 Geography andEnvironmental Studies (BSc Honours)Full time/Part timeKGA402/403 Geography andEnvironmental Studies 4 (BA Honours)Full time/Part timeInvolve: a) the writing of an original thesis of up to15,000 words on an approved subject in one of themajor sub-disciplines of environmental studies,geography or spatial information science; b) a generalresearch methodology course involving attendance atlectures and seminars the writing of a review ofmethods in a defined area broader than the thesis of upto 5,000 words, and further written work relating toprofessional experience in the field of study; c) areading or other course designed to ensure thedevelopment of a full breadth of expertise in theselected sub-discipline; d) presentation of a researchseminar.

• N.B. all potential honours students should ensure that an



Units

academic staff member is available for their supervision beforecommencing honours. Course selection and timing should bediscussed with the supervisor before seeking approval fromthe honours coordinator. Students wishing to commence mid-year should check with the department or StudentAdministration for the correct attendance codes (these are notlisted in the enrolment guide) to ensure accurate HECSliability.

•Hbt, int •100%/50% •full year –weekly lectures,seminars and meetings • prereq bachelor degree with asound major in Geography and Environmental Studiesor another discipline relevant to the thesis topic andsatisfying the Faculty honours entry requirements formajor and GPA. • assess 15,000-word thesis (50%),method essay of 5,000 words (12.5%) and other writtenwork (essays, projects and/or exams) up to a maximumof 12,000 words (37.5%).

KGA500/501 Graduate Diploma ofScience with Honours (Geography)Full time/part time ‘umbrella code’. Has the sameobjectives as KGA400/401.

Environmental Studies

KGE500/501 Graduate Diploma ofEnvironmental StudiesFull time/part time ‘umbrella’ code. Enrolling studentsenter this code plus 1 –6 units from the followingKGE5- units

KGE505/506 Graduate Diploma ofEnvironmental Studies with HonoursFull time/part time ‘umbrella’ code. Enrolling studentsenter this code plus 1 –6 units from the followingKGE5- unitsNote: the contents of the four major units (KGE512, 513, 514and 515) are set out below. Each unit is of 12 weeks duration,and students attend lectures, discussion groups and practicalsessions involving approximately 15 hours a week contactwith staff.

Regular informal discussion with the staff is also fullyencouraged. In addition, students undertake project workinvolving original study, often in the field, leading to writtenreports which are expected to reach a high standard. Two ofthe units are run each semester. The coordinator can provideinformation on which units are available in each semester.

KGE512 Environmental TechnologyAddresses some key environmental issues from theperspective of the physical and engineering sciences.The role of energy in society, including energy supplyand demand, conventional and renewable energy, andenergy conservation are considered. Pollution controltechnology for reducing air, water, and noise emissionsis reviewed. Emerging technologies such as computer

networking and emerging industrial approaches suchas ‘cleaner production’ are explored. The aim of the unitis to introduce students to the ‘technological fix’approach and show how this must be integrated withsocial, biological, political, philosophical, and futuresstudies to achieve a holistic approach to environmentalproblem solving. The course also deals with practicalaspects of environmental consulting.

• Staff Assoc. Prof. JJ Todd, Dr LK Kriwoken andothers •[0%] • 6 hrs lectures/seminars and up to 3hrspractical class weekly, and 2 days excursions • assessproject, essay, and seminar.

KGE513 EcosystemsHas two main components. One is devoted to thebiological aspects of population. Included is a strongtheoretical component in which the basic biologicalbackground to the functioning of plant and animalpopulations is studied, as well as the parameters criticalto population growth. The second component concernsecosystem theory, and progresses to the problems ofmanaging populations and ecosystems. The emphasishere is not only theoretical but, in order to provide casestudy examples, puts students in touch with a range ofpeople involved in ecosystem and land management inTasmania.• Staff Dr P McQuillan, Prof JB Kirkpatrick and others•[0%] • 6 hrs lectures/seminars and up to 3 hrspractical class weekly, and 2 days excursions • assessessay, research project, practical sessions/seminar.

KGE514 Environmental PlanningExplains and examines critically the role of traditionalurban and industrial planning in the provision ofenvironmental quality. The extent to which newpractices of environmental planning have been bothaccepted and successful in overcoming deficiencies isassessed. The unit begins with a consideration ofcontemporary developments in environmentalplanning theory, but the bulk of the course is a ‘handson’ exposure to practical problems of environmentalplanning. These are taken, in the main, from aTasmanian context, but national and internationalissues and initiatives are also addressed. Part of the unitis given over to a group research project, usuallydeveloped in conjunction with government authoritiesor community groups.

• Staff Dr JA Russell, Dr E Stratford and others •[0%]• 6 hrs lectures/seminars and up to 3 hrs practical classweekly, and 2 days excursions • assess essay, researchproject, practical sessions/seminar.

KGE515 Environmental ValuesExamines the political, sociological and philosophicalaspects of contemporary environmental concerns.Various developments in ethical philosophy areexamined, as is the place of ‘environment’ in traditions

KGAKGE



of western political thought. The implications of newparadigms of environmental values for western andeastern religious traditions, and for dominant westernconceptions of science and technology are considered.Phenomenological traditions and perceptions of placeare examined. Finally, the challenge to growtheconomics is considered, as is the contemporarypreoccupation with ecological ‘sustainability’.

• Staff Dr PR Hay •[0%] • 6 hrs lectures and seminarsweekly • assess essays.

Skills Program UnitsNote: satisfactory completion of these programs iscompulsory for all students.

Teaching pattern: Each unit (KGE516, 517 etc) consistsof 12 hours of lectures plus practical assignmentsduring semester 1 and 2 respectively.

Staff: Drs JA Russell, LK Kriwoken, P McQuillan, PRHay, Assoc Prof JJ Todd and others

KGE516 Environmental ResearchMethodsIs a series of lectures and assignments providing anoverview of sound research practices within thesciences and humanities, and emphasising the role ofinterdisciplinary research. Inherent values arediscussed. The importance of a research hypothesis andcritical argument are dealt with. Skills of datacollection, including library and Internet sources, aredeveloped.

•[0%] •sem 1 –12 hrs lectures, project work.

KGE517 Environmental ResearchCommunicationIs a series of lectures and assignments which provideskills in writing theses, academic papers, and reports.This includes content, argument, and presentation(layout, grammar, tables, figures, plates, references).Some word processing skills aimed at thesispresentation are included. The program also deals withoral presentations for conferences and seminars.•[0%] •sem 2 –12 hrs lectures, project work.

KGE540/541 Honours Thesis Full time/Part timeThe honours thesis involves supervised research on anenvironmental topic, and preparation of a 10,000-15,000-word thesis. The research topic must beapproved by the Coordinator of Environmental Studiesand the staff member supervising the work. Theresearch and thesis preparation is equivalent to fivemonths full-time study. Students must present a shortseminar as part of their research program.

•50% • assess the thesis is assessed by one external andtwo internal examiners. The thesis accounts for 50% ofthe final honours result.

KGE808/809 Master of EnvironmentalManagement Full time/part time’umbrella’ code.

Continuing students: see KGE810/811 below.

Note: Students must use this code plus 1 –7 unitsfrom the following list:

KGE812 Environmental Technology see KGE512KGE813 Ecosystems see KGE513KGE814 Environmental Planning see KGE514KGE815 Environmental Values see KGE515KGE816 Environmental Research seeKGE516KGE817 Environmental Research

Communication see KGE517KGE840 Research Project Thesis and

Professional Portfolio see KGE840 below

KGE810/811 Master of EnvironmentalStudies (Coursework) Full time/parttime’umbrella’ code. This unit is available to continuingstudents only.

See note in KGE808/809 above.

KGE840 Research Project Thesis andProfessional PortfolioContinuing students enrolled in KGE810/811: seeKGE850.

The Research Project comprises one half of therequirements for the degree. The project is carried outunder the guidance of a supervisor, or supervisorypanel. The results of the research are reported in aminor thesis of 20,000-30,000 words which is assessedby two examiners, at least one of whom is from outsidethe University.

The Professional Portfolio constitutes part of theresearch project and is carried out over a six to eightweek period while the thesis is being examined.Students prepare a portfolio of information relevant tothe career they plan to pursue. The exercise is carriedout under supervision of the thesis supervisor. Theportfolio is customised for each individual, but mightinclude professional contacts (national andinternational), an annotated bibliography, lists ofrelevant legislation, standards and codes of conduct.The supervisor and one other staff member assess theportfolio, which must reach a satisfactory standardbefore credit is given for the research project.

• Staff Dr JA Russell (Coordinator) •[0%].

KGE850 MEnvSt (Coursework)Research Project and ThesisFor continuing students enrolled in KGE810/811.

for a description of the unit, see KGE840 above.



Units

Surveying and Geomatics –Department of Geography &

Environmental Studies — SpatialInformation Science at Hobart

The Department offers a 4-year course leading to thedegree of Bachelor of Geomatics (unit code KGG-). Twospecialist streams are offered: (a) Land Surveying and(b) Spatial Information Systems. Each stream involves 3years of academic study and a compulsory year ofprofessional experience. An honours degree of oneyear’s duration, and postgraduate courses are alsoavailable. The previously offered Bachelor of Surveyingis being phased out. Students needing to repeat first,second and third year units from the Bachelor ofSurveying should contact the department forinformation.

NOTE: Geomatics units were previously coded ASG-Where prerequisites are mentioned in the unit detailswhich follow, they are given their new code, e.g.KGG140 is the same as the unit which was previouslycoded ASG140.

Similarly, surveying units previously coded ASA- arenow coded KGS-. The last three digits of each unit codehave not changed at all.

Where reference is made to units no longer listed in thisHandbook, the old codes are retained.

KGG140 Geomatics laIntroduces students to the science of Geomatics,including methods of spatial data collection, datamanagement, data analysis and presentation. The unitincludes a detailed treatment of elementary datacollection methods and some data analysis methods;and provides an introductory treatment of advancedtopics. (a) Introduction to Geomatics– overview ofmethods, technology and applications; elementary datacollection: time, length, azimuth, angles; positionsensors –optical, mechanical, electromagnetic;measurement methods –gravity, pressure, magnetism,sound, inertia, electromagnetic spectrum, etc.; distancemeasuring techniques; direction measuring techniques;combined techniques –total stations, GPS;computational techniques for data reduction –traversing, intersection, resection, triangulation, andtrilateration; and computer methods –spreadsheetreductions and surveying software packages; (b)Introduction to Analysis of Observations– scope &nature of statistical analysis, simple statistical tests andcomputation of confidence measures, error theory, errorpropagation, effects on survey data; (c) Introduction toTransformations and Projections– introduction to theconcepts of mathematical transformations and theirapplications in geomatics, application of vectors to

survey problems, concepts of coordinate systems andtransformations, general map projections, datainterpolation and filtering; (d) Geographic InformationSystems (GIS)– an overview, spatial and aspatial data;definition, components, functions, and applications ofGIS; (e) Communication of Ideas– communicationtheory; written, verbal & spatial techniques; (f)Physics– components of electricity and wave motion asspecified by Department of Physics.

• Staff academic staff of the Dept, plus staff of the Deptof Physics •Hbt, int •25% •full year –84 lectures, 14tutorials, 56 hrs practical • coreq KYA171, KMA152,KMA154 • assess exam (70%), assignments, tutorials(30% ).

KGG150 Geomatics lbA studio project that integrates the coursework materialcovered in KGG140, allowing students to undertake amajor project that includes project design, preanalysis,data collection, data management, and presentation.

• Staff academic staff of the Dept •Hbt, int •12.5%•sem 2 –14 lectures, 14 tutorials, 14x3-hr practicals, 4-day field camp • coreq KYA171, KMA152, KMA154• assess exam (70%), class presentations (30% ).

KGG220 Geomatics 2a: SurveyingDevelops an understanding of the instrumentation usedand methodology of spatial measurement science. (a)Instrumentation: calibration of instruments –Australian Standards, traceability of standards,calibration techniques; levels, theodolites, EDM, digitaland optical techniques for angle and distancemeasurements; encoders, digitisers, gyros,accelerometers, lasers, gyrotheodolites, optical andprecision metrology systems, GPS, integrated surveyingsystems and associated software, and specialisedtechniques. (b) Surveying Methodology: trig heighting,precise levelling, intersection, resection, triangulation,trilateration, precise traversing; reduction of fieldobservations to the geodetic reference surface; azimuthfrom astronomical observations, use of thegyrotheodolite.

• Staff Dr A Sprent •Hbt, int •12.5% •full year –28lectures, 56 hrs practical and tutorials, 10 hrs studio• prereq KCA173, KGG140, KMA102 • coreq KMA265,KGG270 • assess exam (70%), assignments, tutorials,studios (30%).

KGG230 Geomatics 2b: RemoteSensing & PhotogrammetryIntroduces remote sensing and photogrammetry, andthen concentrates on the mathematics used to representsingle and stereo images captured with film and digitalcameras, and methods of computing object spacecoordinates from stereo models. (a) Basic mathematics:

KGEKGG



image space and object space coordinate systems;transformations. Image capture; sensors; dataresolutions; platforms. Representation of a singleimage: collinearity condition equations; space resectionfrom collinearity; modified collinearity conditionequations; mono plotting; (b) Representation of twoimages: coplanarity condition equations, relativeorientation by coplanarity and collinearity, absoluteorientation, computation of model and object spacecoordinates; analytical stereoplotters; special cases;(c) Operation of analytical and digital plotters;(d) Introduction to image processing: representation,restoration, enhancement, classification and display.

• Staff Dr JE Osborn •Hbt, int •12.5% •full year –28lectures, 56 hrs practical and tutorials, 10 hrs studio• prereq KGG140, KMA102, KCA173 • coreq KMA265,KGG260, KGG270 • assess exam (50%), assignments,tutorials, studios (50%).

KGG240 Geomatics 2c: GeographicData Management and VisualisationReviews definition, components, functions, andapplications of GIS; introduces the principles of spatialdata models, data analysis and manipulation; andhighlights the human factor as a key issue to beconsidered during the implementation of a GIS. Theunit introduces the principles of cartographic designand production, including data symbolisation;graphical representation of numerical data; topographicand thematic symbols, generalisation, colour, type;visualisation; hardcopy production andphotolithographic printing. A significant part of theunit consists of practical exercises which are designedto advance skills in the use of a PC-based raster GISsoftware package. Emphasis is placed on the ever-increasing interaction between GIS, image processing(IP), and global positioning systems (GPS). Practicalsand assignments focus on GIS as an integration,decision support and management tool. Students aretrained to develop and implement solutions to spatialproblems involving multiple criteria and objectives.Attention is given to errors and uncertainty associatedwith digital geographic data and related analysis. As aconsequence, students will be able to judge critically thelimits to interpretation of results derived from GISanalysis.

•Hbt, int •16.67% •full year –35 lectures, 14 tutorials,56 hrs practicals, 15 hrs studio • prereq KCA173,KGG140, KMA102 • assess exam (40%), practicals(30%), assignments (30%).

KGG260 Geomatics 2d:Transformations and ProjectionsIntroduces the concepts of the various geometricsurfaces and their mathematical properties for use inmapping and computation on the surface of the earth:

surveying and mapping projections; transverseMercator projection; AMG; geometry of the ellipsoid;ellipsoidal computations; arc-to-chord, scale factor, gridconvergence.

• Staff Dr A Sprent •Hbt, int •12.5% •full year –28lectures, 14 tutorials, 10 hrs studio • prereq KCA173,KGG140, KMA102 • coreq KMA265, KGG270 • assessexam (70%), assignments, tutorials and studios (30%).

KGG270 Geomatics 2e: Analysis ofObservationsProvides students with a working knowledge of leastsquares techniques and their application in geomatics;theory of least squares; adjustment of measured data;adjustment with constraints; data interpolation andfiltering; detection of outliers; network design andoptimisation. Students are taught to use variousadjustment software packages and are introduced toadvanced least squares problems.

• Staff Assoc Prof R Coleman •Hbt, int •12.5% •fullyear –28 lectures, 14 tutorials, 10 hrs studio • prereqKCA173, KGG140, KMA102 • coreq KMA265 • assessexam (60%), assignments, tutorials, oral exam andstudios (40%).

KGG320 Geomatics 3a: SurveyingProvides a review of spatial measurement techniquesand relates these to a range of specific surveyingapplications, including: hydrographic, deformation andmonitoring, topographic, cadastral surveying,industrial metrology. The unit also includes casehistories of surveys and survey processes.

• Staff Dr A Sprent •Hbt, int •12.5% •full year –28lectures, 42 hrs practical, 10 hrs studio, 4-day field camp• prereq KGG220, 240, 260, 270 • coreq KGG350 • assessexam (70%), assignments, tutorials, studios (30%).

KGG330 Geomatics 3b: RemoteSensing & PhotogrammetryProvides a detailed treatment of the radiometric andgeometric errors associated with film and digitalcameras; together with an introduction to the geometryof other image sensing platforms. Introduces theprinciples of rectification and ortho-photography.Introduces the principles of strip and block adjustment.The Environmental Remote Sensing (ERS) componentof the unit concentrates on non-topographicapplications of aerial and satellite imagery, particularlyland use and environmental applications. (a)Photogrammetry: Image calibration: radiometric andgeometric errors and calibration models. Strip andblock adjustment: ground control and GPS control;accuracy of block adjustment; auxiliary data.Autocorrelation. Rectification and orthophotography:analytical and digital rectification in photogrammetry,



Units

satellite digital image rectification & registration. (b)Environmental Remote Sensing: the nature ofradiation in the atmosphere and radiative properties ofearth surfaces. Aerial photography and imagerysystems including their interpretation and digitalprocessing. A project involving these techniquesapplied to topics in the field of resource inventory, landuse mapping or environmental mapping.

• Staff Dr JE Osborn, and other staff of the Dept •Hbt,int •25% •full year –70 lectures, 28 tutorials, 42 hrspractical, 15 hrs studio • prereq KGG220, 230, 260, 270• assess exam (60%), assignments, tutorials, studios(40%).

KGG340 Geomatics 3c: GeographicInformation Systems (GIS)Exposes students to advanced topics in spatialalgorithms, database management systems,interpolation methods, data quality standards, errorpropagation, and environmental modelling. The majorpart of this unit consists of practicals and studios.Extensive training is provided in the use of a state-of-the-art unix workstation-based software package.Students are given ample opportunity to gainexperience in the use of input (e.g. digitiser, scanner)and output (e.g. colour plotter, laser printer) devices.Technical problem-solving skills are sharpened throughthe integration of multi-source and multi-scale data.Working in a powerful processing environment allowsstudents to experiment with all essential GIS analysisfunctions. Overall, the unit concentrates on developinga suite of skills essential to the successful design,implementation and presentation of a GIS project.

•Hbt, int •16.67% •sem 2 –42 lectures, 28 tutorials, 42hrs practicals, 15 hrs studio • prereq KGG240, 250, 260• assess exam (40%), practicals (20%), project (40%).

KGG350 Geomatics 3d: GeodesyProvides students with an understanding of theprocedures for 3-D positioning on the earth’s surface.The unit covers reference coordinate systems, geodeticreference frame definition; reduction of observations tothe ellipsoid; geodetic height systems and datums; theearth’s gravity field, Gravimetric geodesy, geoidmodels. Elements of satellite surveying - time andreference systems, orbital motion. Introduction to theGPS system - GPS satellites, signal and measurementcharacteristics. GPS instrumentation. GPS observationsand equations. Introduction to GPS baseline processing.Ambiguity resolution and modern GPS surveyingtechniques.

• Staff Assoc Prof R Coleman •Hbt, int •16.67% •fullyear –56 lectures, 14 tutorials, 20 hrs studio • prereqKGG220, 260, 270 • coreq KGG320 • assess exam (60%),assignments, tutorials, oral exam, studios (40%).

KGG360 Earth SciencesIs a program of lectures, practicals and excursionsoffered by relevant university lecturers to extendstudents’ knowledge of physical landforms andprocesses, environmental science and their relationshipto land use and development. Topics include principlesof geomorphology and geomorphological processes,materials of the earth, sedimentology, structuralgeology, land capability and land use.

• Staff various from the Depts of Geography &Environmental Studies and Geology •Hbt, int •12.5%•sem ? • assess exam (70%), assignments (30%).

The following Geomatics units are NOT beingoffered in 1998

KGG401 Professional ExperienceProvides professional training and experience in arange of geomatics tasks and exposes students to theworkplace environment. A minimum of 38 weeks ofindustry experience approved by HoD, supported bythe submission of assessed work experience reports.

• N.B. not offered in 1998

KGG405 Land Development PlanningIntroduces students to the principles of urban and ruralland planning and development, familiarising themwith the relevant planning legislation and planningprocesses. The unit looks at the role of planningincluding the history of planning and land use change,planning processes, role of governments, urban andregional planning administration, social research,economic analysis and environmental planning;planning techniques including statutory planning,planning schemes, development control and planningpractice. Context to planning – The meaning ofplanning and the key steps within a planning process,history of land use changes in Hobart, origins of urbanplanning and emergence of planning systems, the needfor a government role in planning, organisation ofplanning in Australia, planning in Tasmania, theresource planning and management system inTasmania, Land Use Planning and Approvals Act,Resource Management and Planning Appeal Tribunal,regulation of development and approval processes inAustralia, local approvals review program, social,economic and environmental planning. Planningtechniques– strategic planning, communityconsultation techniques, statutory planning –subdivision control, development control, planningschemes, planning appeals, planning principles.Innovative planning and design practices – integratedplanning approaches, Green Street Program, RESCODEand AMCORD guidelines for urban housing, BuildingBetter Cities Program. Land management planning–

KGG



rural residential subdivisions, open space planning,park management plans, coastal planning, resourceassessment and management, land management andland capability, environmental impact assessment. Theunit includes a planning project which covers asubstantial design area - including road design, waterreticulation, stormwater and sewerage design, andLocal Government requirements. The project will besupervised and examined by a suitably experiencedprofessional surveyor.


KGG407 Land Law and Cadastral StudiesThe Land Law component teaches the principles andapplication of land law as it applies to legal surveys.Examines the professional role and obligations of acadastral surveyor; tenure, estates in land, freehold andleasehold tenure; interests in land, easements andprofits, mortgages, erosion, riparian rights, landtransfer, common law and real property, adversepossession, law relating to surveys of land for thepurposes of title subdivision and resumption of land,general principles of the law of evidence. The CadastralStudies component covers property, property rights,real property. Fiscal, legal cadastres. Cadastral systems,land registration systems, multi-purpose cadastre,cadastre as information systems. Methods of recordingreal property rights, methods of delineating andrecording real property rights. Comparative cadastres.


KGG425 Surveying PracticeCovers the following topics: (a) the surveyor andstatutory authorities; survey regulations’ assessment ofsurvey evidence and their applications; (b) professionalethics, professional societies, surveyor-consultant,surveyor-client relationship; professional indemnity,responsibility under the Surveyors Act Regulations;disciplinary procedures; (c) Fieldwork technique –traversing and differential levelling –students arerequired to demonstrate competent preparation(calibration, instrument adjustment, reconnaissance),survey design and methodology; and (d) Officeoperations, financial, record and staff management,costing, charging and marketing; and business plans.


KGG430 Spatial Data Structures andData BasesCovers the following topics: spatial data representation,vector, raster; topology, topological data structures, cellcomplexes, data encoding; object-entity representation;raster and tessellation structures; spatial indexing. Theunit includes detailed analysis of selected examples ofGIS/LIS structures. Data base representation,

limitations of RDBMS.


KGG435 Spatial AnalysisCovers the following topics: data quality measures,data interpolation; point patterns, measurement ofdispersion, measures of arrangement, line patterns,branching, circuits, route planning, topological andnetwork analysis, distance; patterns of area, coverage,growth, partitioning. Integration of data, operations,weighting; and presentation methods.


KGG440 Digital MappingCovers the following topics: graphics hardware, displaygeometry, revision of transformations, simple plottingroutines, windows, data connectivity, hidden line,shading reflectivity, continuous tone images. Symbollibraries, generalisation. Digital mapping standards,data exchange. Operation and detailed analysis ofselected digital mapping software.


KGG445 Geographic InformationSystems ProjectConsists of a project designed to (a) reinforce thestudent’s understanding of the underlying science andprinciples of geographic information systems, (b) gainan understanding of at least one application of GIS indetail, and (c) provide experience in using at least oneGIS software package. The project consists of 70 hoursof supervised investigation and experimental workinvolving the use of a geographical information systemto solve prescribed problems.


KGG510/515 Geomatics (Honours) Fulltime/Part timeIs a one year course of lectures and project work asprescribed by the Head of Discipline of SpatialInformation Science. The coursework selected will beappropriate for the particular research topic chosen andwill constitute 50% of the assessment. The course workand projects will be selected from the following topics:1. Advanced Photogrammetry - Syllabus: Analyticalmetric and non-metric aerial and close-range systems,multi-media photogrammetry, digital photogrammetry.2. Advanced Adjustment Theory - Syllabus: Pre-analysis, optimisation. Least squares filtering,interpolation and collocation, generalised inverses, freenetwork adjustments, deformation analysis. 3.Advanced Instrumentation and Techniques - Syllabus:Automation of surveying instrumentation, non-topographic application of measurement techniques,monitoring and deformation surveys, case studies. 4.



Units

Advanced Geodesy - Syllabus: Selected topics from –space technologies including GPS for high precisionpositioning; satellite altimeter analysis; geophysicalgeodesy; gravimetric geodesy; 4D geodesy. 5. With theagreement of the Head of the Discipline, candidatesmay select from Groups 2, 3 and 4 units offered byScience & Technology up to a maximum of 16.67%.


SURVEYING UNITS

KGS133 Surveying for ScientistsProvides students with basic skills in plane surveyingand spatial measurement together with a generalintroduction to advanced surveying topics such asphotogrammetry, satellite position fixing, andgeographic information systems. Studies cover:(a) Surveying and Mapping 1– basic skills in planesurveying and spatial measurement (coordinatesystems, use of minor instruments, levelling, linearmeasurement, use of theodolites, total stations,traversing, introduction to analysis of observations);(b) Surveying and Mapping 2– introduction toadvanced surveying science and techniques(photogrammetry, geodesy, GPS, geographicinformation systems, integrated surveying/mappingsystems); and (c) Scientific Applications– discussionof specific applications of surveying in the physical andlife sciences.

• Staff Dr J Osborn •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –2lectures weekly, 2-hr practical, 1 tutorial a fortnight• assess final exam (50%); fieldwork reports (25%);assignments (25%).

KGS341 Surveying for EngineersIs available to Bachelor of Engineering students only,providing them with basic skills in plane surveying andspatial measurement together with a generalintroduction to advanced surveying topics such asphotogrammetry, remote sensing and satellite positionfixing. Studies cover: (a) Surveying and Mapping 1–basic skills in plane surveying and spatial

measurement (coordinate systems, use of minorinstruments, levelling, linear measurement, use oftheodolites, total stations, traversing, introduction toanalysis of observations); (b) Surveying and Mapping2– introduction to advanced surveying science andtechniques (photogrammetry, remote sensing, geodesy,GPS, hydrographic surveying, spatial informationsystems, specialised industrial measurementtechniques, integrated surveying/mapping systems);(c) Engineering Applications– discussion of specificsurveying techniques and applications in engineering(mine surveying, construction surveying, deformation

surveying, integrated surveying/engineering software);and (d) Scientific Applications– discussion of specificsurveying techniques and applications in science (use ofgeographic information systems, topographic/thematicmaps, exploration surveys, case studies).

• Staff Dr J Osborn •Hbt, int •18% •full year –2lectures weekly, a 3-hr practical, 1 tutorial fortnightly;plus a 5-day survey camp during semester break• assess final exam (50%); assignments and practicals(30%); field camp (20%).

KGS402 Land Development PlanningIntroduces students to the principles of urban and ruralland planning and development, and familiarises themwith the relevant planning legislation and planningprocesses: the role of planning including the history ofplanning and land use change, planning processes, roleof governments, urban and regional planningadministration, social research, economic analysis andenvironmental planning; planning techniques includingstatutory planning, planning schemes, developmentcontrol and planning practice; land planning includingstrategic plans, land management, impact assessment,innovative design.

• Staff Mr J Hepper •Hbt, int •15.6% •full year• prereq ASA312 • coreq ACM405 • assess final exam(50%), assignments (20%), project (30%).

KGS404 Photogrammetry 2Teaches students the mathematical principles ofanalytical photogrammetry, exposing them to theirpractical applications, and developing advanced skillsin photogrammetric project planning. Studies coverimage calibration: radiometric and geometric errors andcalibration models. Strip and block adjustment: groundcontrol and GPS control; accuracy of block adjustment;auxiliary data. Autocorrelation. Rectification andorthophotography: analytical and digital rectification inphotogrammetry, satellite digital image rectificationand registration.

• Staff Dr J Osborn •Hbt, int •14.6% •full year –2lectures weekly and fortnightly 3-hr practicals • prereqKGG230 and KGG270, or a corequisite with theapproval of the HoD • assess final exam (45%);assignments and practical reports (15%); projects (40%).• req [p/b] Wolf PR, Elements of Photogrammetry: with

air photo interpretation and remote sensing, McGraw-Hill.

KGS406 Surveying 4 (Project)Develops the students’ research, analysis andpresentation skills through their detailed investigationof a subject area of their own choice. Work in this unitcomprises an individual project in which students mustdemonstrate the ability to define, present and analysecritically a topic related to the current coursework.

KGGKGS



• Staff (Coordinator) Assoc Prof R Coleman •Hbt, int•10% •full year –an average of 80 hrs • prereq allthird examination subjects • coreq all fourthexamination subjects • assess project (90%), seminar(10%).

KGS411 Spatial Information SystemsHas the same broad objectives as KGS419, and is forstudents enrolled in the BSc.

•Hbt, int •8.33% •sem 2 –3 lectures, 1 tutorial weekly• prereq KGA200 [or approved 33.33% or equiv] fromapproved Year 2 Surveying, Engineering, and/orScience units • assess final exam (70%); practical reports(30%).• req Burrough PA, Principles of Geographical Information

Systems for Land Resource Assessment, OUP.

KGS417 GeodesyProvides students with a high level of competency ingeodesy. Studies cover: reference ellipsoid; referencesystems; geodetic measurements and their reduction tothe ellipsoid; direct and inverse geodetic problems;fundamentals of three-dimensional geodesy; coordinatesystems, transformations and geodetic datums; geodeticnetworks; geodetic standards and specifications;gravitational attraction and potential; gravity field ofthe earth; geoid; determination of the disturbingpotential and its functionals; geodetic height systems;Global Positioning System (GPS) –basic concepts,orbits, signal structure, antennas and receivers, biasesand errors, solutions, static, kinematic, stop-and-go,RTK/OTF applications, survey design; combination ofterrestrial and GPS data; height determination usingGPS.

• Staff Assoc Prof R Coleman •Hbt, int •12.4% •fullyear –2 lectures, 1 tutorial weekly, plus 3 hrs practicalweekly for 1 sem • prereq KGG270, 220 and 260 • assessGeodesy: final exam (65%); assignments (10%); practicalreports (15%); oral exam (10%)• req [p/b] Torge W, Geodesy, 2nd edn, de Gruyter,

1991.

KGS419 Spatial Information Systems 2Provides students with advanced skills in the design,implementation and application of geographicalinformation systems to land information management,digital mapping and planning. Studies covercomparison of analog and digital mapping systems,classification of systems, data entry; data volumes,topological and cellular data structures; retrieval andanalysis; design and implementation methods;applications to resource, land parcel and utilitysystems; practical work on the ARC/INFO system.

•Hbt, int •5.9% •sem 2 –3 lectures, 1 tutorial weekly• prereq KGS240 (BSc: any first year computing unit)

• assess final exam (70%); practical reports (30%)• req Burrough PA, Principles of Geographical Information

Systems for Land Resource Assessment, OUP.Dale PF and McLaughlin JD, Land Information

Management: An introduction with special reference tocadastral problems in third world countries, OUP.

KGS421 Cadastral StudiesTeaches the principles and application of land law as itapplies to cadastral surveying. The unit examines theprofessional role and obligations of a cadastralsurveyor; and includes a detailed study of comparativecadastral arrangements. Topics include the cadastre asan information system, cadastral systems, landregistration systems, integrated survey systems;methods of delineating legal boundaries, spatialtolerance; Land Law –tenure, estates in land, freeholdand leasehold tenure; interests in land, easements andprofits, mortgages, erosion, riparian rights, landtransfer, common law and real property, adversepossession, law relating to surveys of land for thepurposes of title subdivision and resumption of land,general principles of the law of evidence; the surveyorand statutory authorities, survey regulations,assessment of survey evidence, and their application;professional ethics, the professional society, surveyor-consultant surveyor-client relationship, and thesurveyor as an expert witness.

• Staff from the Faculty of Law, and Mr R Gane •Hbt,int •13.2% •full year –3 lectures weekly • prereq 3rdExamination • coreq KGS419 • assess exam (70%);assignments (30%)• req Simpson SR, Land Law and Registration,

Cambridge.Tasmania Lands Titles Office Practice Book with forms and

precedents, Tasmanian Government Printer.

KGS500/505 Surveying V (Honours) Fulltime/Part timeCoursework is selected from the following topics: (a)Advanced Photogrammetry– analytical metric andnon-metric aerial and close-range systems, multimediaphotogrammetry, digital photogrammetry; (b)Advanced Adjustment Theory– pre-analysis,optimisation; least squares filtering, interpolation andcollocation, generalised inverses, free networkadjustments, deformation analysis; (c) AdvancedInstrumentation and Techniques– automation ofsurveying instrumentation, non-topographicapplication of measurement techniques, monitoringand deformation surveys, case studies; (d) SpatialInformation Systems– user-needs studies,comparative data structures, network systems,information use; (e) Advanced Geodesy– selectedtopics from: space technologies including GPS for high



Units

precision positioning; satellite altimeter analysis;geophysical geodesy; gravimetric geodesy; 4D geodesy;and (f) With the agreement of the Head of theDiscipline of Spatial Information Science, candidatesmay select 2nd, 3rd and 4th-year units offered by theFaculty of Science & Technology up to a maximumweight of 16.67%.

•Hbt, int •100%/50% • lectures and project work asprescribed by the Head of Discipline • prereq Thedegree of BSurv from the University of Tasmania or adegree from another university or tertiary institutiondeemed to be equivalent by the Faculty. In each case,the candidate must have passed the degree withsufficient merit to satisfy the Faculty.

KGS519 Spatial Information Systems 3Covers user-needs studies, comparative data structures,network systems, information use.

•Hbt, int •19% • lecture/assignment • prereqKGS419 • assess assignments• req Burrough PA, Principles of Geographic Information

Systems for Land Resources Assessment, OUP.

KGS580 Graduate Diploma Project WorkIs a major project determined in conjunction with thestudent involving the design, development andapplication of spatial information technology orsystems components to a specific task. The project isdesigned to: develop the candidate’s knowledge andskills; to have the candidate examine the literature; todevelop analytical and problem solving skills; and tohave the candidate present results.

•Hbt, int •50% • project work • prereq all prescribedcoursework units • assess project submission (100%).

Psychology – Department ofPsychology at Hobart

Intending students should note that all coursesoffered by the Department of Psychology at Hobartare accredited by the registration and professionalpsychology bodies. Launceston students planning toqualify as psychologists should seek advice fromdepartmental staff about appropriate programs ofstudy.

Psychology is a diverse discipline concerned with thescientific study of human experience and behaviour. Itconsiders explanations and causes of behaviour andexamines the modification of behaviour as a result ofexperience and information received from theenvironment. There are various specific branches in thediscipline including developmental, social,physiological and clinical psychology, personality,cognition, and individual differences.

Students may specialise in psychology or take it as adiscipline to complement other areas of study. Thosewishing to specialise should enrol in psychology as partof either a Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of Sciencedegree. Students taking other degrees, for exampleBachelor of Commerce or Bachelor of Economics, maybe able to enrol in some psychology units tocomplement their other studies. However, prior toenrolment these students should either consult DrGeorge Wilson from the Department of Psychology oran appropriate Faculty Course Adviser.

Psychology undergraduate units are offered at first,second, third and fourth year levels. At first year levelstudents are introduced to a broad range of topics inlectures, while the associated practical work providesillustrative examples of experimental work andintroduces students more generally to scientificmethodology in psychology. The second and thirdyears continue with the study of some areas introducedin first year, but in greater depth, and complementedwith practical work which provides students with asound knowledge of design and analysis in the contextof psychological investigations in areas such ascognition and memory, perception, psychophysiology,and developmental and social psychology. Aftercompleting a bachelor degree, students may apply toenter the fourth year honours program which includesa major piece of research as well as courseworkdesigned to extend students’ knowledge of thediscipline and to provide some grounding in theapplications of psychology in professional settings.

Currently, for those wishing to work as a psychologist,a four-year degree (BA or BSc followed by Honours) inpsychology followed by two years of postgraduatetraining or supervised experience are required forregistration under The Psychologists Registration Act.Membership of the Australian Psychological Society,however, requires a four-year degree followed by atleast a two-year postgraduate degree.

(a) Psychology for Arts studentsFor BA students, a major in Psychology comprises 100%of psychology units: 25% at Year 1, 50% at Year 2, 25%at Year 3.

The double major in psychology comprises 175% ofpsychology units:

either 25% at Year 1, 50% at Year 2, 100% at Year 3;

or 25% at Year 1, 75% at Year 2, and 75% at Year 3.

Permissible programs in psychology:

1 KHA100 Total: 25%

2 KHA100 25%and KHA220 25%and KHA230 25% Total: 75%

KGSKHA



3 KHA100 25%and KHA210 25% Total: 50%

4 KHA100 25%and KHA210 25%and KHA220 25%and KHA230 25% Total: 100%

5 KHA100 25%and KHA220 25%and KHA230 25%and KHA300 25% Total: 100%

6 KHA100 25%and KHA220 25%and KHA230 25%and KHA300 25%and KHA210/310 or 320 or 340 25% Total: 125%

7 KHA100 25%and KHA220 25%and KHA230 25%and KHA300 25%and 2 of KHA210/310, 320, 340 50% Total: 150%

Programs 5, 6 and 7 each constitute a major in Psychologyfor BA purposes.

8 KHA100 25%and KHA220 25%and KHA230 25%and KHA300 25%and KHA210 or 310 25%and 320 25%and 340 25% Total: 175%

This program constitutes a double major in Psychology forBA purposes and is the prerequisite for Honours entry.

Fourth year entry: From 1999, the minimum entry tofourth year will be satisfactory completion of a doublemajor in Psychology (175%).

Addition grade level prerequisites for fourth year aredescribed in the prerequisites for units KHA400, 401.

(b) Psychology for Science StudentsFor BSc students, a major in Psychology consists of108.33%: KHA100, KHA200, KHA300 and one ofKHA310 or 320 or 340. BSc students who wish toproceed to the fourth-year honours course (KHA415 orKHA416), which is necessary for anyone intending todo a postgraduate degree to become a professionalpsychologist, require 133.33% major in Psychologywhich must include KHA340 Advanced Psychology.

Students wishing to major in Psychology will find thatcertain other subjects complement their studies inPsychology. Various units in Anatomy, Physiology,Zoology, Applied Mathematics and Computer Scienceare recommended. Students are advised to consult withstaff at the time of enrolment or to seek coursecounselling prior to enrolment.

Permissible programs for BSc candidates

1 KHA100 Total 25%

2 KHA100 25%and KHA200 33.33% Total: 58.33%

3 KHA100 25%and KHA200 33.33%and KHA300 25%and KHA310 or 320 or 340 25% Total: 108.33%

This program constitutes a major in Psychology for BScpurposes.

4 KHA100 25%and KHA200 33.33%and KHA300 25%and KHA310 or 320 25%and KHA340 25% Total: 133.33%

This program constitutes a major in Psychology for BScpurposes, and is the program for entry to Fourth Year forBSc students.

Fourth year entry: From 1999, the minimum entry tofourth year will be satisfactory completion of program4 (133.33%) including the unit KHA340 AdvancedPsychology.

KHA100 Psychology 1Introduces students to major areas in psychology and tobasic techniques for psychological investigations.Lecture topics include: Introduction to Psychology,Intelligence and Abilities, Physiology and Behaviour,Research Methods and Data Analysis, Learning,Cognition and Memory, Clinical and AbnormalPsychology, Life-span Development and SocialPsychology. Laboratory classes include experimentsand demonstrations in relevant areas, and provideassistance with statistical techniques. Students areallocated to a specific laboratory class by theDepartment during the first week. It is important toattend the first lecture. Laboratory class attendance iscompulsory. Students require a pocket calculator with asquare root key.

• Staff Mr J Alexander (Coordinator), Dr F Martin(Practical class coordinator) •Hbt, int •25% •full year–3x1-hr lectures, a 2-hr lab class weekly (28 wks) • m/excl HWP101 and HWP102 • assess 2-hr exam in June(30%), 2-hr exam in Nov (30%), lab assessmentincluding class work, statistics exercises, a test and 5assignments totalling 5,000 words (40%), satisfactoryperformance in the lab component is required for a fullpass• req O’Shea R, Writing for Psychology, Harcourt Brace

Jovanovich, Sydney, 1993either Walker M, Burnham D and Borland R,

Psychology, 2nd edn, Jacaranda Wiley, Brisbane, 1994or Weiten W, Psychology: Themes and Variations, 3rd

edn, Brooks Cole, Calif, 1995



Units

Tilley A, An Introduction to Psychological Research andStatistics, 2nd edn, Pineapple Press, Brisbane, 1993.

KHA200 Psychology 2 (Science)Part of the core program in Psychology, and must betaken by students proceeding to a psychology major inthe BSc. The course provides a more advanced coverageof major areas in psychology and further developstechniques for psychological investigations. Lecturetopics include: Clinical Psychology, Cognition, VisualPerception, Cognitive Development, Social andEducational Development, Introduction to DataAnalysis, Research in Psychology and Social Cognition.Laboratory classes complement and extend topicscovered in the lecture course. Written reports arerequired throughout the unit.

• N.B. restricted to BSc students

• Staff Dr WL Slaghuis (Coordinator) •Hbt, int•33.33% •full year –4x1-hr lectures, 1x2-hr lab classweekly (28 wks), 1-hr data analysis tutorial alternatewks in sem 1 (7 wks) • prereq KHA100 • m/exclKHA220, 230 • assess 3 hrs of exams in June and in Nov(55%), data analysis exercises (5%), 4 assignmentstotalling 5,000 words (40%)• req either Augustinos M and Walker I, Social

Cognition: An Integrated Introduction, Sage, London,1995

or Hewstone M, Streobe W and Stephenson GM (eds),Introduction to Social Psychology, 2nd edn, Blackwell,Oxford, 1996

Durkin K, Developmental Social Psychology From Infancyto Old Age, Blackwell, Cambridge, 1995

Goldstein E, Sensation and Perception, 4th edn, Brooks/Cole, Pacific Grove CA, 1996

Ginsberg H and Opper S, Piaget’s Theory of IntellectualDevelopment, 3rd edn, Prentice Hall, Eaglewood CliffsNJ, 1988

O’Shea R, Writing for Psychology, Harcourt BraceJovanovich, Sydney, 1993

Sternberg RJ, Cognitive Psychology, Harcourt Brace,Fortworth, 1996


KHA210 Applied PsychologyUnit details are shown below following KHA300; seeKHA210/310.

KHA220 Psychology 2 CorePart of the core program in Psychology, and must betaken by students proceeding to a psychology major inthe BA. The course provides a more advanced coverageof major areas in psychology and further developstechniques for psychological investigations. Lecturetopics include: Introduction to Data Analysis,

Cognition, Cognitive Development, and ClinicalPsychology. Laboratory classes complement and extendtopics covered in the lecture course and data analysisskills are developed in tutorials. Written reports arerequired throughout the unit.

• Staff Dr WL Slaghuis (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •25%•sem 1 –4x1-hr lectures, 2-hr lab class weekly (14 wks),1-hr data analysis tutorial alternate wks (7 wks)• prereq KHA100 • m/excl KHA200 • assess 3-hr examin June (50%), data analysis exercises (10%), 2assignments totalling 2,500 words (40%)• req Sternberg RJ, Cognitive Psychology, Harcourt

Brace, Fort Worth, 1996Ginsberg H and Opper S, Piaget’s Theory of Intellectual

Development, 3rd edn, Prentice Hall, Eaglewood CliffsNJ, 1988

O’Shea R, Writing for Psychology, Harcourt BraceJovanovich, Sydney, 1993


KHA230 Psychology 2 ExperimentalPart of the core program in Psychology, and must betaken by students proceeding to a psychology major inthe BA. The course provides a more advanced coverageof major areas in psychology and further developstechniques for psychological investigations. Lecturetopics include: Visual Perception, Social Cognition,Social and Educational Development and Research inPsychology. Laboratory classes complement and extendtopics covered in the lecture course. Written reports arerequired throughout the unit.

• Staff Dr WL Slaghuis (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •25%•sem 2 –4xl-hr lectures, 2-hr lab class weekly (14 wks)• prereq KHA220 • m/excl KHA200 • assess 3-hr examin Nov (60%), 2 assignments totalling 2,500 words (40%)• req either Augustinos M and Walker I, Social

Cognition: An Integrated Introduction, Sage, London,1995

or Hewstone M, Streobe W and Stephenson GM (eds),Introduction to Social Psychology, 2nd edn, Blackwell,Oxford, 1996

Durkin K, Developmental Social Psychology From Infancyto Old Age, Blackwell, Cambridge, 1995

Goldstein E, Sensation and Perception, 4th edn, Brooks/Cole, Pacific Grove CA, 1996

O’Shea R, Writing for Psychology, Harcourt BraceJovanovich, Sydney, 1993.

KHA300 Core PsychologyPart of the core program, and must be taken bystudents proceeding to a psychology major. Lecturetopics include: Data Analysis –analysis of variance andmethodological issues; Psychological Assessment –concepts and issues in assessment; Systems and

KHA



Theories in Psychology –theoretical issues inpsychology; Clinical Psychology –principles ofpsychopathology and behaviour modification. Thelaboratory component will involve administration,scoring and interpretation of specific psychologicaltests, selected investigations in clinical psychology andthe development of interviewing and counselling skills.In the data analysis tutorials, students are taught to usea computer package and will work on weekly exercises.

• Staff Dr GV Wilson (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •25%•full year –2xl-hr lectures, 2-hr lab class weekly, 1-hrdata analysis tutorial weekly in sem 1 • prereq(KHA201 and 202) or KHA200 • m/excl KHA300, 301and 302, 325 • assess 2 hrs of exams in June and Nov(45%), weekly data analysis exercises (5%), labassignments totalling 3,000 words (25%), lab test (25%)• req Maxwell SE and Delaney HD, Designing

Experiments and Analysing Data, Wadsworth, BelmontCalif, 1990.

Kaplan RM and Saccuzzo DP, Psychological Testing:Principles, Applications and Issues, 4th edn, Brooks/Cole, Pacific Grove Calif, 1997.

KHA210/310 Applied PsychologyA second year elective unit (Arts students only), orthird year elective unit which may be taken withKHA300 by students proceeding to a psychology major,or double major, in BA or BSc. Lecture topics include:Health Psychology –an overview of the contribution ofpsychologists to the promotion of health and theprevention of illness; Social Performance –concerningaspects of overt social behaviour; Dreaming –theoretical and empirical contributions tounderstanding dream formation, dream recall andworking with dreams; Reversal Theory –the dynamicsof emotional changes modulated by both physiologicalarousal and transactional outcomes, and its application.The laboratory component will involve empiricalinvestigation of issues raised in the lecture course.

• N.B. level 200 KHA210 is not available for Science students

• Staff Dr GV Wilson (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •25%•full year –2x1-hr lectures, 2-hr lab class weekly• prereq KHA100 for KHA210; KHA200 or KHA201and 202 for KHA310 • coreq KHA300 for KHA310 • m/excl KHA216, 217, 316, 317 • assess 2-hrs of exams inJune and Nov (50%), 4 assignments totalling 6,000words (50%)• req Apter MJ, Reversal Theory, Routledge, London,

1989Bernard LC and Krupat E, Health Psychology: Biosocial

Factors in Health and Illness, Harcourt Brace, FortWorth

Hewstone M, Stroebe W and Stephenson GM (eds),Introduction to Social Psychology, 2nd edn, Blackwell,Oxford, 1996

O’Shea R, Writing for Psychology, Harcourt BraceJovanovich, Sydney, 1993.

KHA320 Experimental PsychologyA third year elective unit which may be taken withKHA300 by students proceeding to a psychology major,or double major, in BA or BSc. Compulsory lecturetopics include: Issues in Lifespan Development –empirical approaches in developmental topics acrossthe lifespan; Current Issues in Research –specifictheoretical issues in current research. In additionstudents must also complete 2 one semester lecture-laboratory options chosen from the list of 300 Leveloptions.

• Staff Dr GV Wilson (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •25%•full year –2x1-hr lectures weekly, 2-hr lab classweekly (options included) • prereq (KHA201 andKHA202) or KHA200 • coreq KHA300 • m/exclKHA300, 301, 302, 315 • assess 2 hrs of exams in Juneand Nov (50%), lab assignments totalling 6,000 words(50%) (options included)• req Peterson C, Looking Forward through the Life Span,

2nd edn, Prentice Hall, NY 1989.

KHA321, 322, 323, 324, 326, 327See 300 Level Options (following KHA340 below)

KHA323 Clinical NeuropsychologyMay be taken as part of a double major in psychologyin the BA or as part of KHA351 or 352 in the BSc. Theunit takes a cognitive approach to provide a generalintroduction, covering such topics as face recognition,language processing and memory, with localisation andlaterality of function an integral part of the lectures.Practicals introduce the assessment procedures used inclinical practice, and present illustrative case material.

•Hbt, int •0% •sem 1

KHA340 Advanced PsychologyA third year elective unit and an Honours prerequisitewhich may be taken with KHA300 by studentsproceeding to a psychology major, or double major, inBA or Bsc, and must be completed satisfactorily bystudents wishing to proceed to fourth year.Compulsory lecture topics include: Methodology –issues in experimental design and methodology inpsychological research; Advanced Data Analysis –research methods using analysis of variance. Tutorialsin advanced data analysis techniques are held insemester two and students work on weekly exercisesusing computer analysis. In addition students must alsocomplete 2 one-semester lecture-laboratory optionschosen from the list of 300 Level options.

• N.B. this unit is a prerequisite for fourth-year entry

• Staff Dr GV Wilson (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •25%



Units

•full year –2xl-hr lectures, 2-hr lab class weekly, 1-hrdata analysis tutorial weekly in sem 2 (optionsincluded) • prereq (KHA201 and KHA202) or KHA200• coreq KHA300 • m/excl HYA300, HYA/KHA301 and302, 311 • assess 2 hrs of exams in June and Nov (45%),weekly data analysis exercises (5%), lab assignmentstotalling 6,000 words (50%) (options included)• req Graziano AM and Raulin ML, Research Methods,

2nd edn, Harper Collins, NY, 1993Maxwell SE and Delaney HD, Designing Experiments and

Analysing Data, Wadsworth, Belmont Calif, 1990.

KHA341, 342, 343, 344, 346, 347See 300 Level Options below.

300 LEVEL OPTIONS

To be taken as part of KHA320 and KHA340 (Note:the second digit in the option’s unit code indicateswhether the option will be counted as part of KHA320or KHA340.

KHA321/341 PsychophysiologyMay be taken as part of a KHA320 or KHA340. Lecturescover basic psychophysiological concepts with anintroduction to basic theoretical concepts andapplications in psychophysiology. In laboratory classesstudents will be trained to be proficient in thefundamental techniques of measurement and recordingof the more commonly used physiological responses.Due to equipment and laboratory limitations, a quota of20 students applies to this unit.

• N.B. must be taken as part of either KHA320 or 340.Students should consult the lecturer, Dr GV Wilson, beforeenrolling in this unit.

• Staff Dr GV Wilson, Dr IM Montgomery •Hbt, int•0% •sem 1 –1-hr lecture, 2-hr lab class weekly (14wks) • prereq KHA200 or (KHA201 and 202) • coreqKHA300, (320 or 340) • m/excl KHA304 • assess 1-hrexam (50%), lab test and lab book (50%)• req Stern RM, Ray WJ and Davis CM,

Psychophysiological Recording, OUP, 1980.

KHA322/342 Cognitive ProcessesMay be taken as part of a KHA320 or KHA340. Thelecture course provides a more advanced coverage ofelementary cognitive processes, such as memory andthe speed of simple decisions, and relates them tobroader issues, such as models of cognition, intelligenceand other cognitive processes. They acquaint studentswith the design, instrumentation, and statisticalanalysis of studies used to investigate human cognition.The laboratory component will involve empiricalinvestigation of topics covered in the lectures.

• N.B. must be taken as part of either KHA320 or 340

• Staff Dr F Martin •Hbt, int •0% •sem 2 –1-hrlecture and 2-hr lab class weekly (14 wks) • prereqKHA200 or (KHA201 and 202) • coreq KHA300, (320 or340) • m/excl KHA302 • assess 1-hr exam (50%), 2assignments totalling 3,000 words (50%)• req either Baddeley A, Human Memory, Theory and

Practice, revised edn, Psychology Press, East Sussex,1997

or Brosnan MJ (ed), Cognitive Processes: Readings inVisual Cognition, Attention and Memory, GreenwichUniv Press, Kent, 1996.

KHA323/343 Clinical NeuropsychologyMay be taken as part of a KHA320 or KHA340. Theoption takes a cognitive approach to provide a generalintroduction, covering such topics as face recognition,language processing and memory, with localisation andlaterality of function an integral part of the lectures. Thelaboratory sessions provide an introduction toassessment procedures used in clinical practice, andpresent illustrative case material.


• Staff Dr F Martin •Hbt, int •0% •sem 2 –1-hrlecture and 2-hr lab class weekly (14 wks) • prereqKHA200 or (KHA201 and 202) • coreq KHA300, (320 or340) • m/excl KHA323, 303 • assess 1-hr exam (50%),lab test (50%)• req Banich MT, Neuropsychology: The Neural Basis of

Mental Function, Houghton Mifflin, Boston, 1997.

KHA324/344 Visual PerceptionMay be taken as part of a KHA320 or KHA340. Lecturesexamine models of the visual system and relationshipsbetween perceptual processing and neurophysiologicalmechanisms in vision, and then builds on this byexamining the role of disordered visual processing insuch clinical conditions as dyslexia, schizophrenia andvisual agnosia. Laboratory classes investigate aspects ofvisual processing discussed in the lectures andintroduce experimental, psychophysical andinstrumental procedures, as well as the theoreticalinterpretation of the results. Students are givendemonstrations of visual phenomena illustratingaspects of visual processing discussed in the lectures.


• Staff Dr WL Slaghuis •Hbt, int •0% •sem 1 –1-hrlecture, 2-hr lab class weekly (14 wks) • prereq KHA200or (KHA201 and 202) • coreq KHA300, (320 or 340) • m/excl KHA324, 303 • assess 1-hr exam (50%), 2assignments totalling 3,000 words (50%)• req Humphreys GW and Riccoch MJ, To See But Not

to See: A Case of Visual Agnosia, Lawrence Erlbaum,London, 1987

Zeki S, A Vision of the Brain, Blackwell Scientific,Oxford, 1993.

KHA



KHA326/346 Differential PsychologyMay be taken as part of a KHA320 or KHA340. Lecturesconsider psychological aspects of the differencesbetween people and between groups, and are primarilyconcerned with differences in intelligence and cognitiveabilities. The laboratory component involves theapplication of appropriate research techniques to thestudy of topics covered in the lectures.


• Staff Mr JRM Alexander •Hbt, int •0% •sem 2 –1-hr lecture, 2-hr lab class weekly (14 wks) • prereqKHA200 or (KHA201 and 202) • coreq KHA300, (320 or340) • m/excl KHA326 • assess 1-hr exam (50%), 2assignments totalling 3,000 words (50%)

KHA327/347 Life-Span DevelopmentMay be taken as part of a KHA320 or KHA340. Lecturesexamine life-span developmental issues with emphaseson adolescent and adult periods of humandevelopment. Students are given a training in the rangeof methodologies in developmental psychology. Thelaboratory component will involve empiricalinvestigation of issues raised in the lectures.


• Staff Dr T Thompson, Mrs R Rawlinson •Hbt, int•0% •sem 2 –1-hr lecture, 2-hr lab class weekly (14wks) • prereq KHA200 or (KHA201 and 202) • coreqKHA300, (320 or 340) • m/excl KHA315 • assess 1-hrexam (50%), 2 assignments totalling 3,000 words (50%)• req Peterson C, Looking Forward through the Life Span,

2nd edn, Prentice Hall, NY 1989.

PSYCHOLOGY HONOURS UNITS

KHA400/401 Psychology 4 (Honours)Full time/Part timeAre for BA students. The psychology honours programprovides research training (including a supervisedresearch project), advanced theory and an introductionto professional training. The components consist of athesis which incorporates a literature review and anempirical study (50%), Multivariate Research Designs(10%), Professional Roles and Issues (10%, onesemester), Individual Assessment (10%, one semester),Contemporary Issues (20%, two semesters), and apostgraduate and honours seminar (two semesters).Students taking the honours course over two yearsshould consult the unit coordinator about whichcomponents to take in which year. For full details ofthis unit, see the information booklet entitled FourthYear Honours available from the Department.

• Staff Dr J Davidson (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •100%/50% • prereq For 1998 entry, a double major in

Psychology containing at least 165% in that disciplineand meeting all graduation requirements. KHA311must be included, and students should have obtained aminimum GPA of 7.0 (half way between a credit and adistinction) for Psychology units at 200 and 300 level.Students who fail to meet these prerequisites may applyfor special consideration from the department, if theymeet the Faculty of Arts’ prerequisites for Honours. Thenumber of places in Psychology 4 is limited by theavailability of laboratory facilities and other resources,and admission to the program will be based onacademic merit. From 1999, the minimum entry tofourth year will be satisfactory completion of adouble major in Psychology (175%). • assess details foreach component are made available at thecommencement of the course• req Tabachnick BG and Fidell LS, Using Multivariate

Statistics, 2nd edn, Harper Collins, New York, 1989Lilienfeld SO, Seeing Both Sides: Classic Controversies in

Abnormal Psychology, Brooks/Cole, Pacific Grove,Calif, 1995.

KHA415/416 Psychology 4 (Honours)Full time/Part timeAre for BSc graduates; and have the same objectives asKHA400, 401.

• Staff Dr J Davidson (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •100%/50% • prereq For 1998 entry, BSc with a major inPsychology –KHA100, KHA200, KHA301, KHA302and KHA351 or KHA352 (including KHA311). Thenumber of places in Psychology 4 is limited by theavailability of laboratory facilities and other resources,and admission to the program will be based onacademic merit. From 1999, the minimum entry tofourth year will require a 133.33% major inPsychology which must include KHA340 AdvancedPsychology. • assess details for each component aremade available at the commencement of the course• req Tabachnick BG and Fidell LS, Using Multivariate

Statistics, 2nd edn, Harper Collins, New York, 1989Lilienfeld SO, Seeing Both Sides: Classic Controversies in

Abnormal Psychology, Brooks/Cole, Pacific Grove,Calif, 1995.

MASTER OF PSYCHOLOGY UNITS

KHA730 Methods in School PsychologyExamines direct and indirect methods of working ineducational settings, from a focus on behaviouralchange in the individual child, through working withgroups and classes of children, to systemic approachesinvolving the whole school. The emphasis is onencouraging positive learning outcomes for childrenand adolescents in schools.

• Staff Dr T Thompson (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •8%



Units

•sem 1 –2-hr seminar weekly (14 wks) • assess oraland written presentation of case study (50%), seminarpresentation (50%).

KHA731 Interviewing, Guidance andCounselling: Theory and PracticeTeaches advanced interviewing, counselling andbehavioural and emotional change skills andtechniques, with special consideration for working withchildren and adolescents in schools, with teachers andschool principals and with families. A combination oflectures, demonstrations and role-playing ensure thatstudents learn the central principles of interviewing aswell as the practical application of these techniques.

• Staff Dr T Thompson •Hbt, int •8% •sem 2 –2-hrseminar weekly (14 wks) • assess 2 case histories (50%ea).

KHA732 Exceptionality and SpecialEducationExamines exceptional developmental patterns withregard to educational and other therapeuticinterventions. Models of defining exceptionality arecritically examined, as well as issues pertaining to thedelivery of educational services. The impact ofdisability on individuals and families and the effect ofpsychoeducational interventions on learning andadjustment are investigated.

• Staff Mrs R Rawlinson (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •8%•sem 1 –2-hr seminar weekly (14 wks) • assess report(70%), seminar presentation (30%)• req Ashman A and Elkins J, Educating Children with

Special Needs, 2nd edn, Prentice Hall, Sydney, 1993.

KHA733 Professional Practice andEthical Issues 1Considers professional and ethical issues in educationalpsychology practice; supervised practice in educationalsettings, including special schools and schools withintegrated students who have disabilities, as well aschild and adolescent agencies. Placements areundertaken with the cooperation of the GuidanceService of DEA, who also assist with block placementsof students under the supervision of practisingEducational Psychologists (Guidance officers).

• Staff Dr T Thompson (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •18%•full year –14 seminars, educational placement andsupervised practice • assess Placement Supervisor’sReport Form; completion of diary record; attendance atseminars.

KHA742 Psychoeducational AssessmentProvides theoretical knowledge and practicalexperience in the psychoeducational assessment ofchildren and adolescents. The unit covers a range of

assessment techniques including standardised abilityand intelligence tests, diagnostic, attainment andeducational assessment. Assessment of specificpsychoeducational problems and populations isexamined, as well as ethical, inferential andpsychometric issues. The unit covers the roles andresponsibilities of assessors, assessment-based decision-making and consultation.

• Staff Mrs R Rawlinson (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •8%•sem 2 –2-hr seminar weekly (14 wks) • assess casedata file and case report (70%), seminar presentation(30%)• req Sattler J, The Assessment of Children, 3rd edn,

Jerome M Sattler Publ, San Diego, 1988.

KHA744 Professional Practice andEthical Issues 2Is an advanced consideration of professional and ethicalissues in educational psychology practice; supervisedpractice in educational settings including specialschools and schools with integrated students who havedisabilities, as well as child and adolescent agencies.Placements are undertaken with the cooperation of theGuidance Service of DEA, who also assist with blockplacements of students under the supervision ofpractising Educational Psychologists (GuidanceOfficers).

• Staff Dr T Thompson (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •18%•full year –14 seminars, educational placement andsupervised practice • assess Placement Supervisor’sReport Form; completion of diary record, andattendance at seminars.

KHA751 Behaviour Assessment andTestingExamines the nature and process of clinical assessment:individual testing, case history recording, behaviouranalysis, psychophysiological measurement. Studentswho have not already done so, are expected toundertake a course in individual intelligence testing aspart of this unit.

• Staff Dr IM Montgomery (Coordinator) •Hbt, int•8% •sem 2 –2-hr seminar weekly (14 wks) • assess 2-hr exam in Nov (60%), seminar presentation (40%).

KHA752 Physiological Basis ofPsychopathologyConsiders the physiological processes underlyingpsychopathology. As well as giving students abiological view of psychopathology the unit deals withselected topics in depth in order to acquaint studentswith methodological issues in the area.

• Staff Dr IM Montgomery (Coordinator) •Hbt, int•8% •sem 2 –2-hr seminar weekly (14 wks) • assess 2-hr exam in Nov (60%), seminar presentation (40%).

KHA



KHA753 PsychopathologyIs a study of the development, organisation and contentof behaviour disorders. In general an experimental-clinical approach is taken, and students are expected tobecome familiar with current research in the area.Clinical case study material is used as is appropriateand students are required to be familiar with the DSM-IV classificatory system as it applies to the practice ofclinical psychology.

• Staff Dr WL Slaghuis (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •8%•sem 1 –2-hr seminar weekly (14 wks) • assess 2-hrexam in June (60%), seminar presentation (40%).

KHA754 Behaviour ChangeIs a detailed study of the empirically-based systems ofbehaviour-change counselling and psychotherapy.Students must enter this unit with sound skills in basiccounselling procedures. The unit emphasises skillacquisition and students are required to demonstratetheir skills in relation to specific therapeutic procedures.

• Staff Dr CL Williams (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •18%(Clinical); 16% (Educational) •full year –2-hr seminarweekly (28 wks) • assess 2-hr exam in Nov (50%),seminar presentation (50%).

KHA756 Research DesignConsiders selected experimental studies and statisticalprocedures employed in certain areas ofpsychopathology, psychological assessment andbehaviour change. The unit includes single case designsand program evaluation.

• Staff Dr JA Davidson (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •8%•sem 2 –2-hr seminar weekly (14 wks) • assess 1,500-word evaluation proposal (50%), 1,500-word single casereport (50%).

KHA757 Professional Practice andEthics AConsiders professional and ethical issues in clinicalpsychological practice. As part of the requirement forthis unit students have to demonstrate their skills in theadministration, scoring and interpretation of a range ofpsychological tests. Supervised clinical practice isundertaken in agencies such as acute and long-staypsychiatric hospitals, community mental health centres,and child, adolescent, forensic and private psychiatricfacilities.• Staff Dr CL Williams (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •25%•full year –2-hr seminar weekly (28 wks) and clinicalplacements • assess case presentations and 2x1,500-word case reports (20%), videotaped administrationand scoring of 2 set psychological tests (20%), 2satisfactory clinical placement reports (60%).

KHA758 Research Report 1The research proposal is prepared by 1 September and

presented as a Departmental seminar. The literaturereview and/or research study is commenced. Theproposal should conform to the Departmentalguidelines.

• Staff Dr CL Williams (Clinical), Dr T Thompson(Educational) •Hbt, int •25% (Clinical), 20%(Educational) •full year –supervision negotiated.

KHA760 Clinical NeuropsychologyConsiders the presentation of human brain dysfunction,the techniques of diagnosis and assessment, and thepsychological management of individuals withneuropsychological problems. The unit concentrates onissues relevant to the general clinical psychologist.• Staff Dr IM Montgomery (Coordinator) •Hbt, int•8% •sem 1 –2-hr seminar weekly (14 wks) • assess 2-hr exam in June (60%), seminar presentation (40%)• req Lezak MD, Neuropsychological Assessment, 3rd

edn, OUP, NY, 1995.McCarthy RA and Warrington EK, Cognitive

Neuropsychology: A clinical introduction, AcademicPress, 1990.

Spreen O and Strauss EA, Compendium ofNeuropsychological Tests: Administration, norms andcommentary, OUP, 1991.

Walsh K, Neuropsychology: A clinical approach, 2nd edn,Churchill-Livingstone, 1987.

KHA761 Neuroanatomy for PsychologistsIs an intensive introduction to neuroanatomy takenconcurrently with KHA760. The unit is run by stafffrom the discipline of Anatomy in the Division ofAnatomy and Physiology.

•Hbt, int •10% •sem 2 –16 seminars.

KHA762 Clinical Child PsychologyExamines the causes and consequences of behaviouraland emotional problems in children and adolescentsand provides a systematic framework for undertakingclinical and psycho-educational work. Clinical andeducational assessment, intervention, treatment andmanagement of problems are discussed.

• Staff Dr WL Slaghuis (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •8%•sem 1 –2-hr seminar weekly (14 wks)• req Herbert M, Clinical Child Psychology, Chichester

Wiley, 1991.

KHA763 Community PsychologyConsiders the nature and development of communitypsychology and to review some contemporary issues.Areas covered include community mental health,educational programs, the criminal justice system,unemployment, negotiation strategies, conservation ofresources and the environment, issues in the preventionof international conflict and research methods incommunity psychology. The unit provides contact with



Units

a wide range of community-based organisations.

• Staff Dr CL Williams (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •8%•sem 1 –2-hr seminar weekly (14 wks) • assess 2-hrexam in June (60%), seminar presentation (40%).

KHA765 Clinical PsychophysiologicalMeasurement and its ApplicationsIntroduces the future clinical psychologist to basicpsychophysiological concepts and approaches, andestablishes a base level of competence in recording andinterpretation of phsyiological responses using theMacLab Physiological Response Recording system. Inaddition, a general introduction and overview ofpsychophysiology is given followed by topics withclinical application.• Staff Dr GV Wilson (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •8%•sem 2 –2-hr seminar weekly (14 wks) • assesslaboratory exam (67%), laboratory note book (33%).

KHA766 Current Issues in Assessmentand Behaviour ChangeConsiders issues such as interviewing skills, historytaking, report preparation and the communication ofpsychological information to a range of otherprofessions. Behaviour Change focuses on the theoriesand practice of couple, family and group psychologytherapy.

• Staff Dr CL Williams (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •8%•sem 2 –2-hr seminar weekly (14 wks) • assess 2-hrexam in Nov (50%), seminar presentation (50%).

KHA767 Professional Practice andEthics BConsiders professional and ethical issues in clinicalpsychological practice. As part of the requirement forthis unit students have to demonstrate their skills in theadministration, scoring and interpretation of a range ofpsychological tests. Supervised clinical practice isundertaken in agencies such as acute and long-staypsychiatric hospitals, community mental health centres,and child, adolescent, forensic and private psychiatricfacilities.

• Staff Dr IM Montgomery (Coordinator) •Hbt, int•25% •full year –2-hr seminar weekly (28 wks) andclinical placements • assess case presentations and2x1,500-word case reports (20%), videotapedadministration and scoring of 2 set psychological tests(20%), 2 satisfactory clinical placement reports (60%).

KHA768 Research Report 2Completion of research thesis (literature review andresearch report) of 10,000-15,000 words by 30November.

• Staff Dr CL Williams (Clinical), Dr T Thompson(Educational) •Hbt, int •25% (Clinical), 20%(Educational) •full year –supervision negotiated.

Physical Sciences – Department ofPhysical Sciences at Launceston

CHEMISTRY

KJC103 Chemistry 1Is a core unit for the Chemistry major, and for Science,Medical Laboratory Science, Aquaculture and SportsScience students, providing them with the fundamentalknowledge and concepts in inorganic, organic andphysical chemistry. Inorganic Chemistry covers atomicstructure, bonding theories and the systematicchemistry of s- and p- block elements. OrganicChemistry deals with the preparation and reactions ofthe major classes of organic compounds includingindustrial applications. Physical Chemistry involves astudy of electrochemistry, equilibria, the behaviour ofgases, kinetics, thermodynamics and solutions.

• Staff Assoc Prof DC McWilliam, Dr B Reedy •Ltn, int•25% •full year –6 hrs weekly (28 wks) • prereq TCEChemistry CH856 or KJC162 • assess assignments(20%), practical work (20%), 3-hr and 2-hr exams inJune (30%), 3-hr and 2-hr exams in Nov (30%)• req McWilliam D, Organic Chemistry, University of

Tasmania at Launceston, 1994.Brown TL et al, Chemistry: the Central Science, 6th edn,

Prentice-Hall, NJ.

KJC111 Chemistry for EnvironmentalTechnology 1Is for students in the Bachelor of Technology,Environmental Technology, degree. The unit providesthe background and fundamental knowledge inChemistry required for their course and highlightsapplications in this area. In all other respects, the unithas the same objectives as KJC161.

• Staff Assoc Prof DC McWilliam •Ltn, int •10%•sem 1 –4.5 hrs weekly (14 wks) • assess assignments(20%), laboratory work (20%), 3-hr exam in June (60%)• req Bettelheim FA and March J, Introduction to

General, Organic and Biochemistry, 4th edn, SaundersCollege Publishing, NY, 1995.

KJC112 Chemistry for EnvironmentalTechnology 2Extends the concepts established in KJC111 and appliesthem to biological systems. In all other respects, the unithas the same objectives as KJC162.

• Staff Assoc Prof DC McWilliam, Dr SJ Edwards •Ltn,int •10% •sem 2 –4.5 hrs weekly (14 wks) • prereqKJC111 • assess assignments (20%), lab work (20%), 3-hr exam in Nov (60%)• req Bettelheim FA and March J, Introduction to

KHAKJC




KJC161 Chemistry for Life SciencesIs for students with no previous knowledge ofChemistry who intend to study science, particularly thebiological sciences (see also KJC162). The unit providesthe background and fundamental knowledge inchemistry required for these areas and highlightsapplications in this area. It includes an introduction tothe properties and structure of matter, physical andchemical changes, and simple bonding theory. Solutionbehaviour, concentration and related calculations arecovered together with acids, bases and the pH scale.General reaction types, the properties of some commonelements, the gas laws, nuclear chemistry and oxidationand reduction are also covered.

• Staff Assoc Prof DC McWilliam •Ltn, int •12.5%•sem 1 –5 hrs weekly (14 wks) • assess assignments(20%), practical work (20%), 3-hr exam in June (60%).• req Bettelheim FA and March J, Introduction to


KJC162 Introduction to BiochemistryExtends the concepts established in KJC161 (or KJC171)and applies them to biological systems, concentratingon biochemicals and their interconversions. The unitcovers basic organic chemistry, pH and buffers, themain classes of biochemicals, proteins, lipids,carbohydrates, DNA, and their synthesis andbreakdown.

• Staff Assoc Prof DC McWilliam, Dr SJ Edwards •Ltn,int •12.5% •sem 2 –6 hrs weekly (14 wks) • prereqKJC161 or KJC171 • assess assignments (20%), practicalwork (20%), 3-hr exam in Nov (60%)• req Bettelheim FA and March J, Introduction to


KJC171 Chemistry for AquacultureIs for students with no previous knowledge ofChemistry who intend to study Aquaculture (see alsoKJC162). The unit provides the background andfundamental knowledge in chemistry required forAquaculture and highlights applications in this area. Inall other respects, this unit has the same objectives asKJC161.

• Staff Assoc Prof DC McWilliam •Ltn, int •12.5%•sem 1 –5 hrs weekly (14 wks) • assess assignments(20%), practical work (20%), 3-hr exam in June (50%)• req Bettelheim FA and March J, Introduction to


KJC212 Analytical Chemistry 2Encompasses a theoretical and practical treatment ofqualitative and quantitative analytical chemistry.Methods for sampling, digestion of samples andseparation of sample constituents are surveyed.Classical methods of analysis (gravimetric andtitrimetric) are studied in detail throughout this course.Students are introduced to instrumental methods ofanalysis through a study of selected techniques(ultraviolet-visible spectrometry, atomic absorptionspectrometry, potentiometry, gas chromatography andliquid chromatography). The laboratory componentprovides students with a quantitative expertise, withthe analysis of real samples (particularly aquaculturalones) forming an integral part of the unit. Students gainthe ability to plan and conduct a chemical analysis of asimple unknown.

• Staff Prof PW Alexander, Dr BJ Reedy •Ltn, int•12.5% •sem 2 –3 hrs lectures, 3 hrs lab/tutorialweekly (14 wks) • prereq KJC103 • assess practical/quizzes (40%), 3-hr exam in Nov (60%)• req Harris DC, Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 4th

edn, WH Freeman, 1995.

KJC221 Inorganic Chemistry 2Builds on KJC103, giving students an understanding ofchemical extraction technology by covering theprinciples governing the physical isolation of mineralresources, and the chemical and electrochemicalreduction of metals. The application of these principlesenables students to quantify stochiometric and physicalvariables as tools for process control. The impact ofindustrial effluents upon the environment is recognisedand solutions to problems by control methods arehighlighted. Studies of bonding and the structure ofsolid state lay a foundation for coordination chemistrywhich can be applied in analytical chemistry andchemistry of the life sciences. The unit forms a linkbetween physical chemistry (kinetics andthermodynamics of chemical processes) and analyticalchemistry.

• Staff tba •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3 hrs lectures, 3-hr practical weekly (14 wks) • prereq KJC103 • assessexam (50%), continuous assessment including labreports (50%). Satisfactory laboratory attendance andperformance is required for the candidate to be eligiblefor an award• req Lee JD, Concise Inorganic Chemistry, 4th edn,

Chapman and Hall, London, 1991.Hayes PC, Process Principles in Minerals and Materials

Production, Hayes Publications, Brisbane, 1993.

KJC231 Organic Chemistry 2Is designed for students who may later take moreadvanced chemistry units and possibly specialise in



Units

organic chemistry, or for students majoring in the lifesciences and preparing for a course in biochemistry.The unit covers: the various classes of aliphatic andaromatic compounds through the chemical andphysical properties and interconversion of functionalgroups; the various types of organic reactions and theiruses; industrial chemistry, polymers, and anintroduction to spectroscopic techniques; thecorrelation of structure and reactivity; stereochemistry;and the chemistry of some natural products, includinglipids and carbohydrates.

• Staff tba •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3 hrs lecturesand 3 hrs lab work weekly (14 wks) • prereq KJC103• assess assignment/test (5%), lab work (20%), mid-semexam (15%), final exam (60%)• req McMurray J, Organic Chemistry ,4th edn, Brooks-

Cole, 1996Laboratory Procedures and Experimental Techniques, 3rd

edn, (Dept of Physical Sciences).

KJC242 Physical Chemistry 2Provides a theoretical basis for understanding thebehaviour of chemical systems. Criteria for rapid andspontaneous chemical change are derived using theprinciples of thermodynamics and kinetics. Molecularspectroscopy and electro-chemistry are also studied.The unit focuses on the mathematical and conceptualsimplifications associated with Physical Chemistrytheories. Students gain the ability to make theoreticalpredictions about the behaviour of physicochemicalsystems, while appreciating the uncertainties intrinsicto their projections.

• Staff Dr BJ Reedy, Prof PW Alexander •Ltn, int•12.5% •sem 2 –2 hrs lectures, 4-hr lab/tutorialsession weekly (14 wks) • prereq KJC103 and KXA172• assess assignment (20%), practical work (20%), 3-hrexam in Nov (60%)• req Atkins PW, Physical Chemistry, 5th edn, OUP,

1994.

KJC252 Analytical and EnvironmentalChemistry 2Encompasses a theoretical and practical treatment ofqualitative and quantitative analytical chemistry.Methods for sampling, digestion of samples andseparation of sample constituents are surveyed.Classical methods of analysis (gravimetric andtitrimetric) are studied in detail throughout this unit.Students are introduced to instrumental methods ofanalysis through a study of selected techniques(ultraviolet-visible spectrometry, atomic absorptionspectrometry, potentiometry, gas chromatography andliquid chromatography). The laboratory componentprovides experience in the analysis of real and relevantsamples in the monitoring of aquacultural operations,and includes some project work.

• Staff Prof PW Alexander, Dr BJ Reedy •Ltn, int•12.5% •sem 2 –3 hrs lectures and 3 hrs lab/tutorialweekly (14 wks) • prereq KJC103 • assess practical/quizzes (40%), 3-hr exam in Nov (60%)• req Harris DC, Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 4th


KJC262 Biochemistry for AquacultureProvides an abbreviated outline of the biochemistry offluid systems, primary metabolites, enzymes andmetabolic pathways, biochemical energetics andbiochemical control systems. Introductory laboratoryexercises are selected to reinforce the subject matter.

• Staff Dr SJ Edwards •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –6 hrsweekly (14 wks) • prereq KJC103 • assess practicals(30%), assignments (30%), 3-hr exam in June (40%)• req Bettelheim FA and March J, Introduction to

General, Organic and Biochemistry, 4th edn, SaundersCollege Publ, New York, 1995.

KJC263 Biochemistry 1Is for undergraduates majoring in Chemistry, MedicalLaboratory Science and other life sciences. The unit isan indepth study of the biochemistry of primarymetabolites (proteins, carbohydrates, nucleic acids andlipids) and metabolic reactions and pathways; enzymesand enzyme kinetics; biochemical and metabolicdisorders; bioenergetics. In the laboratory, analyticalbiochemical techniques are used to study biochemicalreactions. A concurrent or prior study of KJC231 wouldbe of great advantage to students taking this unit.

• Staff Dr SJ Edwards •Ltn, int •25% •full year –3hrs lectures and 3 hrs lab work weekly (28 wks)• prereq KJC103 • assess 2 assignment/tests (5% each),exam in June (30%), exam in Nov (40%), lab work (20%)• req Lehninger AL, Nelson DL and Cox MM, Principles

of Biochemistry, 3rd edn, Worth Publishers, NY, 1997.

KJC311 Instrumental Chemistry 3Provides students with a thorough knowledge ofmodern instrumental methods commonly used inAnalytical Chemistry. The chemical and physicalprinciples underpinning a wide range of instrumentaltechniques (e.g. computer methods UV, IR, MS, AAS,GFAAS, XRF, ISE, ASV, FIA, CFA, Polarography, TLC,GPC, IC, GC, HPLC and capillary electrophoresis) willbe studied in depth. The laboratory program developspractical expertise with methods discussed in lectures.In addition, students are required to plan and carry outan environmental analysis using one or moreinstrumental techniques. Students gain an appreciationof the working principles, applicability, advantages anddisadvantages, sensitivity, sample requirements anderrors of the instrumental techniques surveyed in thisunit.

KJC



• Staff Prof PW Alexander, Assoc Prof DC McWilliam•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3 hrs lectures, 3 hrs labwork weekly (14 wks) • prereq KJC212 • assesspractical work/assignments (40%), 3-hr exam in June(60%)• req Skoog DA and Leary JJ, Principles of Instrumental

Analysis, Saunders, 1992.

KJC322 Inorganic Chemistry 3Builds on and extends KJC221, and forms a linkbetween organic and analytical chemistry, and physicalchemistry (kinetics and thermodynamics of chemicalprocesses). Topics include: the modelling of kineticsand mechanisms for synthesis and stability ofcomplexes; and a systematic study of the heaviertransition elements, inner transition lanthanides andactinides, and of organometallic and bioinorganicchemistry. Students investigate extraction processes (bydigestion and clarification followed by ion-exchange orsolvent extraction techniques, and refining by seriesrecrystallisation) to gain an understanding of thestrategies used in selecting the most appropriate,economic and environmentally sensitive ways ofexploiting scarce resources.

• Staff tba •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3 hrs lectures, 3-hr practical weekly (14 wks) • prereq KJC221 • assessexam (50%), continuous assessment including labreports (50%). Satisfactory lab attendance andperformance is required for the candidate to be eligiblefor an award• req Lee JD, Concise Inorganic Chemistry, 4th edn,

Chapman and Hall, London, 1991.Hayes PC, Process Principles in Minerals and Materials

Production, Hayes Publications, Brisbane, 1993.Shriver DV et al, Inorganic Chemistry, 2nd edn, OUP,

Oxford, 1994.

KJC332 Organic Chemistry 3Is an extension of KJC231, with further studies inorganic chemistry, including molecular structuredetermination by spectroscopic methods (UV, IR, NMRand mass spectrometry). Topics include: aromaticchemistry, heterocyclic chemistry, additional naturalproduct chemistry (including alkaloids, terpenes,acetogenins, steroids and pharmaceuticals); mechanisticorganic chemistry, synthetic reactions, polyfunctionalcompounds, and polymer chemistry.

• Staff tba •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3 hrs lecturesand 3 hrs lab work weekly (14 wks) • prereq KJC231Organic Chemistry 2 • assess Assignment/test (5%), labwork (20%), mid-sem exam (15%), final exam (60%)• req McMurray J, Organic Chemistry, 4th edn, Brooks-

Cole, 1996Laboratory Procedures and Experimental Techniques, 3rd

edn, (Department of Physical Sciences).

KJC341 Physical Chemistry 3Is for students undertaking a Chemistry major. The unitevaluates the performance of selected practical chemicalsystems through a rigorous application of thetheoretical principles of thermodynamics, kinetics andelectrochemistry. Students consolidate theirunderstanding of important practical techniquesthrough investigations of catalytic behaviour in termsof surface chemical phenomena, and through studies ofthe theoretical aspects of molecular symmetry andspectroscopy

• Staff Dr BJ Reedy, Prof PW Alexander •Ltn, int•12.5% •sem 1 –2x1-hr lectures, 4-hr lab/tutorialsession weekly (14 wks) • prereq KJC242 • assessassignment (20%), practical work (20%), 3-hr exam inJune (60%)• req Atkins PW, Physical Chemistry, 5th edn, Oxford

University Press, 1994.

KJC353 Science Project (Chemistry)Enables third-year students in the Chemistryprofessional major to use their chemical knowledge andto develop analytical expertise in tackling an applied orresearch project which involves a search of computerliterature and a concentrated and extended period oflaboratory work. These lead to the production of adetailed written report.

• Staff Assoc Prof DC McWilliam •Ltn, int & dist.ed•25% •full year –6 hrs weekly (28 wks) • prereqKJC231, 221, 212, and 242 • coreq KJC332, 322, 311, and341 • assess seminar (15%), report (85%).

KJC372 Analytical and EnvironmentalChemistryExamines the methods used by chemists in monitoringthe environment, particularly aquaculture sites: samplecollection and the preparation and preservation ofgases, waters and solids for organic and inorganicchemical analysis; and the demonstration ofgravimetric, volumetric and instrumental methods ofchemical analysis. Topics include: particulates andexogenous substances in air; transfer mechanisms ofair-borne substances into the water cycle; naturalphysical and chemical cycles for water, oxygen, carbon,nitrogen and sulphur; soil/water interactions; sources,nature and control of exogenous substances; pollution;toxins, metallogens, fungicides, herbicides, pesticides,insecticides, piscicides, and disposed industrialdomestic and rural products; Eh, pH and dissolvedoxygen, measurement and data interpretation;electrochemistry, electrolytes, electrochemical cells,conductivity, principles of aqueous corrosion;techniques of control of corrosion of metals; andlaboratory procedures using atomic absorption, andUV/Vis spectrophotometers, ion selective electrodes,



Units

and conductivity bridge.

• N.B. generally restricted to Aquaculture andEnvironmental Technology students

• Staff tba •Ltn, int •12% •sem 2 –2 hrs lectures, 3-hrpractical weekly (14 wks) • prereq KJC162 • assessexam (50%) and continuous assessment including labreports (50%). Satisfactory lab attendance andperformance is required for the candidate to be eligiblefor an award• req Manahan SE, Environmental Chemistry, 6th edn,

Lewis, Boca Raton, 1994.

KJC400/401 Chemistry Honours Fulltime/Part time (BAppSc)The honours program aims to (a) develop written skillsto a level appropriate for the submission of a paper fora refereed journal; (b) develop oral communicationsskills to a level appropriate for the delivery of apresentation at a national conference; (c) develop theability to acquire relevant information on a particularsubfield from the published literature and to synthesisea systematic and logical review which identifies keyissues, concepts and theory; (d) provide practicalresearch training through a specialised project tofacilitate the design and conduct of futureinvestigations in the chosen subfield and related areas;and (e) prepare candidates for undertaking higherdegrees by research.

Content varies to accommodate staffing constraints andthe candidate’s individual program. However, allcandidates pursue a program of courseworkcomprising 40% of total assessment and a 60% researchcomponent as follows:

(a) Coursework — specialist lectures, seminars andassigned reading in areas of advanced Chemistry,specific both to the project and of a more generalnature;

(b) Research project — a clearly defined program oforiginal research in a field of Chemistry.

• Staff Prof PW Alexander, Dr SJ Edwards, Assoc ProfDC McWilliam, Dr BJ Reedy •Ltn, int •100%/50%•full year –weekly seminars and/or consulation withsupervisor; lab/fieldwork • prereq a sound bachelordegree with generally credit level or beter in the final 3sem of the Chemistry major (or an appropriatealternative background approved by Faculty) • assesscoursework seminar (10%), 2x3-hr exams (30%), thesis(50%), seminar presentation of thesis results (10%)• req tba, depending on subfield chosen.

GEOGRAPHY

KJG101 Population and UrbanisationProvides a foundation for major or minor studies inGeography as well as being available as an elective unit.A number of key geographical concepts and skills areintroduced early in the unit, followed by a systematicapproach to population, urbanisation and global issues.The unit covers a wide range of conceptual, theoreticaland practical material, but at a preliminary level. Noprevious study of geography is assumed.• Staff Dr P Hanson •Ltn, int & dist.ed •12.5% •sem1 –2x1-hr lectures, 1-hr tutorial, 2-hr practical weekly(14 wks) • assess essay (15%), practical exercises (45%),final exam (40%)• req Peters GL and Larkin RP, Population Geography:

Problems, Concepts and Prospects, 4th edn, Kendall-Hunt, 1993.

KJG102 The Physical EnvironmentProvides an introduction to the study of natural forcesshaping the face of the earth: climate, erosion,deposition, and the adaptation of vegetation to thevarying conditions found within the biosphere. Theunit falls into two parts: (a) Landscape formingprocesses, weathering and soils; and (b) Climatesystems and vegetation patterns.• Staff tba •Ltn, int & dist.ed •12.5% •sem 2 –2x1-hrlectures, 2-hr practical weekly (14 wks) • assess essay(20%), practical exercises and practical test (30%), finalexam (50%)• req Strahler AN and Strahler AH, Modern Physical

Geography, 4th edn, Wiley, 1992.

KJG201 The Geography of AustralianNatural EnvironmentsDeals with Australian natural environments,incorporating a systematic examination of the naturalenvironment of Australia including recent modificationby post-European settlement, with related spatial andsocio-cultural concerns. The unit is interdisciplinaryand incorporates aspects of ecology, physical systems,legislative issues and economic analyses.• Staff tba •Ltn, int & dist.ed •12.5% •sem 1 –2-hrlecture, 3-hr practical or 2-hr lecture, 2-hr practical, 1 1-hr tutorial (14 wks) • prereq KJG101 and KJG102 orequiv • assess internal –2,500-word essay (15%),practical assignments (25%), seminar paper (10%), final2-hr exam (50%). dist.ed -2,500-word essay (20%),practical assignments (30%), 2-hr exam (50%)• req McTainsh GH and Boughton WC (eds), Land

Degradation Processes in Australia, Longman Cheshire,1993.

Roberts RW, Land Conservation in Australia: A 2000 YearStocktake, Soil and Water Conservation Association ofAustralia, 1989.

KJCKJG



KJG202 Natural Resources ManagementFocuses on the conservation ethic of ‘highest and bestuse’. Resources such as minerals, forests, fish, water,soil and energy are examined in a context of economicand environmental pricing and appraisal, together withspatial analysis. Local and Australian examples serve toenhance a wider global context. The emphasis istowards the development of management skills.

• Staff tba •Ltn, int & dist.ed •12.5% •sem 2 –2-hrlecture, 3-hr practical or 2-hr lecture, 2-hr practical andone 1-hr tutorial weekly (14 wks) • prereq KJG201 orequiv • assess internal –2,500-word essay (15%),practical assignments (25%), seminar paper (10%), final2-hr exam (50%); dist.ed –2,500-word essay (20%),practical assignments (30%), 2-hr exam (50%)• req Aplin G, et al, Global Environmental Crises: An

Australian Perspective, Oxford Univ Press, Melbourne,1995.

Mitchell B, Geography and Resource Analysis, 2nd edn,Longman, 1990.

KJG301 Environmental GeomorphologyIs a study of Environmental Geomorphology whichinvolves: (a) an examination of dynamic aspects ofgeomorphology –special reference is made to processesand changes, partly or wholly related to humanactivities, and to problems of terrain management andmismanagement, particularly within streamcatchments; and an examination is made of hazards inthe landscape such as flooding, land instability andother geomorphological processes involved inlandscape degradation –enabling an assessment ofregional problems; and (b) an assessment ofgeomorphological problems encountered in terrainmanagement using field and laboratory techniques.

• Staff tba •Ltn, int (consult Geography Coordinatorfor dist.ed options) •25% •sem 1 –2x2-hr lectures/seminar, 3-hr practical weekly (14 wks) and 4 daysfieldwork • prereq KJG201 and KJG202 or equiv• assess essays and seminar (25%), practical exercises(35%), final exam (40%)• req Cooke RU and Doornkamp JC, Geomorphology in

Environmental Management; A New Introduction, 2ndedn, Oxford, 1990.

KJG302 Industrial GeographyIs a study of Industrial Geography involving threeinterrelated aspects: (a) Theory, method and trends inindustrial geography; (b) Global industrial change –thegeography of uneven development, industrial changeand the social and economic effects of the shifts inglobal industry; and (c) Guided research –articulationof the problem, data collection, statistical processingand analysis of data, followed by the preparation of afinal report.

• Staff Dr P Hanson •Ltn, int (consult Geography

Coordinator for dist.ed options) •25% •sem 2 –2x2-hrseminars and 2x2-hr practicals weekly (14 wks) • prereqKJG201 and KJG202 or equiv • assess essays (20%),seminar preparation, contribution and paper (20%),practical/project report (30%), final exam (30%)• req Dicken P, Global Shift, 2nd edn, Chapman, 1992Fagan R and Webber M, Global Restructuring: the

Australian Experience, Oxford University Press, 1994.

KJG400/401 Geography Honours Fulltime/Part time (BAppSc)The honours program aims to (a) develop written skillsto a level appropriate for the submission of a paper fora refereed journal; (b) develop oral communicationsskills to a level appropriate for the delivery of apresentation at a national conference; (c) develop theability to acquire relevant information on a particularsubfield from the published literature and to synthesisea systematic and logical review which identifies keyissues, concepts and theory; (d) provide practicalresearch training through a specialised project tofacilitate the design and conduct of futureinvestigations in the chosen subfield and related areas;and (e) prepare candidates for undertaking higherdegrees by research.Content varies to accommodate staffing constraints andthe candidate’s individual program. However, allcandidates pursue a program of courseworkcomprising 40% of total assessment and a 60% researchcomponent as follows:(a) Geographical method relevant to the chosen subfield(b) A systematic study of the chosen subfield(c) Submission of a thesis on an approved topic.• Staff Dr P Hanson and others. Depending on subfieldchosen, formal links and co-supervision may bearranged with Geography staff at the Hobart campus;or candidates may be supervised entirely from Hobartvia cross-campus enrolment •Ltn, int •100%/50%•full year –weekly seminars and/or consultation withsupervisor; lab/fieldwork • prereq a sound bachelordegree with generally credit level or better in the final 3sem of the Geography major (or an appropriatealternative background approved by Faculty) • assessmethod essay (10%), literature review (10%),coursework seminar (10%), 2-hr exam (10%), thesis(50%), seminar presentation of thesis results (10%)• req tba, depending on subfield chosen.

KJG402/403 Geography Honours Fulltime/Part time (BA)As for KJG400/401.

KJG404 Geography Honours(Humanities)As for KJG400/401 in all respects except for thefollowing:•25% • assess thesis



Units

PHYSICS

KJP103 Physics 1AIs designed for students with a TCE Physics andMathematics background. The unit treats the subject ina broad and comprehensive manner, and includes thetopics of mechanics, electricity and magnetism, wavephenomena and atomic and nuclear physics. Each topicis analysed in depth and consequently a knowledge ofmathematics is essential. The unit is suitable forstudents who wish to pursue further studies in physics,electronics, applied computing, education or chemistry.

• Staff tba •Ltn, int •25% •full year –4x1-hr lectures,2-hr lab session weekly • prereq TCE Physics Level Cand TCE Mathematics Stage 2 • coreq KXA171 (sem 1)and KXA172 (sem 2) • assess continuous assessment(practicals, tests, etc.) (40%), 2x2-hr exams in June andNov (60%)• req Halliday D, Reswick R and Walker J,

Fundamentals of Physics, (extended) 4th edn, Wiley,1993.

KJP131 Introduction to ElectronicsProvides an introduction to electronics. Semiconductortheory is used to explain the operation of diodes andtransistors and their applications are discussed. Thedesign of amplifiers and oscillators is described alongwith their frequency response. Students are alsointroduced to digital electronics

• Staff tba •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –2 hrs lectures, 2-hr lab session weekly (14 wks) • assess continuousassessment (practical work, tests, etc.) (40%), 2-hr examin June (60%)

KJP132 Digital and MicroprocessorSystemsServes as the basis for an investigation of computerarchitecture, and leads on to skills in programming andthe interfacing of an 8-bit microprocessor.

• Staff tba •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –4 hrs of lectures,2 hrs practical work weekly (14 wks) • assesscontinuous assessment (practical work, tests) (40%), 3-hr exam in Nov (60%)• req Gaonkar RS, The Z80 Microprocessor: Architecture,

Interfacing, Programming and Design, 2nd edn, Merrill,1993.

KJP141 Physics for Life SciencesIntroduces students to the basic concepts of physicsunderlying instruments and techniques used bymedical scientists and in biological applicationsrelevant to human movement studies. The topicscovered are mechanics, electricity and magnetism,optics and waves, atomic and nuclear physics.

• Staff tba •Ltn, int •12.5% •full year –2 hrs lectures,2 hrs lab work weekly • assess continuous assessment(tests, laboratory work, etc.) (50%), 3-hr exam in June(50%)• req tba

KJP142 Introduction to AstronomyIs designed to introduce students with no previousknowledge of physics to the field of astronomy. Acomprehensive view of the subject is offered, includingsuch topics as the history of astronomy and thedevelopment of calendars, stellar classification andstellar evolution, galaxies and celestial mechanics.Although the approach is essentially qualitative, thesubject will be presented analytically so that studentswill gain an appreciation of how knowledge of thesubject is achieved. Weekly tutorial sessions are anintegral part of the unit.

• Staff tba •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3x1-hr lectures,1-hr tutorial weekly (14 wks) • assess 3x1-hr examsduring the semester• req Snow TP, The Dynamic Universe, 4th edn, West,

1991.

KJP143 Principles of PhysicsIntroduces physics to students who have little or noknowledge of the subject. The unit makes a broad studyof such topics as mechanics, electricity and magnetism,waves and optics, atomic and nuclear physics andastronomy. This gives students a basic knowledge ofthe processes operating within the physical universe,and enables them to relate these processes to othersciences. An extensive use is made of teaching materialsnot normally employed in physics courses.

• Staff tba •Ltn, int •25% •full year –4 hrs of lectures/tutorials weekly (28 wks) • assess 3-hr exam in June(50%), continuous assessment during sem 2 (50%)• req tba

KJP144 Physics for Human MovementStudiesIntroduces students to the basic concepts of physicsunderlying instruments and techniques used inbiological applications relevant to human movementstudies. The topics covered are mechanics, electricity,optics and waves, fluid and gas motion.

• Staff tba •Ltn, int •7% •sem 1 –4 hrs weekly (14wks) • assess continuous assessment (50%), 3-hr examin June (50%)• req tba

KJP151 Physics for EngineersIntroduces engineering students to some basicprinciples of physical science, forming a foundation forlater studies in the engineering program. Topics include

KJGKJP



dynamics, gravitation, waves, geometrical and physicaloptics, kinetic theory of gases, and the nature of matter.

• Staff tba •Ltn, int •8.9% •sem 1 –2x1-hr lectures, 1-hr tutorial weekly (14 wks), and 6x2-hr lab sessions• prereq entry to Engineering program • assesspractical work (30%), mid-sem test (20%), and a 2-hrexam in June (50%)• req Halliday D, Resnick R and Walker J, Fundamentals

of Physics, extended 4th edn, Wiley, 1993.

KJP201 Physics 3AIntroduces electronics and electromagnetic field theory.Semiconductor theory is used to explain the operationof diodes and transistors, and their application isdiscussed. The design of amplifiers and oscillators isdescribed, and their frequency response is explained.Studies extend to frequency filters and the concept ofresonant circuits. The nature and origin of electric andmagnetic fields are investigated, and the lawsdescribing their behaviour are developed –withparticular emphasis being given to the relationshipbetween electromagnetic field phenomena andelectrical circuits.

• Staff tba •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –4 hrs of lectures,2-hr lab session weekly (14 wks) • prereq KJP103• assess continuous assessment (practicals, tests, etc.)(40%), 3-hr exam in June (60%)• req Cheng DK, Applied Electromagnetism, 2nd edn,

Addison-Wesley, 1989.

KJP222 Physics 4EIntroduces students to the discipline of digitalelectronics and its applications. The unit serves as thebasis for an investigation of computer architecture, andleads on to skills in programming and the interfacing ofan 8-bit microprocessor. Topics include: Booleanalgebra, its implementation with logic circuits; storagedevices; timing circuits; Z80 microprocessorprogramming; and operation, input/output andmemory interfacing.

• Staff tba •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –4 hrs lectures, 2hrs practical work weekly (14 wks) • prereq KJP201• assess continuous assessment (practical work, tests)(40%), 3-hr exam in Nov (60%)• req Gaonkar RS, The Z80 Microprocessor: Architecture,

Interfacing, Programming and Design, 2nd edn, Merrill,1993.

KJP231 Computer Control andCommunicationsProvides students with the theory and gives practicalexperience in computer interfacing and control ofexternal devices. The skills acquired are then applied toa study of digital communication techniques. Topicsinclude 8088/8086 programming and interfacing;

input/output techniques and computer control usingIBM PCs; digital communications –theory and practice;data integrity; and computer networks.

• Staff tba •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –4 hrs lectures, 2-hr lab session weekly (14 wks) • prereq KJP132 • assesscontinuous assessment (practical work, tests, etc.)(40%), 3-hr exam in June (60%)• req Mazidi MA and Mazidi JG, The 80x86 IBM PC &

Compatible Computers, Vols 1 & 2, Regents/Prentice-Hall, NJ, 1993, 1995.

Driscoll FF, Data Communications, Saunders, USA, 1992.

KJP232 Laboratory InstrumentationApplies previously acquired knowledge and skills inelectronics to a study of laboratory instrumentation.Operational amplifiers and their application in controlcircuits are presented; analogue/digital conversiontechniques are investigated and used in computerinterfacing circuits; and laboratory instrumentationsystems are developed. The unit covers: dataacquisition and control in laboratory and selectedindustrial applications; an investigation of varioussensors and transducers; and techniques for signalprocessing.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –4 hrs lectures, 2-hr labsession weekly (14 wks) • prereq KJP13, 132 • assesscontinuous assessment (practicals, etc.) (40%), 3-hrexam in Nov (60%).

KJP321 Physics 5EIntroduces students to the practical aspects ofelectromagnetism and develops their knowledge andskills in the use of microprocessors. (a) The emission ofelectromagnetic radiation is presented as the naturalconsequence of electric charge movement, and the lawsgoverning the behaviour of such radiation are derived.Modern applications such as antenna design,transmission lines, microwave guides and satellitecommunication are then investigated. (b) Skills incomputer interfacing and the control of external devicesare developed and applied to the study of digitalcommunication techniques. Topics include: 8088/8086programming and interfacing; computer control usingIBM PCs; the theory and practice of digitalcommunications; and computer networks.

• Staff tba •Ltn, int •25% •sem 1 –6 hrs lectures, 6hrs lab work weekly (14 wks) • prereq KJP201, 222• assess continuous assessment (40%), a 2-hr and a 3-hrexam in June (60%)• req Cheng DK, Applied Electromagnetism, 2nd edn,

Addison-Wesley, 1989.Mazidi MA and Mazidi JG, The 80x86 IBM PC &

Compatible Computers, Vols 1 and 2, Regents/Prentice-Hall, NJ, 1993, 1995.

Driscoll FF, Data Communications, Saunders, USA, 1992.



Units

KJP322 Physics 6EIs the final unit in the physics/electronics major stream,giving students the opportunity to demonstrate all theskills they have acquired. The assessment of studentsplaces a major emphasis on the presentation of a formalreport, an important component of which is anelectronics project involving the design, constructionand testing of several related circuits. The unit alsodevelops previously acquired knowledge and skills inelectronics by investigating analogue/digitalconversion circuits, and applies this knowledge to dataacquisition and laboratory instrumentation and control.

• Staff tba •Ltn, int •25% •sem 2 –7 hrs lectures, 5hrs lab work weekly (14 wks) • prereq KJP201, 222• assess continuous assessment (60%), 3-hr exam inNov (40%).

KJP400/401 Physical Sciences HonoursFull time/Part time(BAppSc)The honours program aims to (a) develop written skillsto a level appropriate for the submission of a paper fora refereed journal; (b) develop oral communicationsskills to a level appropriate for the delivery of apresentation at a national conference; (c) develop theability to acquire relevant information on a particularsubfield from the published literature and to synthesisea systematic and logical review which identifies keyissues, concepts and theory; (d) provide practicalresearch training through a specialised project tofacilitate the design and conduct of futureinvestigations in the chosen subfield and related areas;and (e) prepare candidates for undertaking higherdegrees by research.

Content varies to accommodate staffing constraints andthe candidate’s individual program. However, allcandidates pursue a program of courseworkcomprising 40% of total assessment and a 60% researchcomponent as follows:

(a) Coursework — specialist lectures, seminars,assigned advanced reading in the discipline(s) specificboth to the project and of a more general nature, andenrolment in specific undergraduate unit(s) to addbreadth where necessary.

(b) Research Project — a clearly defined program oforiginal research in a chosen area.

• Staff Prof PW Alexander, Dr SJ Edwards, Dr PHanson, Assoc Prof DC McWilliam, Dr BJ Reedy, andothers •Ltn, int •100%/50% •full year –weeklyseminars and/or consultation with supervisor; lab/fieldwork • prereq a sound bachelor degree withgenerally credit level or better in the final 3 sem of thethe appropirate major(s) for the proposed researchproject (or an appropriate alternative backgroundapproved by Faculty) • assess coursework seminar

(10%), literature review (10%), 3-hr exam (20%), thesis(50%), seminar presentation of thesis results (10%)• req tba.

GEOLOGY

KJY101 Geology 1Is divided into three sections introducing thefundamentals of geology: (a) Theory –giving anoverview of the main external and internal features ofearth and the nature and measurement of geologicaltime; then focusing on the surface of the earth and, inparticular, the processes of erosion and deposition, anda consideration of the characteristics of the sedimentarysequences which result from each agent of erosion; (b)Practical work –emphasising mineralogy, petrologyand palaeontology; and (c) Three single days of fieldwork –observing, describing, drawing and makingdeductions about the origin and geological history oferosional and depositional landforms and keysedimentary sequences.

• Staff tba •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –2 hrs lectures, 3hrs practical weekly (14 wks); 3 days of field work is anadditional requirement • assess continuous assessment(40%), practical exam (20%), final exam (40%)• req Duff D, Holmes Principles of Physical Geology,

Chapman and Hall, London, 1993.

KJY102 Geology 2Builds on KJY101: (a) Theory –with an emphasis onstructural geology, seismology, tectonics, petrology andthe Geology of Tasmania; (b) Practical work –includingtopographic and geological mapping, aerialphotographic interpretation and elementaryphotogrammetry; and (c) Field work –involving a two-day excursion which concentrates on geologicalmapping, structural geology, stratigraphy andgeomorphology.

• Staff tba •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –2 hrs lectures, 3hrs practical weekly (14 wks); a 2-day excursion is anadditional requirement • assess continuous assessment(40%), practical exam (20%), final exam (40%)• req Duff D, Holmes Principles of Physical Geology,

Chapman and Hall, London, 1993.Bennison GM, An Introduction to Geological Structures

and Maps, Ed-Arnold, London, 1985.

KJY201 Geology 3Focuses on historical geology, with lectures onstratigraphy, sedimentation, palaeontology and datingtechniques. Practical work involves laboratory exerciseswith sedimentary analysis, fossils and geologicalmapping. Field work is integrated with the practicalwork and most of the material used in sedimentaryanalysis is gathered in the field by students.

KJPKJY



• Staff tba •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –2 hrs lectures ortutorials, 4 hrs practical weekly (14 wks); 3 days ofexcursions is an additional requirement • prereqKJY101 or 102 • assess continuous assessment (60%),final exam (40%)• req Duff D, Holmes Principles of Physical Geology,


KJY202 Geology 4Focuses on the dynamic aspects of geology.Volcanology, igneous petrology, economic geology andgeophysics are the main topics studied in lectures andtutorials. Practical work considers crystallography,optical crystallography, mineralogy and petrology andstudies Tasmanian ores. Field work consists of a threeday excursion to the West Coast to focus on economicgeology and related stratigraphy and igneous rocks.

• Staff tba •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –2 hrs lectures ortutorials, 4 hrs practical weekly; a 4-day excursion is anadditional requirement • prereq KJY101 or 102 • assesscontinuous assessment (40%), practical exam (20%),final exam (40%)• req Duff D, Holmes Principles of Physical Geology,


Agricultural Science (andMicrobiology) – Department ofAgricultural Science at Hobart

A) Agricultural Science

For an outline of the Bachelor of Agricultural Science,see Schedule A on page 93 of this Handbook.For anoutline of the Bachelor of Applied Science (Agriculture)and the Bachelor of Applied Science (Horticulture), seeSchedules on pages 94, and 95.

B) Microbiology

Units in microbiology are offered by the Department ofAgricultural Science and the Division of Pathology atHobart.

Specimen CoursesBSc students planning to major in Microbiology mustinclude the following units in their course, within thegeneral framework prescribed in the BSc Rules:

Second year

KLA210 Microbiology 1 [8.33%]

Third year

CPA308 Applied Microbiology and Immunology [25%]KLA309 Microbial Ecology [25%]Note, also available isKLA303 Food Microbiology [8.33%]

A major in Biochemistry may include Microbiology

units subject to approval by the Head of theDepartment of Biochemistry. Refer to CBA-Biochemistry and see also BSc Rules (found in theCalendar, 1997 )

Unit descriptionsNote: some semester-length units are shown as ‘fullyear’, because the semester they are taught in variesfrom year to year. Details of timetabling will beadvised at the commencement of studies.

KLA100 Introduction to Agriculture andHorticultureIntroduces the major agricultural and horticulturalindustries in Tasmania and Australia, and covers arange of agricultural and biological concepts whichrelate to these industries. Industry profiles arepresented for the fruit, vegetable, essential oil, poppy,cereal, legume, pasture and animal productionindustries. Practical work includes group discussions/tutorials, an introduction to computer usage, andexcursions to the University Farm at Cambridge, theHorticultural Research Centre, and to private farmingenterprises.

• Staff Prof RJ Clark (Coordinator), Dr NJ Mendham,Mr SC Champion, Dr PH Brown, Dr PA Lane •Hbt, int•12.5% •sem 2 –2 lectures, 3 hrs lab/tutorial/excursion weekly (13 wks) • assess 3-hr exam (50%), 2practical reports/class assignments (50%).

KLA105 Business of Agriculture andHorticultureIntroduces the management of agricultural andhorticultural resources with emphasis on planning,implementation and control, budgeting and investmentanalysis. The University Farm is used as a model todevelop a framework for the study of enterprise andbusiness analysis. The concept of Whole Farm Planningis introduced and physical and ecological aspects,including an introduction to land classification,subdivision, water supply, vegetation and organisationof crop and livestock enterprises, are examined.Students are introduced to computer-aidedmanagement packages and undertake a financialanalysis of University Farm enterprises.

• Staff Prof RJ Clark (Coordinator), Dr PA Lane, Dr NJMendham •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –2 lectures, 2 hrstutorial or 3 hrs practical/excursion weekly (13 wks)• assess 3-hr exam (50%), 2 practical reports/classassignments (50%).

KLA110 Science of AgricultureOutlines the application of basic scientific principles inagricultural production systems. The unit also coversbasic agricultural engineering and surveying topics,



Units

including energy transfer in glasshouses and driers,tillage forces, tractor stability, climate instrumentationand data aquisition, simple survey methods,hydraulics, pumping and irrigation systems, and farmdams. The final component of the unit deals withinformation access in agriculture, and introducesinformation retrieval using conventional librarysystems (catalogues, CD-ROM searching) and Internetresources.

• Staff Mr S Wilson (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •12.5%•sem 2 –2 lectures, 2 hrs tutorial weekly (13 wks)• assess 3-hr exam (70%), class assignment (20%),weekly tests (10%)

KLA115 Sustainable ResourceManagementCovers ecological principles including energy flow andnutrient cycling in natural and managed ecosystems.Features of ecosystems including diversity, succession,productivity, stability and sustainability are examined.Features of managed ecosystems includingmaintenance of soil fertility, control of competitiveorganisms (diseases, pests, weeds), and productivityare also covered in systems ranging from shiftingcultivation in the tropics to intensive horticulture.Environmental issues in agriculture such as vegetation,land and water degradation, wildlife diversity, pestsand weeds, pesticide use, and biological control arediscussed. Examples of horticultural, forestry, animalproduction and cropping systems will be used toillustrate major principles covered in the unit.

• Staff Dr NJ Mendham, Dr PH Brown, Mr SCChampion •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –2 lectures, 3 hrslab/tutorial/excursion weekly (13 wks) • assess 3-hrexam (60%), 2 practical reports/class assignments(40%).

KLA130 Physical ScienceConsists of (a) Physics - establishing basic practical andapplied physics useful to students of agriculture andhorticulture, including elementary electrical circuits,measuring instruments and electronic instrumentation;the effects of temperature on materials and heat flow;the nature of light, simple statics, dynamics andmachines, and radioactivity; (b) Chemistry -developing a basic knowledge of chemistry and itsapplications, introducing the interactions occurringbetween atoms and molecules and their effect on solids,liquids and gases; the physical chemistry of solutionsand the calculation of values such as equilibriumconstants and pH in aqueous solutions; and elementaryorganic chemistry including synthesis and reactions ofaliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons, alcohols, acidsand bases; and (c) Engineering - introducingagricultural engineering and surveying, including

energy transfer in glasshouses and driers, tillage forces,tractor stability, climate instrumentation and dataacquisition, simple survey methods, hydraulics,pumping and irrigation systems, and farm dams.

• Staff Mr D Davies, Dr I Newman (Physics); Dr LADunn (Chemistry), Dr AJ Seen (Coordinator); Mr SWilson (Engineering) •Hbt, int •25% •full year –sem1 (Physics) 1 lecture and 2 hrs lecture/lab weekly,(Chemistry) 2 lectures, 1-hr tutorial weekly and 10x2-hrlab sessions; sem 2 (Engineering) 2 lectures, 2 tutorialsweekly (9 wks) and 6x3-hr lab sessions/field excursions• assess (Physics) 2-hr exam, a laboratory report, apractical exam, (Chemistry) 2-hr exam (75%),assignments and tests (10%), laboratory (15%),(Engineering) 3-hr theory exam in Nov (70%), tutorials/laboratory assignments (30%).

KLA150 Agricultural Geology & SoilScience (Science)Has the same broad objectives as KLA213.

• Staff Mr RB Doyle (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •12.5%•full year –sem 1 (Agricultural Geology) 1-hr lectureweekly (14 wks), 3-hr practical session weekly (8 wks)3x1-day excursions; sem 2 (Introductory Soil Science) 14lectures, 9x3-hr practical sessions; and 2x1-dayexcursions • assess (Agricultural Geology) practicalexam (25%), field work in sem 1 (25%), 2-hr theoryexam in June (50%); (Introductory Soil Science) 2-hrtheory exam (50%), practical work and field trip reports(50%)• req Skinner BJ and Porter SC, The Dynamic Earth,

John Wiley & Sons, 1992.[p/b]Cox KC, Price NB and Harte B, An Introduction to

the Practical Study of Crystals, Minerals and Rocks,revised edn., McGraw-Hill.

McLaren RG and Cameron KC, Soil Science, OxfordUniversity Press, 1990.

Leeper GW, Introduction to Soil Science, MelbourneUniversity Press.

KLA161 Business of Agriculture &Horticulture AIn semester 1, students participate in a Whole FarmPlanning Course, with the assistance of visitingprofessionals. This part of the unit develops aframework for the study of enterprise and businessanalysis, using the University Farm as a model, and thestudy of physical and ecological aspects, including anintroduction to land classification, subdivision, watersupply, vegetation and organisation of crop andlivestock enterprises. In semester 2, students areintroduced to management of agricultural andhorticultural resources with emphasis on planning,implementation and control, budgeting and investmentanalysis. Students are introduced to computer-aided

KJYKLA



management packages and undertake a financialanalysis of University Farm enterprises.

• Staff Prof RJ Clark (Coordinator), Dr PA Lane, Dr NJMendham •Hbt, int •16.67% •full year –1 lecture, 13-hr practical/tutorial session weekly, totalling 26lectures, 8 tutorials and 78 hrs of practical/excursions• assess 3-hr exam in Nov (50%), 2 practical reports/class assignments (50%).

KLA162 Introduction to Agriculture &Horticulture AIntroduces students to Tasmanian agricultural andhorticultural industries and to some appropriatebiological and agricultural concepts. Studies includeparts of KPZ160 dealing with cell biology, genetics andmanaged ecosystems including agriculture, horticultureand forestry. Other studies introduce students to suchindustries as fruit, vegetable, essential oils, poppies,cereals, legumes, pasture and animal production. Thisindustry profile approach provides the backgroundneeded for later units. Practical work includes groupdiscussions/tutorials, an introduction to computers andexcursions to the University Farm at Cambridge, to theHorticultural Research Centre and to private farmingenterprises.

• Staff Prof RJ Clark, Prof RC Menary, Prof I Murfet, DrNJ Mendham, Assoc Prof R White •Hbt, int •16.67%•full year –(sem 1) 2 lectures, 1 3-hr practical session(tutorial, group study or excursion) weekly; (sem 2) 2lectures weekly and 6x3-hr practical sessions, totalling45 lectures and 20x3-hr practical sessions • assess 2-hrtheory exam (50%), 2 term papers (25% ea).

KLA210 Microbiology 1Is an introduction to microbiology that providesstudents with basic knowledge of bacteria, viruses andimmunology. The practical component gives studentsskills in microscopy and observation of bacterial cellsand techniques for the cultivation of microbialpopulations. Topics include: history and significance ofmicrobiology; bacterial structure and function; bacterialgenetics and systematics; virology (particularlybacteriophage); development of microbial populations;factors affecting growth and death of microbialpopulations, immunology and epidemiology.

• N.B. not available to BSc students in 1998 and beyond,KLA210 is for Agricultural Science students only

• Staff Prof TA McMeekin, Dr MA Line •Hbt, int•8.33% •sem 2 –18 lectures, 40 hrs practical • assess2-hr theory exam in Nov (70%), practical exam duringlast week of sem 2 (30%).

KLA212 Crop & Pasture ScienceDevelops skills in identification of crop, pasture andweed species, and an understanding of growth and

development of the major crops and temperate pasturesand their interaction with environmental andmanagement factors. Identification (taxonomy) istaught mainly through practical work in the laboratoryand field, and the making of a plant collection. Cropphysiology includes the study of how genetic,environmental and management factors affect cropdevelopment or progression through the life cycle, andgrowth or increase in photosynthetic area and weight ofthe whole crop or individual organs. For pastures,major topics include temperate pasture species, the roleof legumes, pasture quality and use, seasonalproduction and grazing management.

• Staff Dr NJ Mendham, Dr PA Lane •Hbt, int •12.5%•full year –sem 1 –1 lecture, 3-hr practical classweekly; sem 2 –1 lecture and 2x3-hr practical classesweekly, totalling 24 lectures and 30x3-hr practicalclasses for the year • prereq KPZ160 or equiv • assess2x2-hr theory exams (40%), practical reports (25%),practical exam and plant collection (35%)• req Curtis WM and Morris DI, The Student’s Flora of

Tasmania, Parts 1, 2, 3 and 4B, St David’s ParkPublishing, Hobart.

KLA213 Agricultural Geology & SoilScienceConsists of two parts: (a) Agricultural Geology, whichis offered by the Department of Geology and introducesearth materials, the concepts of mineralogy andpetrology, sedimentology, and groundwater; and (b)Introductory Soil Science, which deals with the mainfeatures of soil profiles, soil formation factors, soiloccurrence in Tasmania and the basic nutrient cycles insoils. Practical work and 2 full-day excursions look atthe basic physical and chemical properties of soilsunder several different climatic and geologicalconditions.

• Staff (Agricultural Geology) Prof R Varne and Dr CPRao; (Introductory Soil Science) Mr RB Doyle •Hbt, int•12.5% •sem 2 –sem 1 (Agricultural Geology) 1-hrlecture weekly (14 wks), 3-hr practical session weekly (8wks) 3x1-day excursions; sem 2 (Introductory SoilScience) 14 lectures, 9x3-hr practical sessions; and 2x1-day excursions • assess (Agricultural Geology) practicalexam (25%), field work in sem 1 (25%), 2-hr theoryexam in June (50%); (Introductory Soil Science) 2-hrtheory exam (50%), practical work and field trip reports(50%)• req Skinner BJ and Porter SC, The Dynamic Earth,


the Practical Study of Crystals, Minerals and Rocks,revised edn., McGraw-Hill.

McLaren RG and Cameron KC, Soil Science, OxfordUniversity Press, 1990.



Units

Leeper GW, Introduction to Soil Science, MelbourneUniversity Press.

KLA230 Plant PhysiologyIntegrates lectures and practical work to studyanatomy, physiology and molecular biology withemphasis on water relations, photosynthesis and planthormones, and on interpretation of the function of cellsand organs in terms of their fine structure.

• Staff Mr AK Mills (Coordinator), Dr RJ Wiltshire, DrR Vaillancourt •Hbt, int •16.67% •full year –sem 1 –2 lectures, 2x3-hr practical classes weekly (12 wks), sem2 –14 lectures and 3x3-hr practical classes byarrangement • prereq KPA100 or equiv • assess 3-hrtheory exam (70%), practical work (30%)• req Bidwell RGS, Plant Physiology, 2nd edn, Collier

Macmillan.

KLA351 Plant Pathology 1 (Science)Has the same broad objectives as KLA306.

• Staff Dr CR Wilson, Dr CL Mohammed •Hbt, int•8.33% •sem 1 –18 lectures or self-learning sessionsand 18 lab classes/tutorials/excursions • prereqKPA100, KLA230 or equiv • assess 2-hr theory exam(50%), practical exam (20%), practical work (20%),assignment (10%).

KLA252 Entomology 1 (Science)Has the same broad objectives as KLA330.

• Staff tba •Hbt, int •8.33% •sem 2 –18 lectures, 14lab classes/tutorials/excursions • prereq KZA101 andKPZ160 or equiv • assess 2-hr theory exam (60%),practical exam (15%), insect collection and reports (25%)• req dissecting instruments, including a pair of

entomological forceps; insect net; screw-cap killingjar. Solvents and entomological pins will be issued tostudents on request.

KLA253 Soil Science 1 (Science)Has the same broad objectives as KLA323.

• Staff Mr RB Doyle •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –28lectures and 84 hrs practical • prereq KLA213, KYA130,KRA120 or equiv • assess 3-hr theory exam (50%),practical work (50%)• req Brady NC, The Nature and Properties of Soils, 10th

edn, MacMillan.McLaren RG and Cameron KC, Soil Science, OUP, 1990.

KLA261 Business of Agriculture &Horticulture BProvides students with a background in management,accounting and economics necessary for anunderstanding and analysis of commercialhorticultureal and agricultural enterprises. InEconomics, students are introduced to the basic

principles of micreconomics which covers supply anddemand; markets under competitive and lesscompetitive conditions; labour markets; andgovernment intervention in markets. Other studiesinclude law and farming management; physical andfinancial management; business structures; andtaxation.

• Staff Prof RJ Clark (Coordinator), Dr PA Lane •Hbt,int •16.67% •full year –36 lectures/tutorials, 108 hrspracticals/excursions/seminars • prereq KLA161 orequiv • assess 3-hr theory exam in Nov (60%), termpapers/practicals/seminars (40%).

KLA262 Soils AConsists of two parts: (a) Agricultural Geology(lectures and some practicals offered in KLA213), inwhich students study lithology and mineralogy;groundwater structure and the hydrological cycle;processes of erosion, transportation and deposition;elementary stratigraphy and the geological time scale;and (b) Introductory Soil Science, which deals with themain features of soil profiles, soil formation factors, soiloccurrence in Tasmania and the basic nutrient cycles insoilis. Practical work and 2 full-day excursions look atthe basic physical and chemical properties of soilsunder several different climatic and geologicalconditions.

• Staff (Coordinator) Mr R Doyle •Hbt, int •12.5%•full year –sem 1 (Agricultural Geology) 1-hr lectureweekly (14 wks), 3-hr practical session weekly (8 wks),3x1-day excursions; sem 2 (Introductory Soil Science)14lectures, 9x3-hr practical sessions, 2x1-day excursions• assess (Agricultural Geology) practical exam (25%),field work in sem 1 (25%), 2-hr theory exam in June(50%); (Introductory Soil Science) 2-hr theory exam(50%), practical work and field trip reports (50%)• req Skinner BJ and Porter SC, The Dynamic Earth,


the Practical Study of Crystals, Minerals and Rocks,revised edn, McGraw-Hill

McLaren RG and Cameron KC, Soil Science, OUP, 1990.Leeper GW, Introduction to Soil Science, Melbourne

Univ Press.

KLA263 Crop Protection AIs an introduction to the pests and diseases of plants ofeconomic significance; their identification andclassification; life cycle in relation to crop damage andidentification of damaging stages; impact of cropdamage arising from pest and disease attack, the spreadof pests and diseases and interaction between pests anddiseases and environmental factors. Students arerequired to become familiar with diagnostic techniquesto distinguish between damage caused by insects,

KLA



pathogens, herbicide and abiotic disorders, and will berequired to complete disease and insect collections.

• Staff Dr CR Wilson, Dr CL Mohammed •Hbt, int•16.67% •full year –36 lectures or self-learningsessions, 28 practical classes/tutorials/excursions• prereq KLA162 • assess 2x2-hr theory exams (55%),2x3-hr practical exams (17.5%), practical work andassignments, including disease and insect collections(27.5%).• req lab coat and dissection kit

KLA264 Principles of BreedingBuilds on KLA162 and develops an understanding ofthe principles of plant and animal breeding byexamining the common features and importantdifferences between the two systems. The plantbreeding component involves a study of the naturalreproductive systems including both the self- and cross-pollinated species and the manipulation of these by thebreeder to produce improved pure lines, populations,clones or hybrids. The use of biotechnologicaltechniques to assist conventional crossing and selectionare discussed. The animal breeding component dealswith the various systems of selecting breeding stockand the application of quantitative genetics to theimprovement of livestock.

• Staff Dr NJ Mendham (Coordinator); Mr SCChampion •Hbt, int •8.33% •sem 1 –13 lectures and15x3-hr practical sessions • prereq KLA162 or KPZ160• coreq KLA266 or 267 • assess 3-hr theory exam (60%),assignments (20%), seminar (20%).

KLA265 Introductory MicrobiologyFocuses on agricultural and applied topics of relevanceto Applied Science students. The practical componentprovides students with skills in microscopy and in thecultivation and identification of microorganisms. Topicsinclude: bacterial structure and function, bacterialidentification, microbial genetics, factors affectinggrowth and death of microbial populations, rumenmicrobiology, introduction to virology and microbialecology, interactions between microorganisms andplants, chemtherapy; microbial cycling of carbon andnitrogen; waste disposal; bioremediation.

• Staff Prof TA McMeekin, Dr MA Line •Hbt, int•12.5% •sem 1 –32 lectures (11 wks) and 2 labsessions weekly (9 wks –54 hrs practical) • prereqKLA130 and 162 • assess 3-hr exam in June (70%),practical exam during the last week of sem 1 (30%)• req Pelczar MJ, Chan ECS and Krieg NR, Microbiology

Concepts and Applications, McGraw-Hill, 1993.

KLA266 Plant Production AIs a core unit (see also KLA269) in the taxonomy andphysiology of crops and other plants of economic

importance. Taxonomy, or plant identification andclassification into species, genera and families, is taughtmainly through practical work in the laboratory andfield and in making a plant collection. Crop physiologyincludes the study of how genetic, environmental andmanagement factors affect crop development orprogression through the life cycle, and growth orincrease in photosynthetic area and weight of the wholecrop or individual organs. Important factors includeinterception and use of solar radiation by the cropcanopy, water relations and mineral nutrition.

• Staff Dr NJ Mendham, Dr PA Lane, Dr PH Brown, MrS Wilson •Hbt, int •16.67% •full year –28 lectures, 28practical sessions or equiv • prereq KLA162 • assess 3-hr theory exam (45%), practical exam, a plant collectionand practical assignments (55%)• req Curtis WM and Morris DI, The Student’s Flora of

Tasmania, Parts 1, 2, 3 and 4B, St David’s ParkPublishing, Hobart.

KLA267 Animal Production AConsists of two components: (a) Animal Nutrition,which studies: digestive physiology of ruminant andmonogastric animals; basic nutrition (water, vitamins,minerals, protein and energy); the development offeeding systems and ration computation; pastureproduction for grazing animals with emphasis ontemperate pasture species, factors affecting pastureproduction, quality and use, and grazing management;and (b) Animal Health, which looks at major animalhealth problems, methods of control and prevention;the use of quarantine to prevent the introduction ofexotic diseases, and the control of disease.

• Staff Mr SC Champion, Dr PA Lane •Hbt, int•16.67% •full year –46 lectures and 26x3-hr practicalsessions • prereq KZA105 • assess 3-hr theory exam(60%), assignments (40%)• req Cottle DJ (ed), Australian Sheep and Wool Handbook,

Inkata Press, Melbourne.

KLA269 Horticulture BIs made up of two parts, each with a weight of 16.67%:(a) a core unit (KLA266) dealing with growth anddevelopment, taxonomy of grasses, weeds and cropplants, growth analysis, nutrition and water relations incrop plants; and (b) a sub-unit dealing with theprinciples which form the basis of horticultural practicein a range of horticultural crops.

• Staff (Coordinator) Dr PH Brown •Hbt, int •33.33%•full year –(part a) 28 lectures, 28 practical sessions orequiv; (part b) 28 lectures, 28 practical sessions or equiv• prereq KLA169 • assess (part a) 3-hr theory exam(45%), practical exam, a plant collection and practicalassignments (55%); (part b) 3-hr theory exam in Nov(70%), practical report and seminar (30%).



Units

KLA300 Agricultural Microbiology 2Consists of two components: (a) Food Microbiology(semester 1) –providing students with an appreciationof the role of microorganisms in the production anddeterioration of foods, including the study of:contamination; effect of various factors on growth anddecline of microbial populations; microbialfermentations; microbial hazards associated with foods;and (b) Microbial Ecology (semester 2) –introducingmicrobial ecology, interactions of microorganisms, andof microorganisms and eucaryotes; transformations ofsignificant elements; microbial degradation of naturaland xenobiotic compounds.

• Staff Prof TA McMeekin, Dr MA Line •Hbt, int•16.67% •full year –28 lectures, 78 hrs practicals, 3tutorials • prereq KLA210 • m/excl KLA309 • assess2x2-hr exams (1 in June, 1 in Nov) (70%), continuouspractical assessment plus a practical report (30%)

KLA303 Food MicrobiologyProvides students with an appreciation of the role ofmicroorganisms in the production and deterioration offoods. Topics include mechanisms of contamination,microbial ecology of foods (effect of temperature, wateractivity, pH and other factors affecting the growth anddecline of microbial populations); microbialfermentations; and microbial hazards associated withfoods.

• Staff Prof TA McMeekin •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –21 lectures, 7 tutorials and 14x3-hr practicals (somelectures may be converted into projects) • prereqKLA210 • m/excl KLA300 • assess 3-hr theory exam inJune (70%), continuous assessment of practical workplus a practical report (30%).

KLA306 Plant Pathology 1Is an introduction to the study of plant diseases ofeconomic importance to agriculture and horticulture.Emphasis is placed on the development of diagnosticskills. Students are required to complete a diseasecollection.

• Staff Dr CR Wilson, Dr CL Mohammed •Hbt, int•8.33% •sem 1 –18 lectures or self-learning sessionsand 18 lab classes/tutorials/excursions • prereqKPA100, KLA230 or equiv • assess 2-hr theory exam(50%), practical exam (20%), practical work (20%),assignment (10%).

KLA309 Microbial EcologyConsiders topics in aquatic microbiology;transformations of significant elements, microbialdegradation of natural and xenobiotic compounds; roleof autotrophs in microbial transformations;microbiology of extreme environments; industrialmicrobiology and bacterial evolution.

• Staff Prof TA McMeekin, Dr MA Line •Hbt, int•25% •full year –42 lectures 70 hrs practicals, 6tutorials and 50 hrs self-directed learning • prereq for1998 KLA210; for 1999 CBA250 • m/excl KLA300• assess 2x3-hr theory exams (1 in June, 1 in Nov)(70%), continuous practical assessment plus a practicalreport (30%).

KLA313 Animal Physiology & NutritionConsists of two components: (a) Animal physiology –providing students with an appreciation of thehomeostatic mechanisms of the body including theregulation of blood circulation, respiration, acid/basebalance, kidney function and digestive physiology; (b)Animal nutrition –dealing with the requirements of theanimal with respect to body size and physiological stateand the development of feeding systems.

• Staff Mr SC Champion •Hbt, int •16.67% •sem 2 –42 lectures and 39 hrs practical • prereq KPZ160 andCBA230 or equiv • assess 3-hr theory exam (60%),practical assignments (40%)• req Eckert R, Randall D and Augustine G, Animal

Physiology: Mechanisms and Adaptations, 3rd edn, WHFreeman, New York.

KLA323 Soil Science 1Provides an introduction to the basic physical, chemicaland biological properties of soils in relation to soilmanagement in dry land and under irrigation. Thepractical work will focus on soil chemical and physicalexperiments to be undertaken on two soil profiles andtheir interpretation and relevance to soil management.

• Staff Mr RB Doyle •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –28lectures and 84 hrs practical • prereq KLA213, KYA130,KRA120 or equiv • assess 3-hr theory exam (50%),practical work (50%)• req Brady NC, The Nature and Properties of Soils, 10th

edn, MacMillan.McLaren RG and Cameron KC, Soil Science, OUP, 1990.

KLA330 Entomology 1Covers the classification, life history, ecology andcontrol of insects and mites and ticks of economicimportance. Students are required to make an insectcollection to be submitted for examination on the lastday of the teaching semester. The collection will containa minimum of 10 orders and 60 species representing asmany families as possible. The collection is non-returnable and students wishing to retain specimensshould collect in duplicate or withhold the desiredspecimen from the submitted collection. Information oncollecting and preservation can be found in mostgeneral entomology texts. However, a concise review ofmethods will be provided on request. Students areurged to begin collecting early but they must familiarise

KLA



themselves with the methods of presentation beforepreparing the actual collection.

• Staff tba •Hbt, int •8.33% •sem 2 –18 lectures, 14lab classes/tutorials/excursions • prereq KZA101 andKPZ160 or equiv • assess 2-hr theory exam (60%),practical exam (15%), insect collection and reports (25%)• req dissecting instruments, including a pair of

entomological forceps; insect net; screw-cap killingjar. Solvents and entomological pins will be issued tostudents on request.

KLA332 Experimental Design &Computer UsageEnables students to plan investigations; to selectstatistical methods and relevant computing tools andapply them in the analysis of designed experiments; tointerpret statistical findings; and to build skills in theeffective presentation of statistical findings.

•Hbt, int •8.33% •sem 2 –3 hrs teaching weekly (14wks), including lectures, tutorials and possiblycomputing lab sessions. Assessment sessions areincluded • assess internal assessment –see lecturer fordetails.

KLA336 Horticultural Science 1Includes the study of: ecological aspects of fruit andvegetable production in Australia; growth anddevelopment in major horticultural crops withemphasis on fruit and flower morphogenesis; andprinciples underlying horticultural practice includingmacro- and micro-propagation, canopy management,pruning and crop control.

• Staff Prof RC Menary •Hbt, int •8.33% •sem 1 –18lectures and 54 hrs practical, excursions, seminar and/or semester paper • prereq (for Science students)KPA200 or equiv • assess 2-hr theory exam in June(60%), seminar and paper during the last week of sem(20% ea)• req Bleasdale JKA, Plant Physiology in Relation to

Horticulture.Luckwill LC and Cutting CU, Physiology of Tree Crops,

Academic Press.Priestley CA, Carbohydrate Resources within the Perennial

Plant, Technical Communication 27, CommonwealthAgricultural Bureau.

KLA350 Agronomy 1Develops the principles of crop and pasture production,both as individual enterprises and as components offarming systems. The agronomy and physiology of themain field crops, including cereals, legumes, oilseeds,fibre and industrial crops are examined, with their rolein farming systems and use of their products also beingconsidered. Pasture production, gives emphasis to therole of improved pastures in farming systems, problems

associated with their use and pasture/animalrelationships. A whole farm planning approach is usedto integrate crop and animal enterprises intosustainable systems including native vegetation forshelter, erosion control and ecosystem maintenance.

• Staff Dr NJ Mendham, Dr PA Lane •Hbt, int •8.33%•full year –18 lectures and 39 hrs practical • prereqKLA212 • assess 2x2-hr theory exams (60%), 3 practicalreports (40%).

KLA351 Plant Pathology 2 (Science)Has the same broad objectives as KLA470.

• N.B. offered subject to adequate student enrolment

• Staff Dr CR Wilson, Dr CL Mohammed •Hbt, int•16.67% •full year –28 lectures and self-learningsessions, 28 hrs practical/excursion • prereq KLA306 or307 • assess 3-hr theory exam (30%), practical work andassignments (70%).

KLA352 Entomology 2 (Science)Has the same broad objectives as KLA451


• Staff tba •Hbt, int •16.67% •full year –1 lecture, 1lab session weekly (26 wks) plus 8 tutorials and/orexcursions • prereq KLA307 or KLA330 or equiv• assess 3-hr theory exam in sem 2 (50%), tutorials(10%), assignments (40%).

KLA353 Soil Science 2 (Science)Has the same broad objectives as KLA481.


• Staff Mr RB Doyle (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •16.67%•full year –36 lectures and 108 hrs practical/excursions • prereq KLA323 or equiv • assess 2x2-hrtheory exams (1 in June, 1 in Nov) (50%), practical work(50%).

KLA361 Business of Agriculture &Horticulture CConsists of BMA251 Principles of Marketing, offered bythe Department of Management. This unit provides thetheory base of marketing and develops in students theability to describe the key concepts and principles ofmarketing; an understanding of the market place; anability to analyse the components of the marketing mixand to identify the role of marketing in the organisationand in society. The balance of this unit involves thepreparation of a ‘business plan’ on a topic chosen by thestudent, but related to the ‘industry placement’ or‘specialisation’ described elsewhere (see also KLA369).

• Staff Department of Management; Dr PA Lane(Coordinator) •Hbt, int •16.67% •full year –sem 1Principles of Marketing; sem 2 Business Plan • prereq



Units

KLA261 • assess see BMA251 for Principles ofMarketing (75%), business plan report (25%).

KLA362 Soils BProvides an introduction to the basic physical, chemicaland biological properties of soils in relation to soilmanagement in dry land and under irrigation. Asection on soil fertility in relation to soil solution,essential nutrient supply and fertilisers is conducted asin KLA418. The practical work will focus on soilchemical and physical experiments to be undertaken ontwo soil profiles and their interpretation and relevanceto soil management. The practical work for the soilfertility section involves a glasshouse pot trial and soilnutrient analysis.

• Staff Mr RB Doyle (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •16.67%•full year • assess 3-hr theory exam (50%), practicalwork (50%)• req as for KLA323.

KLA363 Crop Protection BStudies the principles of management of plant diseases,insects, weeds and related organisms; biology andecology of pests and the integration of soundagricultural, forest and other practices with chemicaland biological approaches to control; how pesticideswork, their application and safe use; physical damageto crops and protection measures.

• Staff Dr CR Wilson, Dr CL Mohammed, Mr S Wilson•Hbt, int •16.67% •full year –26 lectures/self-learning sessions, 26 practical classes/tutorials/excursions • assess 3-hr theory exam (55%),assignments and practical work (45%).

KLA366 Plant Production BCovers the principles of crop and pasture productionboth as individual enterprises and as components offarming systems. (a) The agronomy ond physiology ofthe main field crops, including cereals, legumes,oilseeds, fibre and industrial crops are examined, withtheir role in farming systems and use of their productsalso being considered. (b) Pasture production givesemphasis to the establishment and role of improvedpastures in farming systems, some problems associatedwith their use and pasture/animal relations. (c) Acomponent on whole farm planning is included tointegrate crop and animal enterprises into sustainablesystems including native vegetation for shelter, erosioncontrol and ecosystem maintenance. (d) A topic ofspecialisation is undertaken to develop the students’interest and knowledge in the general area of plantproduction. The topic is related to the ‘LiteratureReview’ or ‘Industry Placement’ components describedelsewhere (see also KLA369).

• Staff Dr NJ Mendham, Dr PA Lane •Hbt, int

•16.67% •full year –18 lectures and 39 hrs practical• prereq KLA266 • assess (a, b, c) 2x2-hr theory exams(60%), 3 practical reports (40%). This represents 75% ofthe whole, with the specialisation assessed internally(25%).

KLA367 Animal Production BFor a description of this unit, contact the department:

KLA368 ProjectFor a description of this unit, contact the department:

KLA369 Horticulture CExamines the major horticultural crops and productionregions in Australia, with particular emphasis on cropsgrown in Tasmania. A second section of the unit coversaspects of plant nutrition, including physiological ratesof nutrients, and sampling and testing methods fornutrient analysis. The final component is an industryproject: students are required to undertake a 4-weekplacement in a horticultural industry of their choice andto prepare a detailed report which includes a literaturereview and detailed analysis of an area ofspecialisation.

• Staff Dr PH Brown (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •33.33%•full year –52 lectures, 52 practical sessions or equiv• prereq KLA269 • assess major report (industryplacement, literature review, specialisation) (62.5%),internal assessment (plant nutrition) (12.5%), internalassessment (see lecturer for details) (25%).

KLA370 Horticultural TechnologyExamines the technological aspects of horticulturalproduction. The unit covers the equipment used in landpreparation, propagation and planting, crop growth,and harvesting. Emphasis is given to the machinery andtechnology used in Tasmania’s horticultural industries.

• Staff Dr PH Brown (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •8.33%•sem 2 –12 lectures, 16 hrs practical sessions/excursions or seminars • prereq KLA269 • assessinternal assessment –term paper (70%), 2 practicalreports (30%).

KLA371 Post-Harvest PhysiologyExamines the post-harvest treatment of horticulturalproducts and the technology associated with post-harvest handling. Emphasis is given to the post-harvestmanagement of the major Tasmanian horticulturalcrops.

• Staff Dr PH Brown (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •8.33%•sem 2 –12 lectures, 16 hrs practical sessions/excursions or seminars • prereq KLA269 • assessinternal assessment –term paper (70%), 2 practicalreports (30%).

KLA



HONOURS IN AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE

Refer to Bachelor of Agricultural Science: Schedule A(year 4) on page 93.

Students wishing to enrol in honours must arrange aninterview with the Deputy Academic Dean beforeenrolment.1) Prospective honours students must average a

credit point rating or higher in the 3rd year of theirdegree.

2) Honours students usually carry a 100% load intheir 4th year, but those with less may still beallowed to enrol.

3) Honours students are required to take three of theusual four 16.67% unit electives of the 4th year.The honours project is weighted 16.67%.

4) The formal coursework grade will be assessed ona weighted grade average (WGA). WGA = ∑(G x W)/ 84 where G values are: HD =4; DN = 3; CR = 2; PP = 1 The same formula applies to students not carryingthe full formal coursework load. A student in thislatter situation may elect to enrol in additionalsubjects, to make up the full 4th-year load.

5) Assessment of honours: formal coursework (60%),project thesis (40%).

6) Three copies of the thesis must be submitted tothe deputy academic dean by the first week inDecember. The honours thesis should becompleted according to the notes and instructionsavailable from the deputy academic dean.

7) There shall be the following grades of honours: 1stClass; 2nd Class, Upper Division; 2nd Class,Lower Division.

Students may withdraw from Honours up to the end ofsemester 1, without penalty. However, to completetheir degree, they must, in semester 2, enrol in asuitable unit weighted either 16.67% or 8.33%. In thelatter case they must also complete an extensiveliterature review which will be subject to anexamination, including a viva voce. (The topic of theliterature review is to be decided after consultation withthe deputy academic dean.)

• Staff Assoc Prof PE Doe (Coordinator), Dr G J Walker•Hbt, int •8.33% •sem 1 –2 lectures aweek plus 9x1-hr tutorials and 6x3-hr lab sessions or excursions• assess 3-hr theory exam (100%).

KLA406 Agricultural EngineeringProvides an elementary introduction to someapplications of engineering in primary production.Studies include: hydraulics as applied to agriculture;principles of heat transfer, with special reference toglasshouse design; elementary surveying; andelementary mechanics, physical damage to crops,

design and operation of protection systems, weatherpatterns and forecasting.

• Staff Mr SJ Wilson (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •8.33%•sem 2 –28 lectures, 5x3-hr lab sessions or excursions• assess 2-hr theory exam (50%), internal assessment(50%).

KLA407 Crop ProtectionStudies the principles of management of plant diseases,insects, weeds and related organisms; biology andecology of pests and the integration of soundagricultural, forest and other practices with chemicaland biological approaches to control; how pesticideswork, their application and safe use.• Staff Dr CR Wilson, Dr CL Mohammed •Hbt, int•8.33% •sem 1 –13 lectures or self-learning sessions,13 practical classes/tutorials/excursions • assess 3-hrtheory exam in sem 1 (55%), assignments (45%).

KLA411 Agricultural Microbiology 3Comprises components of marine, industrial andecological microbiology. Topics include microbialgrowth and survival in marine ecosystems, includingantarctic habitats; associations with marine macrofloraand fauna; bacterial evolution; autotrophs and theirsignificance; degradation of xenobiotics andhydrocarbons; microbial transformations of sulfur,phosphorus, metals, methane and hydrogen.

• Staff Prof TA McMeekin, Dr MA Line •Hbt, int•16.67% •full year –28 lectures, 78 hrs practicals, 3tutorials • prereq KLA300 • m/excl KLA309 • assess2x3-hr theory exams (70%), continuous practicalassessment plus a practical report (30%).

KLA415/416 Microbiology 4 (Honours)(Science) Full time/Part timeStudents are expected to undertake advanced level,formal study of selected topics or other relevant units asdirected by the supervisor; they are required to presenta reading thesis on an approved topic and carry outindependent research as directed by the supervisor.

• Staff Prof TA McMeekin, Dr MA Line •Hbt, int•100%/50% •full year • prereq BSc with major inMicrobiology (or approved alternative background)• assess research thesis and ongoing assessment.

KLA417 Immunology & Microbiology(Honours)Is taught in the Department of Pathology, wherestudents undertake a research project in immunologyor medical microbiology under the supervision of amember of that department Three copies of a researchthesis are to be submitted. Research projects are chosenfrom the interests of the Department of Pathology,which include: tumour escape from the immunesystem; activation of suppressor cells; antigen-



Units

presenting cells; immunology of the skin; skintransplantation; tumour biology; auto immunity; andmedical microbiology topics including infectivediarrhoeas and aspects of public health microbiology.Students participate in a series of advanced tutorials inimmunology and medical microbiology.

• Staff Prof HK Muller, Prof JM Goldsmid, Assoc ProfSM Kirov, Dr GM Woods •Hbt, int •100% •full year –research project and thesis, advanced tutorials • prereqBSc with major in CJA308 or other approvedbackground • assess research thesis and ongoingassessment.

KLA418 Plant Nutrition & Soil FertilityStudies the principles of plant nutrition, includingdiagnostic criteria, uptake and translocation withspecial reference to agricultural systems. Soil fertility inrelation to soil solution, essential nutrients in soil,estimation of soil nutrient supply, fertilisers andprinciples of fertiliser use.

• Staff Prof RC Menary, Dr P Smethurst •Hbt, int•8.33% •full year –18 lectures and 54 hrs practical• prereq KLA230 and KRA120 or equiv • assess termpaper in Nov (50%), lab report by last week sem 2(30%), notes on specific topics during semester (20%).

KLA421 Farm Management & ExtensionFalls into two parts: (a) Farm management –anintroduction to the management of farm resources withemphasis being placed on planning, implementationand control, budgeting and investment analysis; and tocomputer-aided management packages; and (b)Extension –the philosophy and role of extension inagriculture; an introduction to rural sociology, research-farmer communication, and extension methods.Students are required to present a seminar on a topic oftheir choice which has been approved by the lecturer.

• Staff Prof RJ Clark (Coordinator), Mr C Midgley, MrsA Fulton •Hbt, int •8.33% •sem 2 –18 lectures and 54hrs practical/seminars • prereq BEA270 or equiv• assess 3-hr exam (60%), 2 practical assignments (30%),seminar (10%).

KLA431 Agronomy 2Gives an overview of the current status of crop andpasture research, including breeding, physiology andmanagement. Plant breeding is examined in depth insemester 1, including objectives and methods ofimprovement of yield, quality, adaptability andresistance to diseases and pests. In semester 2, a seriesof case studies is made of current research and practicein farming systems. This includes work with individualcrop and pasture species and topics such as tillagesystems, crop rotations, pasture decline, grazingmanagement and pasture plant improvement.


• Staff Dr NJ Mendham, Dr PA Lane •Hbt, int•16.67% •full year –26 lectures and 84 hrs practical• prereq KLA350 • assess 3-hr and 2-hr theory exam(60%), report on project (20%), seminar and essay (10%ea).

KLA441 Animal ProductionConsists of fixed and variable components. The fixedcomponents include: animal breeding (the applicationof quantitative genetics to animal breeding programs);nutrition and grazing management for woolproduction, clip preparation and wool processing;factors affecting lamb and beef production; factorsaffecting dairy cattle performance and production.Other topics may be determined following consultationbetween staff and participating students. Field trips willexamine various aspects of the production system.


• Staff Mr SC Champion •Hbt, int •16.67% •full year–52 lectures , 42 hrs practical (including field trips)• prereq KLA313 or equiv • assess 3-hr theory exam(60%), practical assignments (40%).

KLA451 Entomology 2Is the study of insect ecology and related aspects ofphysiology, behaviour and systematics. Students areencouraged to study selected groups of insects andmites.


• Staff tba •Hbt, int •16.67% •full year –1 lecture, 1lab session weekly (26 wks) plus 8 tutorials and/orexcursions • prereq KLA307 or KLA330 or equiv• assess 3-hr theory exam in sem 2 (50%), tutorials(10%), assignments (40%).

KLA455/456 Marine, Freshwater andAntarctic Biology (Honours) Full time/Part timeHave the same objectives as KPA450, 451.

•Hbt, int •100%/50%.

KLA461 Horticultural Science 2Is the study of physiological processes in plants andplant products. Biosynthesis and mode of action ofgrowth substances, their measurement in plants andtheir use in horticultural crops.


• Staff Prof RC Menary (Coordinator) other staff tba•Hbt, int •16.67% •full year –36 lectures, 108 hrspractical • prereq KLA336 or equiv • assess 3-hr theoryexam in June (35%), lab reports and reviews (30%), termpaper in Nov (35%)• req Goodwin TW and Mercer EI, Introduction to Plant

KLA



Biochemistry, 2nd edn, Pergamon Press.Wareing PE and Phillips IDJ, The Control of Growth and

Differentiation in Plants, 3rd edn, Pergamon Press.

KLA470 Plant Pathology 2Is an advanced study of viral and fungal organismseconomically important to agriculture and horticulture.Some lecture topics will be negotiated with enrolledstudents but may include: host/pathogen relations,viral/fungal –plant biotechnology, mechanisms ofpathogen dispersal, genetics and evolutions of plantpathogens, and gourmet and medicinal mushrooms.• N.B. offered subject to adequate student enrolment

• Staff Dr CR Wilson, Dr CL Mohammed •Hbt, int•16.67% •full year –28 lectures and self-learningsessions, 28 hrs practical/excursion • prereq KLA306 or307 • assess 3-hr theory exam (30%), practical work andassignments (70%).

KLA481 Soil Science 2Aims to develop the skills needed to undertake andinterpret soil survey and land evaluation maps andreports (land capability and suitability). The unitexamines factors controlling the spatial distribution ofsoils in Australia, pedology (study of soil formation),and their will be a small focus on soil conservationprinciples, soil structure and strength, nitrate retentionand leaching and heavy metals in soils. A soil surveyand land evaluation research report make up 30% of theinternal assessment. There will be an opportunity foreach student to research and present a seminar in anarea of special interest.• N.B. offered subject to adequate student enrolment

• Staff Mr RB Doyle (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •16.67%•full year –36 lectures and 108 hrs practical/excursions • prereq KLA323 or equiv • assess 2x2-hrtheory exams (1 in June, 1 in Nov) (50%), practical work(50%).

KLA483 Literature ReviewFor details of this unit, contact the department.• N.B. subject to Deputy Academic Dean’s approval

•Hbt, int •8.33% .

KLA490 Agricultural Science HonoursThesisThe Honours thesis is to be completed in accordancewith the notes and instructions available from theDeputy Academic Dean, and submitted to the DeputyAcademic Dean by the first week in December.•Hbt, int •16.67% •full year

KLA500/510 Research Project (Pass)/(Honours)For a description of these units, contact the department.

KLA515/516 Graduate Diploma ofScience with Honours (Microbiology)Has the same objectives as KLA415/416. Full time/parttime ‘umbrella’ code.

KLA517 Graduate Diploma of Sciencewith Honours (Immunology andMicrobiology)Has the same objectives as KLA417. Full time‘umbrella’ code.

KLA520 Graduate Diploma ofAgricultural ScienceAll candidates, Pass and Honours, enrolling in theGraduate Diploma of Agricultural Science, use this‘umbrella’ code.

Mathematics – Department ofMathematics at Hobart

The Department of Mathematics offers units forstudents specialising in mathematics and for those whoneed or want to include mathematics in their study ofother disciplines. Most first year units require TCEMathematics Stage 2 as a prerequisite, though some willaccept either TCE Mathematics Stage 2 or MathematicsApplied

Selecting the Mathematics UnitsThe units that students take depend on their majorstudy. Mathematics is divided into the followingstreams of units.

A and B–Stream – Calculus and ApplicationsKMA152 Calculus 1, KMA154 MathematicsApplications 1, KMA252 Calculus 2, KMA254Mathematical Analysis and Applications 2, KMA351Analysis 3, KMA354 Mathematical Analysis andApplications 3 and KMA352 ComputationalTechniques 3C–Stream – Algebra and ApplicationsKMA155 Mathematics for Computer Science,KMA251 Algebra and Applications 2, KMA350Algebra and Applications 3 and KMA357 Topics inAdvanced Mathematics 3D–Stream – Data Handling and StatisticsKMA153 Data Handling and Statistics 1, KMA253Data Handling and Statistics 2, KMA353 DataHandling and Statistics 3 and KMA356 Principles ofStatistics 3E–Stream – Operations Research and ProbabilityKMA255 Operations Research 2 and KMA355Operations Research 3



Units

MATHEMATICS – DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS

IN LAUNCESTON

The sequence of units for major studies in mathematicsis intended to provide, in the first two years, theessential concepts and methods to support theoreticalunderstanding in the fuzzy and crisp sciences. At thesame time, there is an emphasis on applications and thegradual development of a modelling approach. In thethird year, students are exposed to a broader range oftopics, including a range of mathematical and statisticalmodels, and are expected to integrate skills inscholarship, reporting, mathematical modelling andanalytic and numerical solution.

Mathematics major units are: KMA171, 172, 271, 272,371, 372, 373, 374.The first four of these can be chosenfor a minor sequence in mathematics.A minor inApplied Statistics is available and comprises the unitsKMA171, 272, 372, 374 or KMA165, 166, 372, 374.Special purpose mathematics units are: KMA161, 162,163, 164, 165, 166, 262.

The prescribed texts listed are those used at the time ofthis publication; however, they may be changed toprovide the best available choice. Students must obtaina booklist from the department office at the beginningof each semester before purchasing any textbooks.

Unit descriptions

KMA152 Calculus 1(Hobart) Review of basic functions. Calculus of onevariable: differentiation, differentiation techniques,implicit differentiation, upper and lower sums,integration, Fundamental Theorem of Calculus,techniques of integration, proper and improperintegrals. Some applications of differentiation andintegration. Sequences, series and power series.Approximation of functions by Taylor series.Introduction to Mathematica.

•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –4x1-hr lectures, 1-hrtutorial, 1-hr lab session weekly • prereq *MT841 or*MT843

KMA153 Data Handling and Statistics 1(Hobart and Launceston) An introduction to themanagement and interpretation of quantitativeinformation. A ‘hands-on’ course, developed using datawhich is drawn from disciplines of relevance to thestudents. Topics include: collecting, processing andpresenting quantitative information; descriptivestatistics for summarising data; data explorationtechniques; the role of chance; sampling; commonlyused statistical methods. Interpreting statisticalinformation; mathematical skills; the concept ofmodelling; use of computers and spreadsheets inmathematical and statistical applications.

•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1/2 –equiv to 3x1-hr lectures,1-hr tutorial, 1-hr lab session weekly • prereq *MT730or *MT841 or *MT843

KMA154 Mathematics Applications 1(Hobart) Applications of the derivative as a rate ofchange. Optimisation (maximum and minimumproblems). Approximation of integrals: Simpson’s andtrapezoidal rules. Differential equations: first orderlinear and separable equations, second order linearequations. Solution of non-linear equations in onevariable: fixed point and Newton’s method.

Solution of systems of linear equations. Matrices.Emphasis on practical applications of mathematics.

•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3x1-hr lectures, 1-hrtutorial, 1-hr lab session weekly • prereq (KMA152 orKMA153) and (*MT841 or *MT843)

KMA155 Mathematics for ComputerScience(Hobart) Functions, sets, equivalence relations, orderrelations, Logic and Boolean algebras. Vector spaces,linear transformations and matrices in 2 and 3dimensions.

•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3x1-hr lectures, 1-hrtutorial, 1-hr lab session weekly • prereq *MT730 or*MT841 or *MT843

KMA161 Mathematics A (Eng)(Launceston) Covers the same material as KMA171 andKMA172, but is conducted over the whole year as partof the Bachelor of Engineering and Bachelor ofTechnology course.

• N.B. restricted BE and BTech students

•Ltn, int & dist.ed •25% •full year –4 hrs weekly• m/excl KMA171, KMA172 • assess 2x3-hr exams(70%), regular written work (30%)• req Thomas GB and Finney RL, Calculus and

Analytical Geometry, 8th edn, Addison-Wesley, 1992.Lay DC, Linear Algebra and its Applications, Addison-

Wesley, 1994.

KMA162 Mathematics for Aquaculture(Launceston) Is designed specifically to meet thepractical mathematical needs of Associate Diploma andDiploma level students of Aquaculture. The unitcomprises basic arithmetic, algebra, trigonometry andstatistics.

• N.B. normally restricted to AssocDip/Dip AppSc inAquaculture students

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –2 hrs lectures, 2 hrs tutorialweekly • m/excl KMA163 • assess 3-hr exam (55%), 3assignments (45%)• req Petocz P, Petocz D and Wood L, Introductory

Mathematics, Thomas Nelson, Melbourne, 1992.

KLAKMA



KMA165 Mathematics in Life Sciences 1(Launceston) Provides a basic understanding of keymathematical concepts used in biological science,particularly statistics and differential calculus. The unitintroduces the use of statistical software.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3 hrs lectures, 1 hr tutorialsweekly • prereq Mathematics Applied Level III or TCEMathematics Applied (recommended), or permissionfrom the lecturer • assess exam (50%), practical work(50%)• req Harsberger RJ and Reynolds JJ, Mathematical

Applications for the Management, Life and Social Sciences,DC Heath, 1992.

KMA166 Mathematics in Life Sciences 2(Launceston) Provides further understanding of keymathematical concepts in biological science,praticularly in calculus. The unit introduces one or twospecies biological modelling.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3 hrs lectures, 1 hr tutorialsweekly • prereq KMA165 • assess exam (50%), practicalwork (50%)• req Harsberger RJ and Reynolds JJ, Mathematical

Applications for the Management, Life and Social Sciences,DC Heath, 1992.

KMA171 Mathematics I(Launceston) Is the first unit in the mathematicssequence and provides an introduction to several areasof mathematics of immediate applicability in otherfields. The theme of mathematical modelling whichpervades the sequence is initiated, beginning withdirect applications of theory and with the formalising ofsimplified problems. Studies cover differential calculusand applications, integral calculus –techniques up topartial fractions; applications to areas, moments,volumes, arc lengths. Solution of first-order separabledifferential equations; linear algebra –solution ofsystems of linear equations by Gauss-Jordan reduction,and the inverse matrix; determinants; complex numbersup to de Moivre’s theorem; real functions up to inversehyperbolic functions; and the principles of graphingdata.

•Ltn, int & dist.ed •12.5% •sem 1 –3 hrs lectures, 1 hrtutorial weekly • prereq *MT841 • assess 3-hr exam(70%), regular written work (30%)• req Lay DC, Linear Algebra and its Applications,

Addison-Wesley, 1994.Thomas GB and Finney RL, Calculus and Analytic

Geometry, 8th edn, Addison-Wesley, 1992.

KMA172 Mathematics II(Launceston) Provides an understanding of: techniquesof differentiation and integration, as applied to a widerange of elementary functions; rigorous definitions of

limit, continuity, derivative, and the relevance of thesedefinitions; applications of standard techniques in thesolution of ordinary first order differential equations;numerical integration; applications of the basicproperties of geometric vectors; and basic features ofvector spaces as abstract structures. Lectures coverlimits, hyperbolic and circular substitutions inintegration, partial differentiation, first order and linearsecond order homogeneous differential equations,sequences and series, vectors, vector spaces, and linearoperators.

•Ltn, int & dist.ed •12.5% •sem 2 –3 hrs lectures, 1 hrtutorial weekly • prereq KMA171 • assess exam (70%),practical work (30%)• req Thomas GB and Finney RL, Calculus and Analytic

Geometry, 8th edn, Addison-Wesley, 1992.Leon SJ, Linear Algebra with Applications, 3rd edn,

Maxwell Macmillan, 1990.

KMA251 Algebra and Applications 2(Hobart) An introduction to algebraic structures,including groups and rings. Applications of algebra,including switching circuits and coding.

•Hbt, int •16.67% •sem 2 –4x1-hr lectures, 2x1-hrtutorials weekly • prereq one of KMA103, 102, 105, 152,154, 155

KMA252 Calculus 2(Hobart) Calculus of several variables. Introduction toFourier series. Vector spaces, norms and innerproducts.

•Hbt, int •16.67% •sem 1 –5x1-hr lectures, 1-hrtutorial, 1-hr lab session weekly • prereq one ofKMA102, 105, 152, 154

KMA253 Data Handling and Statistics 2(Hobart) Extension of the concepts, methods and toolsintroduced in KMA153. The course covers the followingareas: Design of investigations and surveys.Introduction to inferential statistics: estimation andtesting, likelihood, efficiency, least squares, Bayesmethods, rank methods. Commonly used statisticalmethods: chi-squared tests, analysis of variance,regression analysis and nonparametric methods.Extension of mathematical skills, and furtherapplications of models. Development of skills in usingstatistical computing packages.

•Hbt, int •16.67% •sem 2 –4x1-hr lectures, 1-hrtutorial, 1-hr lab session weekly • prereq one ofKMA153, 152, 151

KMA254 Mathematical Analysis &Applications 2(Hobart) Introduction to real analysis. Properties ofreal-valued continuous functions including uniform



Units

continuity and convergence. Metric spaces. Modellingphenomena which involve continuous change.Ordinary differential equations with applications.Dynamical systems.

•Hbt, int •16.67% •sem 2 –4x1-hr lectures, 1-hrtutorial, 1-hr lab sessions weekly • prereq one ofKMA152, 102, 105

KMA255 Operations Research 2(Hobart) Optimisation and linear programming. Topicsfrom: geometric method, simplex, duality, dualsimplex, transportation and assignment problems,quadratic programming, integer programming. Graphsand Networks. Topics from: elementary combinatoricsand graph theory, including networks, counting, timeand task management, optimisation and game theory.

•Hbt, int •16.67% •sem 1 –4x1-hr lectures, 1-hrtutorial, 1-hr lab session weekly • prereq any Yr-1Maths unit

KMA262 Mathematics II (Eng)(Launceston) Presents methods for the translation ofreal engineering problems into mathematical form, andmathematical techniques for the solution of suchproblems. Semester 1 lectures cover: second order,ordinary differential equations including Euler-Cauchyand Bessel equations, Laplace transformations, powerseries solutions, Fourier series, vectors, vector functionsand Green’s, Divergence, and Stokes’ theorems; basicprobability and statistics including distributionalmodels, line and curve fitting and quality control. InSemester 2 lectures cover: vector spaces, lineartransformations, eigenvalue problem,orthogonalisation, diagonalisation, systems ofdifferential equations; and quadratic forms.

• N.B. restricted to Engineering students

•Ltn, int & dist.ed •18.75% •full year –sem 1: 4contact hrs weekly lectures/tutorials; sem 2: 1 hrlecture, 1 hr tutorial weekly • prereq KMA161 • assessexam (50%); continuous assessment (50%)• req Kreyszig E, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 7th

edn, Wiley, 1993.Lay DC, Linear Algebra and its Applications, Addison-

Wesley, 1994.Thomas GB and Finney RL, Calculus and Analytic

Geometry, 8th edn, Addison-Wesley, 1992.

KMA263 Mathematics II (Tech)(Launceston) For details of this unit, contact thedepartment.

KMA265 Computational Mathematics &Linear Algebra (Geomatics)(Hobart) Fundamental numerical processes forobtaining approximate but useful solutions to

mathematical models. Topics include: errors incomputations; solution of linear and non-linearequations; approximation of functions; numericalintegration and differentiation; eigenvalues andeigenvectors with applications to differential equationsand optimisation. Vector methods, linear algebra andmatrix theory and some applications to sphericaltrigonometry and geometric transformations.

• N.B. this unit is for Geomatics students

• Staff Dr J D Donaldson, Dr A Kelarev •Hbt, int•16.67% •sem 1 –4x1-hr lectures, 1-hr tutorial, 1-hrlab session weekly • prereq one of KMA152, 154, 102

KMA271 Mathematics III(Launceston) Commences with a development of thebasic ideas of year one mathematics in the areas ofvector algebra and the solution of ordinary differentialequations to second order. Attention is given to seriessolutions, Laplace Transforms, special functions. Theunit concentrates on: the calculus of several variablesincluding vector calculus; multiple integrals –methods,relationships, applications.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –5 contact hrs weekly, mixedlecture/tutorial/practical • prereq KMA172 • assessexam (70%), practical work (30%)• req Kreyszig E, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 7th

edn, Wiley, 1993.

KMA272 Mathematics IV – IntroductoryApplied Statistics(Launceston) Encompasses: (a) Descriptive statisticsand basic ideas of data analysis –data and theirdistributions, graphs and summaries, comparison andassociation; (b) Probability notions –discrete andcontinuous variables, distribution functions, densityfunctions, expected value, moments; (c) Discrete andcontinuous distribution models –binomial,multinomial, Poisson, normal (Gaussian), chi-squared,exponential; (d) Sampling and sampling variation,estimation, likelihood; size and power of a test,Neyman-Pearson hypothesis testing and critiques; testsfor differences between and among groups, forgoodness-of-fit, and for independence in contingencytables; introduction to order statistics and non-parametric tests, robust alternatives; and (e) Linearregression and correlation –models, fitting criteria,residuals, estimation and tests; and linearisingtransformation.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –5 hrs weekly • prereqKMA171 • assess 3-hr exam (50%), practical dataanalytic tasks (40%), 1-hr test (10%)• req Koopmans LH, Introduction to Contemporary

Statistical Methods, 2nd edn, Duxbury, BostonMassachusetts, 1987.

KMA



KMA350 Computational Techniques 3(Hobart) Fundamental numerical processes forobtaining approximate but useful solutions tomathematical models. Topics include: errors incomputations; solution of linear and non-linearequations; approximation of functions; numericalintegration and differentiation; eigenvalues andeigenvectors with applications to differential equationsand optimisation.


KMA351 Algebra and Applications 3(Hobart) Advanced algebra, including the developmentand application of structure theorems for various typesof algebras.

•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3x1-hr lectures, 1-hrtutorial, 1-hr lab sessions weekly • prereq KMA251 orKMA203

KMA352 Analysis 3(Hobart) Further studies of Hilbert and Banach spaces.Linear operators. Measure theory. Applications fromBanach’s fixed point theorem, integral equations,approximation theory and Fourier series. Functionalanalysis.

•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3x1-hr lectures, 1-hrtutorial, 1-hr lab sessions weekly • prereq KMA254 orKMA204

KMA353 Data Handling and Statistics 3(Hobart) Extension of the concepts, methods and toolsintroduced in KMA253. A ‘hands-on’ course in whichthe emphasis is on the development of skills in theselection and application of statistical methods and thepresentation of statistical results. Statisticalmethodology covered in the course will be selectedfrom the following: analysis of variance applied in thearea of experimental designs; generalised linearmethodology; multivariate statistical methodology;methods for analysing frequency data; methodology forstudying data collected over time. Expertise withstatistical computing packages will be extended.

•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3x1-hr lectures, 1-hrtutorial, 1-hr lab session weekly • prereq KMA253 orKMA151

KMA354 Mathematical Analysis &Applications 3(Hobart) Partial differential equations models:modelling of physical phenomena; classification ofsecond order partial differential equations; separationof variables and Fourier series; numerical solutions;

elementary perturbation theory; random processes; andcharacteristics of first order equations. Complexanalysis: the fundamental notions of calculus andanalysis (convergence, sequences and series,differentiation and integration) for complex variables;Cauchy’s theorem and its consequences.

•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3x1-hr lectures, 1-hrtutorial, 1-hr lab session weekly • prereq KMA252 orKMA202

KMA355 Operations Research 3(Hobart) Applied Probability. Topics from: Poissonpoint processes, Markov chains, branching processes,population growth models, queuing theory. Codingand Cryptology. Topics from: Boolean algebra,combinatorics, cryptology, algebraic coding theory andlinear feedback shift registers.


KMA356 Principles of Statistics 3(Hobart) Topics from: maximum likelihood, likelihoodratio tests, sufficiency, general linear models and leastsquares, generalised linear models, statisticalcomputing.


KMA357 Topics in AdvancedMathematics 3(Hobart) Selected topics from geometry, combinatorics,set theory, topology, number theory and history ofmathematics.


KMA371 Mathematics Va(Launceston) Consists of two parts: (a) provides anintroduction to the properties of real numbers and asystematic introduction to the spaces used in functionalanalysis; and (b) introduces complex variables,analytical functions and complex integration withapplications.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3 hrs lectures, 1 hr tutorialweekly • prereq KMA271 • assess exam in June (50%),practical work (50%).

KMA372 Mathematics Vb(Launceston) Includes methodology of operationsresearch –the role of models and communication;quantitative techniques for decision-making; linearprogramming; project scheduling; quality management;



Units

inventory; and maintenance scheduling.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –4 hrs weekly • prereq(KMA171 and 272) or (KMA165 and 166) • assess 3-hrexam (60%), 2 written assignments (40%)• req Taha HA, Operations Research: an introduction, 5th

edn, Maxwell Macmillan, 1992.

KMA373 Mathematics VIa(Launceston) Consists of two parts: (a) introducesnumerical methods for the solution of large systems oflinear equations, ordinary and partial differentialequations; and (b) examines the theoretical aspects ofthe numerical methods in part (a), and solutions ofpartial differential equations which occur commonly inapplications.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3 hrs lectures, 1 hr tutorialweekly • prereq KMA271 • assess exam (50%), practicalwork (50%).

KMA374 Mathematics VIb –Intermediate Applied Statistics

(Launceston) Includes: multiple regression; analysis ofvariance as linear model; computer packages forstatistical analysis; introduction to statistical modelling;and an introduction to two of the following (dependingon student interests): autocorrelation and time series;multivariate analysis; experimental design.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –4 hrs weekly • prereqKMA272 or (KMA165 and KMA166) • assess 2-hourexam (40%), practical data analytic tasks (60%)• req Myers RL, Classical and Modern Regression with

Applications, 2nd edn, Duxbury, 1990.

MATHEMATICS HONOURS

KMA400/401 Mathematics Honours Fulltime/Part time(Hobart) The honours program extends the knowledgeof students to the frontiers of research throughcoursework in several areas of mathematics. Studentsare prepared for a career in mathematics and areexpected to gain an ability and understanding of theliterature and an ability to express that understandingin written form. Units are offered in pure and appliedmathematics and statistics. students are required towrite a thesis under the direction of a supervisor. Thethesis is usually a survey. Students start their thesiswork on the first Monday in February and shouldcomplete it by the first week in September.

•Hbt, int •100%/50% •full year –equiv 6-8x1-hrlectures weekly, plus thesis work • prereq BSc withmajor in mathematics or equiv • assess either 20%thesis and 80% coursework or 40% thesis and 60%coursework.

POSTGRADUATE MATHEMATICS

KMA500/501 Graduate Diploma ofScience with Honours (Mathematics)(Hobart) Has the same objectives as KMA400/401. Fulltime/part time ‘umbrella’ code.

KMA571 Project 1(Hobart) Is for students enrolled in the GraduateDiploma of Science (Statistical Applications): readingand discussion on statistics. For full details of the unit,contact the Department of Mathematics.

KMA572 Project 2(Hobart) Is for students enrolled in the GraduateDiploma of Science (Statistical Applications): studentpresentations. For full details of the unit, contact theDepartment of Mathematics.

KMA573 Project 3(Hobart) Is for students enrolled in the GraduateDiploma of Science (Statistical Applications):development of computing knowledge and skills. Forfull details of the unit, contact the Department ofMathematics.

KMA574 Project 4(Hobart) Is for students enrolled in the GraduateDiploma of Science (Statistical Applications): evaluationof a prescribed area of statistical methodology. For fulldetails of the unit, contact the Department ofMathematics.

KMA575 Project 5(Hobart) Is for students enrolled in the GraduateDiploma of Science (Statistical Applications): analysis ofdata and report. For full details of the unit, contact theDepartment of Mathematics.

KMA583 Mathematics 4 unit(Hobart) Students enrolled in the Graduate Diploma ofScience (Computational Mathematics) course whoundertake Mathematics 4 units use this code if enrollingin an 8.33% (3 point) unit.

KMA586 Mathematics 4 unit(Hobart) Students enrolled in the Graduate Diploma ofScience (Computational Mathematics) course whoundertake Mathematics 4 units use this code if enrollingin two 8.33% (3 point) units or a single 16.67% (6 point)unit.

KMA589 Mathematics 4 unit(Hobart) Students enrolled in the Graduate Diploma ofScience (Computational Mathematics) course who

KMA



undertake Mathematics 4 units use this code if enrollingin units with a total weight of 25% (9 points).

KMA590 Computational MathematicsProject(s)(Hobart) For details of this unit, contact the Departmentof Mathematics.

MATHEMATICS FOR ENGINEERS

KME271 Engineering Mathematics(Hobart) Calculus of several variables. Introduction toFourier series.

•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3x1-hr lectures, 1-hrtutorial, 1-hr lab session weekly • prereq KMA152 andKMA154 or KMA102

KME300 Numerical Methods forEngineers(Hobart) Fundamental numerical processes forobtaining approximate but useful solutions tomathematical models. Topics include: errors incomputations; solution of linear and non-linearequations; approximation of functions; numericalintegration and differentiation; eigenvalues andeigenvectors with applications to differential equationsand optimisation.

•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3x1-hr lectures, 1-hrtutorial, 1-hr lab session weekly • prereq KMA152 andKMA154 or KMA102

Plant Science – Department of PlantScience at Hobart

Botany (Plant Science)Students who hope to make a career in Botany (PlantScience) are advised to enrol in the following units:

First year

KPA151 Botany 1G [25%]

and either KRA110 or KRA130 (strongly recommended)KRA110 Chemistry 1A [25%]KRA130 Chemistry 1B [25%]

Among other units chosen from Group 1 (level 100) tomake up a total of 100%, it is sensible to include KSA151and (KMA153 & KMA154 or KYA171 & KYA172 orKCA151 & KCA152)KZA151 Zoology 1E [25%]KMA153 Data Handling and Statistics [12.5%] andKMA154 Mathematic Applications [12.5%]KYA171 Applied Physics [12.5%] andKYA172 Biological Physics [12.5%]KCA151 Computer Programming [12.5%] andKCA152 Software Process 1 [12.5%]

Second year

KPA200 Botany 2 [33.33%]

and [66.67%] from units of the student’s own choice.

Third year

Before enrolling in third-year units students are advised todiscuss their proposed units with lecturing staff and theirSub-Dean.

100%, including at least 50% from the following:

KPA371 Alternative Terrestrial Lifestyles– The Fungi [12.5%]

KPA372 Aquatic Botany [12.5%]KPA373 Cell Biology [12.5%]KPA374 Evolution and Biodiversity [12.5%]KPA376 Genetics [12.5%]KPA377 Molecular Evolution [12.5%]KPA378 Plant [12.5%]KPA379 Plant Ecology [12.5%]

GeneticsStudents wishing to specialise in Genetics should basetheir course on the following recommendations.

First year

A course similar to that recommended for first year PlantScience.

Second year

KPA200 Botany 2 [33.33%]CBA250 Biochemistry & Microbiology [33.33%]

and 33.33% of the student’s own choice.

Third year

Units totalling 100%, including:KPA376 Genetics [12.5%]KPA373 Cell Biology [12.5%]KPA377 Molecular Evolution [12.5%]

and 62.5% from Group 3 – Botany, Biochemistry andMicrobiology, ensuring a 50% major is completed.

Forest EcologyA 4-year Bachelor of Science with Honours course

Ecology of Australia’s ForestsInterest in forest ecology has always been strong inAustralia, and particularly in Tasmania. However thiswas strengthened in 1991 when a Centre for Forestry(Cooperative Research Centre for TemperateHardwood Forestry ) was established by the FederalGovernment on campus at the University of Tasmania.As a result strong links have been developed betweenthe university and CSIRO Forestry and Forest Products,Forestry Tasmania and major forest companies insouthern Australia involving a wide variety of researchprojects. One of the key aims of this Centre was toestablish a centre of excellence of training in forestry.



Units

As well as having the research expertise and theinfrastructural support, Tasmania is an ideal place toconduct research in forest ecology. Open drysclerophyll woodland, tall wet sclerophyll forests,rainforests and montane forests are easily accessible, allwithin a 20 minute drive from the University in Hobart.Recently there has been intense debate over theutilisation and protection of forests, with Tasmania’sforests in the forefront. This debate will be well servedby the establishment of more rigorous scientific datasets on which to base arguments. The intention of thiscourse is to produce graduates who have the ability toformulate and undertake research programs which willadd significantly to our understanding of Australianforest ecology and to ensuring our forests are managedsustainably.

4-Year BSc Honours CourseThis course provides opportunities for students whoare interested in receiving training in scientific researchin the area of forest ecology but do not wish to studythe managerial aspects of forestry (this is offered by theForestry Schools at ANU and Melbourne University).We are seeking accreditation for the course, so that aForest Ecology graduate is eligible for membership ofthe Institute of Foresters of Australian.The course links the study of terrestrial botany, plantgeography, agriculture and zoology with the earthsciences and mathematics. Students enrolled in thiscourse will come into contact with senior scientists fromfederal and state instrumentalities on a regular basis,especially during the fourth year.The training provided within this course will see yougraduate with a very strong scientific background andyou will be well placed to compete for jobs in a widerange of institutions across Australia, but particularlyfor research positions in the forest industry, eitherwithin government instrumentalities or privateindustry.

Prerequisites for the course

As well as fulfilling the usual matriculationrequirements, students entering the course require as aminimum TCE or pretertiary Chemistry (level C) andMathematics (Stage 2). Alternative prerequisites may bediscussed with the course coordinator.

Course structure

The course structure and schedule of units for thiscourse are detailed in the BSc Schedule D, on page 88.

Marine, Freshwater and AntarcticBiologyInterest in aquatic resources has always been strong inAustralia, and particularly in Tasmania where it hasbeen fostered by the relocation of the CSIRO Divisionsof Fisheries Research and Oceanography to Hobart andthe Antarctic Division headquarters to Kingston. The

Secretariat of the Commission for the Conservation ofAntarctic Marine Living Resources, the only Australian-based international commission, is also located inHobart.Mariculture industries in Tasmania are growing rapidlyand require scientifically and technologically trainedstaff.For Aquaculture courses offered at the Launcestoncampus, see KQA-.The Institute of Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studiesand a Cooperative Research Centre for the Antarcticand Southern Ocean Environment have both beenestablished on the University’s Hobart campus as a keycentre for teaching and research. These developmentshave contributed to making Hobart the centre foraquatic and Antarctic biological research in southernAustralia.It was in this setting that the University introduced astructured four-year Honours course in Marine,Freshwater and Antarctic Biology. This course providesstudents with an opportunity to gain a recognisedqualification in aquatic biology. It links the study ofaquatic botany and aquatic zoology with chemistry,biochemistry, microbiology and mathematics. The firstthree years of the course comprises a mix ofcompulsory and elective units. Students must discusstheir plans with the course coordinator. Somecombinations of units may not be available because oftimetable clashes or the need to satisfy prerequisites.Students intending to enrol in Marine, Fresh-water andAntarctic Biology, a special four-year program inscience which is offered by the Departments of PlantScience and Zoology at Hobart, must consult the coursecoordinator before entering the program.Coordinator: Assoc Prof DA Ritz (Zoology)

Course structure

The course structure and schedule of units for thiscourse are detailed in the BSc Schedule D, on page 89.For further information on this course, contact theDepartment of Zoology.

Unit descriptions

KPA150 Botany 1GProvides an introduction to Botany and covers topicsincluding: the structure and origin of flowering plants;sexual reproduction in flowering plants; the physiologyof flowering plants; the fine structure of plant cells; anda systematic survey of bacteria, algae, fungi and landplants, with emphasis on life-histories and evolutionarytrends. A core component, shared with Zoology 1G,will cover topics including: cell biology, geneticsmolecular biology and evolution.• N.B. (i) students enrolled for the first time in Botanyand Zoology concurrently at first year level must enrol

KMEKPA



in KPA150 Botany 1G and KZA151 Zoology 1E.(ii) students who have passed KZA150 Zoology 1G, andnow wish to study Botany at first year level, must enrolin KPA151 Botany 1E.(iii) students are advised to seek course advice atenrolment.• Staff Dr A Koutoulis (Coordinator), Assoc Prof GMHallegraeff, Mr PJ Dalton, and Dept of Zoology staff•Hbt, int •25% •full year –3 lectures , 3-hr lab sessionweekly, some lectures and/or practicals may be taughtin tutorial mode • prereq 2 of: *CH856, (*MT841 or*MT730), *BY826, (*PH866 or *SC786) • m/excl KPA151,KZA150, KPA100, KPA116, KPZ101, KPZ160 • assess2hr exam and 1hr exam at the end of each sem (60%),sem work throughout the year (40%)• req a laboratory manualRaven PH, Evert R and Eichhorn S, Biology of Plants, 5th

edn, Worth.

KPA151 Botany 1EProvides an introduction to Botany and covers topicsincluding: the structure and origin of flowering plants;sexual reproduction in flowering plants; the physiologyof flowering plants; the fine structure of plant cells; anda systematic survey of bacteria, algae, fungi and landplants, with emphasis on life-histories and evolutionarytrends. A core component, shared with Zoology 1E, willintroduce fundamental concepts in ecology andexperimental design.• N.B. (i) this unit is only offered to students who havepassed KZA150 Zoology 1G.(ii) students enrolled for the first time in Botany andZoology concurrently at first year level must enrol inKPA150 Botany 1G and KZA151 Zoology 1E.(iii) students who have passed KZA150 Zoology 1G,and now wish to study Botany at first year level, mustenrol in KPA151 Botany 1E.(iv) students are advised to seek course advice atenrolment.• Staff Dr A Koutoulis (Coordinator), Assoc Prof GMHallegraeff, Mr PJ Dalton, and Dept of Zoology staff•Hbt, int •25% •full year –3 lectures , 3-hr lab sessionweekly, some lectures and/or practicals may be taughtin tutorial mode • prereq KZA150 • m/excl KPA150,KZA151, KPA100, KPA116, KPZ101, KPZ160 • assess2hr exam and 1hr exam at the end of each sem (60%),sem work throughout the year (40%)• req a laboratory manualRaven PH, Evert R and Eichhorn S, Biology of Plants, 5th

edn, Worth.

KPA200 Botany 2Includes: (a) Lectures –study of anatomy, physiology,ecology, taxonomy, genetics, evolution andmorphology of plants; (b) Laboratory work –an

introduction to the ecology, genetics, and taxonomy oflocal plant communities, the anatomical andmorphological structure of land plants and algae; and abasic study of plant physiology; and (c) Field work –aweekend excursion held in semester 1 to examine plantcommunities.• Staff Dr R JE Wiltshire (Coordinator), Prof RS Hill, DrRE Vaillancourt, Mr AK Mills •Hbt, int •33.33% •fullyear –3 lectures and 6 hrs practical weekly • prereqKPA100 and (KPZ160 (preferred) or KPZ101(alternative)) • assess theory exams (60%), practicalassessment (40%)• req a laboratory manual, andCurtis WM, The Students Flora of Tasmania, Parts 1 (2nd

edn), 2 and 3, Government Printer, Tasmania.

KPA371 Alternative TerrestrialLifestyles – The FungiExamines a number of groups of very diverseorganisms most often called fungi which have evolvedalong very different pathways when compared todominant terrestrial plants. Initial emphasis in bothlectures and practical classes is placed on phylogenicand taxonomic relationships of these organisms. This isfollowed by a survey of the symbiotic associations withmany other living organisms, an analysis of selectedattributes of the physiology of some locally isolatedfungi, an introduction to fungal ecology and anintroduction to simple industrial mycology.• Staff Mr A Mills •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –28lectures, 39 hrs lab work, one-day field excursion• prereq KPA200 or equiv as arranged with Dept • m/excl KPA323 • assess exam (60%), practical work andassignments (40%).

KPA372 Aquatic BotanyProvides instruction in the biodiversity and phylogenyof algal groups and allied protists, physico-chemicallimnology and oceanography, phytoplankton ecology,micropaleontology, seaweeds, harmful algal bloomsand aquatic food webs. Particular reference is made tostudies in Australian, Antarctic and Southern Oceanwaters. Applied phycological research and implicationsfor environmental monitoring and aquaculture areemphasised.• Staff Dr G Hallegraeff, Dr A McMinn •Hbt, int•12.5% •sem 1 –28 lectures/tutorials, 14x3-hrpractical sessions; Microscopy, full-day Derwent Rivercruise, a seaweed excursion, and a visit to CSIRODivision of Marine Research will be a major part of thepracticals • prereq KPA200 or equiv as arranged withDept • m/excl KPA346 • assess assignment (25%), end-of-sem written exam (50%), practical exam (25%)

KPA373 Cell BiologyExamines a range of cell biological processes currentlybeing researched in laboratories across the world.



Units

Topics include: the cytoskeleton, the eukaryoteflagellum, cell motility, molecular motors, mitosis, celldivision, cell cycle control, spatial organisation, plantcell development, organogenesis, plant sexualreproduction, plant tissue culture and gene transfersystems. Students will: (i) be provided with informationconcerning current approaches to these research areas;and (ii) gain practical experience with some currentbiotechnology techniques. This course is designed toprovide students with a general understanding of cellbiology and will include discussions on futuredirections.• Staff Dr A Koutoulis •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –28lectures (some of which will take the form of tutorials),42 hrs practical work. • prereq for 1998: KPA200 orKLA230 or (KPA100 and [CBA211 or CBA230]); for1999: KPA200 or (KPA100 and CBA250); for 2000:KPA200 or (KPA150 and CBA250); alternative prereqsmay be accepted after consultation with the lecturer• m/excl KPA354, KPA355 • assess theory exam (60%),sem work (40%).

KPA374 Evolution and BiodiversityAustralia is one of the botanically megadiversecontinents, and this is largely the result of a uniquecombination of events over the past 65 million years.The most important of these were connection toGondwana during a time of rapid speciation followedby long isolation, major climatic change as a result ofchanges in ocean currents and Australia’s movementthrough tens of degrees of latitude, increasingly lowsoil nutrient levels, and a developing fire regime. In thiscourse the response of the living vegetation to factorssuch as drought, frost, low soil nutrients, fire,photoperiod and atmospheric CO2 levels is combinedwith an examination of the plant fossil record toreconstruct the development of the living vegetation.Major migration pathways for the SouthernHemisphere flora are examined, as are evolutionarypatterns in response to climate change within key taxa.• Staff Prof RS Hill •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –21lectures, 7 tutorials, 14x3-hr practical sessions; most ofthe practical time is devoted to project work • prereqKPA200 • m/excl KPA360 • assess 3-hr exam (60%),written practical report (25%), essay (10%), tutorialperformance (5%).

KPA375 Field BotanyA field-based unit, based at the Mt Field National Parkfor five days and at the Hobart campus for three days.Students will examine a wide range of Tasmanianvegetation types including: buttongrass moorland,sclerophyll forests, rainforests, subalpine woodland andalpine communities. Ecological processes shaping thesecommunities are discussed and students will becomefamiliar with the main floristic components in eachcommunity. Temporal change in community

composition and structure will be examined usingforestry regeneration sites of known ages. Variationwithin species along environmental gradients, andinterspecific hybridisation between species, will beexamined in natural populations and in experimentaltrials. This unit is essental for students interested inbotany, ecology and/or land management.• Staff Prof JB Reid, Dr RJE Wiltshire •Hbt, int •12.5%•sem 3 –informal lectures throughout unit and 8 daysof field work • prereq KPA200 • m/excl KPA304.

KPA376 GeneticsExamines the fields of developmental genetics, generegulation, genetic control of hormone production andhormone physiology. The unit aims to provide a broadunderstanding of control of plant development fromthe molecular level through to the whole plant level. Ituses the pwoer of genetics to dissect these processessince this is the method of choice amongstcontemporary researchers. The practical work involvesa research project to suit individual student interestsbased upon either glasshouse or laboratory studiesusing state-of-the-art techniques.• Staff Prof JB Reid •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –28lectures, 14x3-hr practical sessions • prereq KPA200 or(KPZ101 or 160 and CBA211); alt prereq may beaccepted after consultation with lecturer • m/exclKPA336 • assess 3-hr exam (60%), research project(40%).

KPA377 Molecular EvolutionProvides theoretical and practical experience on the useof molecular tools to study evolution, natural history.The first part of the lecture series will introduce modernlaboratory techniques and describe the nature of thegenetic data provided by each method. The second partwill focus on the evolution of macromolecules. Thethird and largest lecture series will cover specificexamples and topics where molecular markers havebeen used, such as: spatial distribution of clones;paternity and maternity analysis (fingerprinting); geneflow; speciation and hybridisation; phylogeny;conservation genetics; phylogeny; plant improvement.The practical component will provide training forstudents interested in research and the application ofmolecular methods to forestry and agriculture.• Staff Dr R Vaillancourt •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –28 lectures, 42 hrs practical/tutorial • prereq KPA200• m/excl KPA370 • assess exam (70%), practical reports(30%).

KPA378 Plant Science ResearchInvolves a semester long research project, supervisedby a member of the Plant Science staff. It will involve anaverage of 6 hours per week spent planning andcompleting an individual research project. The aim ofthe unit is to give students some experience in

KPA



individual research in an area of their own choosing.They are encouraged to speak to the course coordinatoror individual members of staff before they enrol.Students can expect that staff will have somesuggestions for projects, so that they do not need tohave well developed ideas before beginningdiscussions. Students can undertake this unit in eithersemester, but it must be completed within thatsemester.• Staff Prof RS Hill •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1/2• prereq a minimum of a credit in KPA200 • assessresearch report submitted at end of sem (100%).

KPA379 Plant EcologyDiscusses patterns in the distribution of plants inTasmania, the processes shaping the vegetation atpresent, and the appropriate methodology to determineeach. This will involve both theoretical and practicalexamination of plant community structure, usingquantitative ecological and ecophysiologicaltechniques. The practical component will be acombination of field work and an introduction toanalysis of ecological data.• Staff Dr RJE Wiltshire •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –21lectures, 7 tutorials, 14x3-hr practical sessions (5 in thefield), 1-day field work on a weekend • prereq KPA200• coreq KPA375 • m/excl KPA335 • assess 3-hr exam(60%), internal assessment (40%)

PLANT SCIENCE – HONOURS

KPA400/401 Botany 4 Full time/Part timePrerequisite: a Science degree with at least a credit levelBotany major. Special cases are considered on theirindividual merits, e.g. other degrees, insufficientweighting in botany.Students are required: (a) to present a reading thesisresulting from a detailed evaluation of literature in aprescribed field of study; and (b) to carry out anintensive research project on an approved topic under asupervisor approved by the Board of Studies in Science,and to present the findings in a research thesis. Threecopies of both the reading and the research thesis(typed on A4 paper and bound) shall be submitted,generally by mid-November for students commencingin February. However, a later date may be agreed uponbut this shall not be later than 12 months from the dateof commencing study. Alternative starting dates, suchas mid-year will be considered. In addition, studentsmay be required to undertake additional work at thediscretion of the Head of Department, e.g. seminars,research applications, other coursework.•Hbt, int •100%/50% • prereq a Science degree withat least a credit level in a Botany major. Special caseswill be considered on their individual merits, e.g. otherdegrees, insufficient botany points.

GENETICS – HONOURS

KPA410/411 Genetics 4 Full time/ParttimePrerequisite: Students should have a Science degreewith at least a credit level major in botany, zoology, orbiochemistry with units oriented towards genetics.Students will also required a solid background inchemistry, microbiology or mathematics. Alternativeprerequisites will be considered on their individualmerits.Students are required: (a) to present a reading thesisresulting from a detailed evaluation of literature in aprescribed field of study; and (b) to carry out anintensive research project on an approved topic under asupervisor approved by the Board of Studies in Science,and to present the findings in a research thesis. Threecopies of both the reading and the research thesis(typed on A4 paper and bound) shall be submitted,generally by 1 December for students commencing inFebruary. However, a later date may be agreed uponbut this shall not be later than 12 months from the dateof commencing study. Alternative starting dates, suchas mid-year will be considered. In addition, studentsmay be required to undertake additional work at thediscretion of the Head of Department, e.g. seminars,research applications, other coursework. All honoursstudents may be required to sit examinations in specialtopics.•Hbt, int •100%/50% • prereq a science degree with atleast a credit level in an appropriate major which hasincluded genetically orientated units. Appropriatemajors include botany, zoology or biochemistry. A solidbackground in chemistry, microbiology or mathematicsis required. Alternative prerequisites will be consideredon their merits • assess all honours students may berequired to sit exams in special topics.

MARINE, FRESHWATER AND ANTARCTIC BIOLOGY

– HONOURS

KPA450/451 Marine, Freshwater andAntarctic Biology (Honours) Full time/Part timeStudents who have completed a BSc and have satisfiedthe course prerequisites will be permitted to enrol inhonours in Marine, Freshwater and Antarctic Biologyprovided (a) they have achieved an adequate standard,normally at least 33.33% of credits in Group 3 units, and(b) there are a suitable project and a supervisoravailable.The honours year includes: (a) Directed studies andattendance at seminars given mainly by scientists andadministrators from outside the University, e.g. CSIRODivisions of Fisheries Research and Oceanography, the



Units

Antarctic Division, Inland Fisheries Commission,interstate and international visitors; (b) a reading thesisresulting from a detailed evaluation of literature in aprescribed field of study; and (c) A research project ofabout 8 months duration.(Microbiology students enrol in KLA455 or 456; PlantScience students in KPA450 or 451; and Zoologystudents in KZA450 or 451).•Hbt, int •100%/50%.

FOREST ECOLOGY – HONOURS

KPA460/461 Forest Ecology (Honours)Full time/Part timeStudents who have completed a BSc and have satisfiedthe course prerequisites will be permitted to enrol inhonours in Forest Ecology provided: (a) they haveachieved an adequate standard, normally at least 50%of credits in Group 3 units, and (b) there are a suitableproject and a supervisor available.The honours year includes: (a) A research project of sixmonths duration, normally be carried out in theDepartment of Plant Science, but after consultation withthe course coordinator may be carried out in otherappropriate departments such as Zoology, AgriculturalScience, Geography and Environmental Studies orMathematics; (b) A reading thesis based on a review ofliterature or other coursework as appropriate; (c) thestudy of KGA381 Environmental Impact Assessment;and (d) Directed studies and attendance at seminarsgiven by research scientists working in the field (e.g.CSIRO Forestry and Forest Products and the EcologicalSociety of Australia).•Hbt, int •100% /50%.

POSTGRADUATE UNITS

KPA500/501 Graduate Diploma ofScience with Honours (Botany)Has the same objectives as KPA400/401. Full time/parttime ‘umbrella’ code.

KPA510 Graduate Diploma of Sciencewith Honours (Genetics)Has the same objectives as KPA410/411. Full time‘umbrella’ code.• N.B. for those enrolling in the Graduate Diploma ofScience with Honours (Forest Ecology) the unit has the sameobjectives as KPA460/461

KPA520/521 Graduate Diploma ofScience with Honours (ForestProcesses) Full time/Part timeAims at training or retraining technical/researchworkers for the forest industry. The topics available

cover a range of disciplines including: tree breedingand genetics, tissue culture, insect or animal ecology,tree physiology and ecology, soil or tree nutrition, andmodelling.• the unit can be tailored to suit the requirements ofeach applicant, but generally comprises the followingcomponents: course work (15%), reading thesis (25%),experimental thesis (50%), and seminar (10%). The unitmay be taken on a part-time or full-time basis. • prereqa science degree or equiv. with at least passes in unitsappropriate to the proposed research topic. Specialcases may be considered on their individual merits• assess students are required: (a) to present a readingthesis resulting from a detailed evaluation of literaturein a prescribed field of study; and (b) to carry out anintensive research project on an approved topic under asupervisor approved by the Board of Studies in Science,and to present the findings in a research thesis. Threecopies of both the reading and the research thesis(typed on A4 paper and bound) shall be submitted,generally by mid-November for students commencingin February. However, a later date may be agreed uponbut this shall not be later than 12 months from the dateof commencing study. Alternative starting dates, suchas mid-year will be considered. Students may berequired to undertake additional work at the discretionof the Head of Department, e.g. seminars, researchapplications, other coursework, and to attend seminars.

Aquaculture, Biology – Departmentof Aquaculture at Launceston

KQA110 Zoology for AquacultureProvides a general introduction to the biology ofaquatic animals, and investigates phylogeneticassociations, morphology and aspects of physiologyand reproduction of invertebrates and vertebrates ofimportance to aquaculture.

• Staff Dr T Pankhurst •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –2x1-hr lectures, 3-hr lab session weekly (14 wks) • assesspractical reports (20%), tests (15%), assignments (15%),3-hr exam (50%)• req Ruppert E and Barnes R, Invertebrate Zoology, 6th

edn, Saunders, Philadelphia, 1991.

KQA113 Fauna of TasmaniaIntroduces students to a diverse range of unicellularorganisms as well as the major multicellularinvertebrate phyla. In the last five weeks the focus shiftsto Sub-phylum Vertebrata. Field trips to terrestrial andfresh-water habitats, a litoral zone and one to observenative Tasmanian vertebrates are undertaken.

• Staff Prof A W Osborn •Ltn, Brn, int •12.5% •sem 1–2x1-hr lectures, 3-hr practical (some in the form offield trips) weekly (14 wks), an all-day weekend field

KPAKQA



trip • assess a collection (15%), practical assignments/exam (35%), final exam (50%)• req Dorit RL, Walker WF and Barnes RD, Zoology,

Saunders College Publ, 1991.

KQA120 Applied AlgologyTeaches students the principles and techniques used toculture marine phytoplankton (micro-algae), fromsmall-scale starter cultures, through to production-scale. Micro-algae as feed organisms are intrinsic to theculture of most marine bivalve, crustacean and finfish.Students gain an understanding of the nutritional andrespective algal requirements of these animals. Skillsacquired in this unit are directly applicable in thehatcheries and nurseries servicing aquacultureindustries. Techniques used to culture seaweeds, usedfor human and, or marine animal consumption arediscussed.

• Staff Dr P Thompson •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –2-hrlecture, 3-hr practical weekly (14 wks) • coreq KJC162• assess final theory exam (40%), mid-sem theory exam(30%), practical reports (30%)• req O’Meley CM and Daintith MJ, Algal Cultures for

Marine Hatcheries: Aquaculture Sourcebook , TurtlePress, Hobart, 1993.

KQA121 Aquatic Ecology IExamines the ecology of freshwater and marineenvironments with emphasis upon primary productionand food webs, community organisation and nutrientdynamics, and the interaction of physical and bioticfactors of the environment. The objective is to provide abasic understanding of general ecological principleswith respect to aquatic environments, and to lay theground work for more specific examination, insubsequent units, of the ecology of aquaculture systemsand species.

• Staff Dr T Pankhurst, Assoc Prof NW Pankhurst•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –2-hr lecture weekly (14wks) 8x3-hr lab sessions and 2x3-hr field trips • prereqKQA110 • assess practical reports (30%), assignments(20%), 3-hr exam (50%)• req Barnes RSK and Mann KH (eds), Fundamentals of

Aquatic Ecology, 2nd edn, Blackwell ScientificPublications, Oxford, 1991.

KQA122 GeneticsCovers fundamental aspects of genetics which includeMendelian genetics, population genetics and moleculargenetics. The unit introduces basic principles ofheredity and variation as well as essential theories andconcepts of gene replication, expression, mutation,regulation and genetic engineering. Lectures providestudents with a broad background in genetics.Practicals/tutorials are designed to complement andenhance the lectures and to develop students’ abilities

to solve practical problems in genetics.

• Staff Dr Y Li, Prof N Forteath •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem2 –2-hr lecture, 3-hr practical/tutorial weekly • assesspractical reports and assignments (30%), final theoryexam (70%)• req Klug WS and Cummings, Essentials of Genetics,

2nd edn, Prentice Hall, 1996.

KQA124 Introductory AquacultureTechnologyIntroduces students to workshop management,occupational health and safety issues, buildingmaterials, tank and pipe construction, metal and plasticwelding, fibreglassing, concreting, principles ofelectrical applications, glass aquaria, water qualitytesting, filters, small engines and pumps.

• Staff Prof N Forteath, Mr D Planko, Mr M Hilder•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –2-hr lecture, 3-hr practicalweekly (14 wks) • assess practical reports (30%),practical and theory tests (30%), final theory exam(40%).

KQA125 Laboratory ManagementIntroduces students to workshop management, tankand pipe construction, water mechanics, welding, waterquality testing, biological filtration, and occupationalhealth and safety.

• Staff Mr D Planko, Mr M Hilder •Ltn, int •12.5%•sem 1 –2-hr lecture, 2-hr practical weekly (14 wks)• assess practical and theory tests (60%), final theoryexam (40%).

KQA201 Intensive Algal CulturePhytoplankton are the primary producers of the aquaticfood chain. This unit teaches students the principlesand techniques used to culture marine phytoplankton(micro-algae), from small-scale starter cultures, throughto production-scale. Micro-algae as feed organisms areintrinsic to most marine bivalves, crustaceans andfinfish. Skills acquired in this unit are directlyemployable in the hatcheries and nurseries servicingthe aquaculture industries. Students gain anunderstanding of the nutritional and respective algalrequirements of the animals. Techniques used to cultureseaweeds, used for human and, or marine animalconsumption are discussed. Opportunities for studentsto investigate biotechnological advances in algal cultureare provided.

• Staff Dr P Thompson •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –2x1-hr lectures, 3-hr practical weekly (14 wks) • assess finaltheory exam (40%), mid-sem theory exam (30%),practical reports (30%)• req O’Meley CM and Daintith MJ, Algal Cultures for

Marine Hatcheries, Aquaculture Sourcebook, TurtlePress, Hobart, 1993.



Units

KQA205 Plant PhysiologyIs a study of metabolic and ecophysiological processeswhich sustain the growth of vascular plants. The unitincludes theoretical and practical investigation of plantstructure and function, including an introduction to,mineral nutrition and water uptake, regulation anddevelopment of plant growth, and whole-plantphysiology. Practicals focus on analysis of plant growthand plant-environment relations, e.g. plant waterrelations, photosynthesis and gas exchange.

• Staff Mr GL Unwin •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –2x1-hr lectures, 3-hr practical/tutorial weekly (14 wks)• prereq CRA171 or completion of first-year Chemistry(minimum KJC161 plus KJC162). Other entry statusmay be approved by the Department • assess practicalreports and assignments (30%), final theory exam (70%)• req Raven PH, Evert RF and Eichorn SE, Biology of

Plants, 5th edn, Worth, New York, 1992.

KQA207 General MicrobiologyIs an introduction to microbial groups with specialemphasis on their roles in disease and aquatic ecology.Microbial form, function, genetics, nutrition andmetabolism, habitats and interrelationships arediscussed. Examples of microbial diseases of humansand aquatic animals are considered.

• Staff Dr C Burke •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –2x1-hrlectures, 3-hr practical weekly (14 wks) • m/exclKQA226 • assess practical reports (25%), 1,500-wordessay (10%), semester test (10%), theory exam in June(40%), 3-hr practical exam in May (15%)• req Madigan MT, Martinko JM and Parker J, Biology of

Microorganisms, 8th edn, Prentice Hall, 1997.

KQA210/211 Aquatic Technology I/IITeach students those construction and maintenanceskills required in commercial aquaculture systems.Students also learn the basics of water quality andvarious techniques of achieving high water quality in afarming situation. These units (KQA210, 211) areessential for understanding the Farming AquaticEnvironments units, KQA221-224.

• Staff Prof N Forteath, Dr J Purser •Ltn, int •12.5%•sem 1 –2-hr lecture, 3-hr practical weekly (14 wks) foreach unit • prereq Completion of Year 1 of theAssociate Diploma or Diploma in Aquaculture • assessfor each unit –theory exam in June (30%), practicalexam in June (10%), assignments (10%), tests (20%),project presentations (10%), project contribution (10%)and practical book (10%)• req Hart P and O’Sullivan D (eds), Recirculation

Systems: Design, Construction and Management.Aquaculture Sourcebook, Turtle Press, Hobart, 1993.

• rdg Lawson TB, Fundamentals of AquaculturalEngineering, Chapman and Hall, New York, 1995.

KQA212 Aquatic Ecology IIGives students undertaking Aquaculture Diploma andDegree courses a comprehensive overview of importantecological issues in the aquaculture industry. Thecontent builds on basic ecological principles covered inKQA121 and equivalent units. The unit concentrates onpopulation ecology, environmental monitoring,community surveys and the impact of aquaculture onthe environment. Special emphasis is placed on in-shoremarine and freshwater environments.

• Staff Dr J Purser, Prof N Pankhurst •Ltn, int •12.5%•sem 1 –2-hr lecture, 3-hr practical weekly (14 wks)• prereq KQA121 or equivalent • assess end-of-semtheory exam (40%), tests (10%), practical reports (15%),assignment (15%), resource book (20%)

KQA213 General Microbiology(Aquaculture)Emphasises the roles of microbes in aquaticenvironments and in aquaculture. Microbial form,function, nutrition and metabolism, habitats andinterrelationships are described. Some topical examplesof microbial diseases are considered. The last 3 weeksgive an introduction to histology of fish.

• Staff Dr C Burke, Dr B Nowak •Ltn, int •12.5%•sem 1 –2-hr lecture, 3-hr practical weekly (14 wks)• assess practical reports (35%), 2 sem tests (15%), 3-hrpractical exam (15%), 3-hr theory exam in June (35%)• req Madigan MT, Martinko JM and Parker J, Biology of

Microorganisms, 8th edn, Prentice Hall, 1997Fin Fish Diseases, Postgraduate Committee in Veterinary

Science, Proceedings No. 128, Sydney University, 1990.

KQA214 Technology for AquacultureIntroduces students to important concepts in aquatictechnology involving the construction and operation offarm components. Trips to farming facilities in the Stateare used to demonstrate the varieties of technologiesused. This unit is essential for understanding thehusbandry Intensive Culture units.

• Staff Prof N Forteath, Dr J Purser •Ltn, int •12.5%•sem 1 –2-hr lecture, 3-hr practical equiv weekly (14wks) • assess end-of-sem theory exam (25%), mid-semtheory exam (25%), practical exam (15%), practical book(15%), farm visits (5%), practicals/assignments (15%)• rdg Lawson TB, Fundamentals of Aquacultural

Engineering, Chapman and Hall, New York, 1995.

KQA226 General and MedicalMicrobiologyGives students detailed descriptions of microbialphysiology and genetics. The unit is strongly focusedon microbes which are pathogenic to human beings.Students are taught techniques for isolating andidentifying microbes. Interactions between microbes

KQA



and human beings are described, in particularmechanisms of pathogenesis, and the role of geneticrecombination in the development in new strains.

• Staff Dr C Burke, Mr S Tristram •Ltn, int •12.5%•sem 1 –2-hr lecture, 3-hr practical weekly (14 wks)• prereq CFA276 or CRA101 • m/excl KQA207 • assesspracticals (25%), sem test (10%), 3-hr practical exam inMay (20%), 3-hr theory exam in June (45%)• req McKane L and Kandel J, Microbiology: Essentials

and Applications, 2nd edn, McGraw-Hill, 1996.

KQA227 Forest EcosystemsIntroduces the ecology and evolutionary history ofTasmania’s native forests in relation to the distributionof vegetation. Principles of forest ecology and processeswhich sustain plant and animla interactions withinforest environments are discussed. Practicalimplications for forest management and silviculture arepresented through comparative sampling and analysisof forest environments, species diversity and biologicalproductivity in selected native forests and plantations.Ecosystem processes which contribute to the dynamicsof forests, e.g. regeneration and ageing, succession andresponse to disturbance, are examined in preparationfor subsequent studies in Agroforestry (KQA307).

• Staff Mr GL Unwin •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –5 hrsweekly (14 wks), including lectures, practical/tutorialsessions and fieldwork • prereq KQA205, KQA113;other entry status may be approved by the Department• assess practical reports and assignments (40%), finaltheory exam (60%)• req Kirkpatric JB (ed), Tasmanian Native Bush: a

Management Handbook, Tas Environment Centre,Hobart, 1990.

Recher HF, Lunney D and Dunne I, A Natural Legacy –Ecology in Australia, 2nd edn, Pergamon, Sydney,1986.

KQA228 Intensive Crustacean &Zooplankton CultureProvides an understanding of biological and technicalaspects of culture strategies for crustaceans and non-crustacean zooplankton species that are of commercialor experimental significance.

• N.B. restricted to Aquaculture (degree & GradDip)students

• Staff Dr G Maguire, Dr J Purser •Ltn, int •12.5%•sem 2 –2 hrs lectures, 1-hr tutorial, 2 hrs practicalsweekly (14 wks) • prereq degree students –KQA110and KQA201 • assess mid-sem exam (20%), final exam(30%), practical exam in Nov (15%), practical sessionassessment (15%), assignment (20%)• req Daintith M, Live Feeds for Marine Aquaculture: A

Training Guide, Aquaculture Sourcebook, Turtle Press,Hobart, 1993.

KQA241 Finfish CultureExamines the culture of salmonid fish and otherfreshwater and marine species which are growncommercially or are deemed to have potential foraquaculture.

• Staff Prof N Forteath, Dr J Purser, Dr C Carter •Ltn,int •12.5% •sem 2 –3-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorial, 2-hrpractical weekly (14 wks) • prereq KQA110, KQA210/211 • assess end-of-sem theory exam (30%), mid-semtheory exam (20%), end-of-sem practical exam (15%),farm visits (5%), practical session assignment (15%),assignment (15%).

KQA242 Molluscan CultureOutlines the biology of and commercial andexperimental techniques for relevant molluscan species.

• Staff Prof N Forteath, Dr G Maguire •Ltn, int•12.5% •sem 2 –2-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorial, 2-hrpractical/demonstration weekly • prereq KQA110,KQA210/211 • assess end-of-sem theory exam (30%),mid-sem theory exam (20%), end-of-sem practical exam(15%), farm visits (5%), practical session assignment(15%), assignment (15%).

KQA243 Crustacean & ZooplanktonCultureProvides an understanding of biological and technicalaspects of culture strategies for crustaceans or non-crustacean zooplankton species that are of commercialor experimental significance.

• N.B. restricted to Aquaculture (Associate Diploma andDiploma) students

• Staff Dr G Maguire, Dr J Purser •Ltn, int •12.5%•sem 2 –5 hrs weekly (14 wks) • assess mid-semtheory exam (20%), 2-hr end-of-sem exam (30%),practical exam in Nov (15%), farm visit (5%), practicalsession assessment (15%), assignment (15%)• req Daintith M, Live Feeds for Marine Aquaculture: A

Training Guide, Aquaculture Sourcebook, Turtle Press,Hobart, 1993.

KQA302 Scientific Analysis andPresentation for AquacultureEnables students to apply commonly used statisticalmethods and experimental design strategies. Exercisesin report writing and in the evaluation of journalarticles are undertaken.

• N.B. restricted to Aquaculture students

• Staff Dr G Maguire •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –4 hrsweekly (14 wks) • prereq KXA165 • assess classassignments: writing (5%), manuscript evaluation(20%), statistics assignments (30%), mid-sem exam(15%), final exam (30%).



Units

KQA303 Intensive Molluscan CultureOutlines the biology of and commercial andexperimental farming techniques for relevantmolluscan species.

• Staff Prof N Forteath, Dr G Maguire •Ltn, int•12.5% •sem 2 –2-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorial, 2-hrpractical/demonstration weekly • assess end-of-semtheory exam (30%), mid-sem theory exam (20%), end-of-sem practical exam (15%), practical sessionassessment (15%), assignment (20%).

KQA306 Project in AquacultureDevelops the work ethic, reliability and reportingrequired by the aquaculture industries by givingstudents hands-on project-work supervised by a staffmember. The aim is to provide experience of workingas a part of a group in order to achieve long-term goals.

• N.B. restricted to Aquaculture (Diploma Year 3) students

• Staff Dr C Carter (Coordinator) •Ltn, int •12.5%•sem 1 –average of 6 hrs weekly (14 wks) • assessindividual contribution to project tested by viva orequiv (as specified by project group supervisor) (50%),and project report file (50%).

KQA307 AgroforestryIs a study of principles and techniques for integration offorestry and agriculture in rural land management ofnorthern Tasmania and elsewhere. Ecological andeconomic benefits of combining sustainable farm forestmanagement with agriculture are emphasised in fieldvisits and individual projects. History and causes ofrural tree decline and rural land degradation; fungaland insect vectors of forest disease and plant/animalinteractions are examined in their ecological context.Insect and vertebrate pests of farm trees are identifiedand methods of control are introduced. Principles ofwhole-farm planning are outlined and other topics forstudy include site amelioration and environmentalimpact of trees on farms, species selection, treeestablishment and forest silviculture in combinationwith agriculture, use of wood and non-wood products,marketing and profitability.

• Staff Mr GL Unwin and Prof AW Osborn •Ltn, int•25% •full year –5 hrs weekly (28 wks), includingpracticals and excursions • prereq 1st and 2nd year ofApplied Biology major or equiv • assess practicalassignments (20%), seminar (10%), mid-year test (20%),final exam (50%)• req Cremer KW (ed), Trees for Rural Australia,

CSIRO/Inkata, Melbourne, 1990.

KQA308 Plant BiotechnologyDemonstrates the power of biotechnology in relation toplants. The unit covers specialised areas of genetics andmolecular biology. (a) Plant Tissue Culture (KQA315):

students practise modern, aseptic techniques for invitro micropropagation such as establishment of callus,shoot, root, protoplast and suspension cell cultures. (b)An Introduction to Genetic Engineering (KQA316):basic gene techniques are introduced which includeDNA isolation and purification, electrophoresis,restriction analysis, PCR, Western blot, and genetictransformation. Lectures provide basic principles anddiscuss recent development of plant biotechnology inrelation to career paths or postgraduate studies.Practicals develop essential skills in plant tissue cultureand genetic engineering.

• Staff Dr Y Li •Ltn, int •25% •full year –2-hrlecture, 3-hr practical weekly • prereq KQA122,KQA205; a microbiology unit strongly recommended• assess in each semester: research project and practicalreports (20% ea), theory exam (30% ea)• req Stafford A and Warren G, Plant Cell and Tissue

Culture, Open Uni Press, 1991Brown TA, Gene Cloning: an Introduction, 3rd edn,

Chapman & Hall, 1995Alberts B, Bray D, Lewis J, Raff M, Roberts K and

Watson JD, Molecular Biology of the Cell, 3rd edn,Garland Publ, 1994.

KQA309 Aquatic MicrobiologyDescribes the characteristics of aquatic microbes andtheir habitats. Emphasises microbial processes and theirinteractions with aquatic environments, and describesthe roles of aquatic microbes in biogeochemical cyclingand their impacts on aquaculture.

• Staff Dr C Burke •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –2x1-hrlectures, 3-hr practical weekly (14 wks) • prereqKQA207 or KQA226 • assess practical reports (10%),2,000-word essay (20%), project (15%), semester test(10%), 3-hr exam in June (45%)• req Madigan MT, Martinko JM and Parker J, Biology of


KQA311 PracticumStudents must spend at least 8 weeks during theAquaculture Degree course carrying out workexperience to fulfil the requirements of the Degree.They must not spend less than two weeks at any onelocation. They may work on farms, in laboratories or infactories engaged in aquacultural activities. The choiceof several venues will broaden perspectives but is notessential. On successful completion of this unit,students should be capable of: (a) appreciating the dailyroutine on an aquacultural farm; (b) discussing cultureand managment problems associated with theaquaculture enterprises(s) visited; (c) comprehendingthe business management procedures carried out on thefarm(s) visited; and (d) putting aquaculture theory intopractice.

KQA



• Staff Dr J Purser, Dr G Maguire, Dr C Carter •Ltn,int •0% •full year • prereq successful completion ofYear 2 of Degree • assess includes seminar presentationand attendance, and is made on a pass/fail basis.

KQA312 PracticumStudents must spend at least 8 weeks during theAquaculture Diploma course carrying out workexperience to fulfil the requirements of the Diploma.They must not spend less than two weeks at any onelocation. They may work on farms, in laboratories or infactories engaged in aquacultural activities. The choiceof several venues will broaden perspectives but is notessential. On successful completion of this unit,students should be capable of: (a) appreciating the dailyroutine on an aquacultural farm; (b) discussing cultureand managment problems associated with theaquaculture enterprise(s) visited; (c) comprehendingthe business management procedures carried out on thefarm(s) visited; and (d) putting aquaculture theory intopractice.

• Staff Dr J Purser, G Maguire, C Carter •Ltn, int •0%•full year • prereq successful completion of Year 2 ofDiploma • assess includes seminar presentation andattendance, and is made on a pass/fail basis.

KQA318 Applied and EnvironmentalMicrobiologyDescribes the population dynamics of microbial growthand its application in fermentation technology, togetherwith the activities of microbes in the food industry. Theunit examines the roles of microbes in biogeochemicalcycling, and the use of microbes in the degradation ofpollutants. Students are introduced to standardlaboratory techniques.

• Staff Dr C Burke •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –2-hrlecture, 3-hr practical weekly (14 wks) • prereq KQA207or KQA226 • assess practical reports (25%), project(15%), sem test (10%), 3-hr exam in Nov (50%)• req Madigan MT, Martinko JM and Parker J, Biology of


KQA319 Nutrition of Aquatic OrganismsProvides students with a detailed understanding ofaquatic nutrition and the relationships to farmingpractice, feed formulation and the physiology andbiochemistry of aquatic organisms. Feeding, growthand nutrition of aquatic organisms, the production ofcommercial aquaculture feeds and methods of analysisare covered.

• Staff Dr C Carter, Dr G Maguire, Dr J Purser •Ltn,int •12.5% •sem 1 –5 hrs weekly (14 wks) • prereqKJC162 • assess continuous assessment (50%), theoryexam (50%).

KQA320 Intensive Finfish CultureExamines the culture of salmonid fish and otherfreshwater and marine species which are growncommerciaolly or are deemed to have potential foraquaculture.

• Staff Prof N Forteath, Dr J Purser, Dr C Carter •Ltn,int •12.5% •sem 2 –3-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorial, 2-hrpractical weekly (14 wks) • prereq degree students –KQA101 • assess end-of-sem theory exam (30%), mid-sem theory exam (20%), end-of-sem practical exam(15%), practical session assessment (15%), assignment(15%), farm visit (5%).

KQA321 Aquatic Animal HealthDemonstrates the importance of recognisingenvironmental variables which may cause non-infectious and infectious diseases on the farm. Diseaserecognition and treatment are discussed with the mainemphasis placed on health management.

• Staff Dr B Nowak •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3x1-hrlectures, 1-hr tutorial, 2-hr practical weekly (6 wks), 1full-week residential ‘block’ practical • assess final 3-hrtheory exam (60%), continuous assessment (40%).

KQA325 Advanced AquacultureTechnologyCovers specialist technological fields, machinery andmethods; and examines their design and workingprinciples. Topics include: the advanced design andoperation of broodstock, hatchery and grow-outsystesm, the hydrodynamics and automated waterquality monitoring of these systems, drug deliverysystems, electron microscopy, image analysis, the use ofradioactive and stable isotopes, flow cytometry andenvironmental impact assessment techniques. The focusof the unit is on developing technologies, consequentlyits content will be reviewed regularly in the light ofdevelopments.

• Staff Prof N Forteath, Dr J Purser, Prof N Pankhurst,Dr B Nowak, Dr T Pankhurst, Dr C Carter, Dr GMaguire •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –2-hr lecture, 3-hrpractical weekly (14 wks) • prereq KQA214 • assesspractical components (40%), sem tests (10%), mid-semtheory exam (25%), final theory exam (25%).

KQA330 Physiology of AquaticOrganismsExposes students to a detailed examination of thephysiology of aquatic organisms, with an emphasis onfish. Development, growth, respiration, osmoregulationand excretion, reproduction, endocrinology andsensory physiology are discussed in relation to theeffects of natural and artificial environmental changeson physiological processes.



Units

• Staff Dr B Nowak, Dr C Carter, Dr T Pankhurst, ProfN Pankhurst •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –a total of 14x2-hr lectures, 14x3-hr practicals • assess theory exam(60%), continuous assessment (40%)

KQA351 Physiology of FarmedOrganismsExposes students to a detailed examination of thephysiology of farmed organisms, focusing on fish.Physiological processes regulating existence and theeffects of environmental variables and farmingpractices on these processes are examined.

• Staff Dr B Nowak, Dr C Carter, Dr T Pankhurst, ProfN Pankhurst •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –a total of 14x2-hr lectures, 14x3-hr practicals • prereq KQA110,KJC162 • assess theory exam (60%), continuousassessment (40%)

KQA361 Nutrition of Farmed OrganismsProvides students with a detailed understanding ofaquatic nutrition and the relationships to farmingpractice, feed formulation and the physiology andbiochemistry of farmed organisms. Feeding, growthand nutrition of farmed organisms, the production ofcommercial aquaculture feeds and methods of analysisare covered.

• Staff Dr C Carter, Dr G Maguire, Dr J Purser •Ltn,int •12.5% •sem 1 –5 hrs weekly (14 wks) • prereqKJG162 • assess continuous assessment (50%), theoryexam (50%)

KQA362 Animal Health in AquacultureCreates an awareness of the relationship betweenaquatic animals, the environment, management,infectious agents and the expression of disease.Emphasis is placed on the role of management inrelation to animal health and in the prevention andcontrol of diseases of farmed aquatic organisms.

• Staff Dr B Nowak •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –2-hrlecture, 1-hr tutorial, 2-hr practical weekly (11 wks)• prereq KQA110 • assess 3-hr theory exam (60%),continuous assessment (40%).

KQA422 Technology for AquacultureIntroduces the student to important concepts in aquatictechnology involving the construction and operation offarm components. Trips to farming facilities in the Stateare used to demonstrate the varieties of technologiesused. This unit is useful in understanding thehusbandry units.

• Staff Dr J Purser, Prof N Forteath •Ltn, int •12.5%•sem 1 –2 hrs lectures, 3 hrs practical equiv. weekly(14 wks) • assess end-of-sem theory exam (25%); mid-sem theory (25%), practical exam (15%), practical book(15%), farm visits (5%), practicals/assignments (15%)• rdg journals and texts tba

KQA710 Intensive Molluscan CultureExamines hatchery-rearing techniques and grow-outculture for important commercial species of molluscs.

• Staff Prof N Forteath, Dr P Thompson, Dr G Maguire•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –2 hrs lectures, 1-hr tutorial,2-hr practical weekly (14 wks) • assess end-of-semtheory exam (30%), mid-sem theory exam (20%), end-of-sem practical exam (15%), practical sessionassessment (10%), assignment (20%), seminar (5%).

KQA711 Intensive Algal CultureInstructs students in methods used to grow a variety ofmicro-algae for use in hatcheries. The principles ofmacro-algal culture are discussed.

• Staff Dr P Thompson •Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –2-hrlecture, 3-hr practical weekly (14 wks) • assess finalexam (40%), mid-term exam (30%), practical tests (30%).Pass marks in both practical and theory components arerequired.

KQA817 Literature ReviewThe student reviews a specific topic of interest whichhas been approved by a supervisor. The review is to bewritten as a scientific review incorporating materialfrom the literature.

•Ltn, int •25% •full year –minimum of 6 wks librarystudy and writing, with at least 5 hrs weekly staffcontact • coreq coursework as in the Graduate Diplomaprogram • assess review paper, assessed by at least twostaff members (60%), the topic is also presented to theDepartment as a seminar (40%).

KQA818/819 Research Dissertation PartA/Part BRequire the student to undertake a research projectunder the supervision of at least one staff member fromthe Department of Aquaculture although programsmay be undertaken in conjunction with otherdepartments. The project should be undertaken on-campus although permission may be given for off-campus programs. The research is submitted in theform of a scientific paper, and as a conference poster.

•Ltn, int •25%/50% •full year –at least 5 hrs contacttime weekly (minimum of 20 wks); project workundertaken is in addition to any required for GraduateDiploma subjects • prereq Graduate Diploma ofApplied Science (Aquaculture) from this university to alevel approved by the Faculty • assess manuscript,evaluated by at least two staff members and an externalassessor (80%), poster, assessed on a presentation day(20%).

KQA820/821 Specialist Practical SkillsPart A/Part BThe student spends 8 weeks obtaining ‘hands on’experience on an aquaculture farm or in a research

KQA



laboratory. In the latter situation, the proposed workexperience program must be approved by the Head ofDepartment.

•Ltn, int •0% •full year –minimum of 38 hrs weeklyat an aquacultural facility (8 wks); at least 2 of the 8 wksshould be spent on a farm if the preference is for lab-based work • prereq Graduate Diploma of AppliedScience (Aquaculture) from this university to a levelapproved by the Faculty • assess written account ofexperience gained (outline provided by Departmentsupervisor). Feedback, from the manager of the facility,in relation to the student’s performance will be takeninto account. Although a university staff memberwould normally be involved in arranging the workexperience position for the student, and would liaisedirectly with the manager of the facility to helpovercome any problems which might occur, therewould not usually be any on-site supervision by auniversity staff member.

Chemistry – Department ofChemistry at Hobart

The units offered by the Department of Chemistryprovide training both for those who wish to take up acareer in chemistry and for those who wish to takechemistry to support specialist studies in anotherdiscipline. To become professional chemists, studentswill normally complete study programs within the BScdegree, but it is also possible to take Chemistry unitswithin the BA or BEc degree or the BSc-BE and BSc-LLBcombined degrees. For those interested in teachingchemistry, the BSc-BTeach or BSc(Hons)-BTeachcombinations are recommended.Students wishing to major in chemistry will take as aminimum the following:KRA110 Chemistry 1A [25%]KRA200 Chemistry 2 [33.33%]and at least 50% load of chemistry at third year.KRA110 is the required first year unit leading to amajor in chemistry, but in exceptional circumstances(on approval of the Head of Department) studentsmay be permitted to transfer from KRA130 to KRA110during first year, or may be admitted to KRA200 aftersuccessful completion of KRA130 providing theysatisfy the Mathematics prerequisite for KRA110.KRA110 has prerequisites *CH856 and *MT841 orHSC equivalent; andKRA130 has prerequisites *CH856 and (*MT730 or*MT841) or HSC equivalent.Both fundamental and applied aspects of chemistryare covered in all units, but the following units aredesigned to cover applied chemistry of value to bothchemistry majors and students with interests in othersciences:

KRA203 Analytical and EnvironmentalChemistry [16.67%](prerequisite KRA110 or KRA130)

KRA303 Instrumental Analytical Chemistry [12.5%](prerequisite KRA200 or KRA208)

KRA305 Biosynthesis & Function of NaturalProducts [12.5%]

KRA205 Chemistry for Life Sciences [16.67%](prerequisites KRA110 or KRA130)

KRA205 is a prequisite for only one third-year chemistryunit, KRA305, and cannot be taken together with KRA200.

Students intending to take Chemistry as a supportingsubject may enrol in KRA110 or KRA130.

For students who intend to become professionalchemists it is worthwhile keeping in mind therequirements of The Royal Australian ChemicalInstitute for corporate membership. The Institute,which is the only professional body representingchemists in Australia, requires at least three years studyof chemistry at an approved tertiary level, including, inthird year, the equivalent of at least 50% devoted to theprinciples of chemistry, or at least 16% devoted to theprinciples of chemistry plus at least 50% devoted toother chemistry based material. In addition, the coursemust include mathematics or physics to at least first-year level.

The department also offers programs of study leadingto the Bachelor of Science with Honours, the GraduateDiploma of Science (Chemistry), the Graduate Diplomaof Science with Honours (Chemistry) and the Master ofScience Studies, as well as research programs for higherdegrees (Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy).

Assessment: Students will be notified of the methods ofassessment for each unit early in the year. Studentsshould note that considerable weight is placed on thepractical course associated with each unit. A scoregreater than or equal to 50% is required in practicalwork to pass.

N.B. Students are encouraged to consult with the ChemistryEnrolment Officer, Assoc Prof KJ Cavell, regarding timetableclashes, course problems, or questions in connection withprerequisites.

KRA110 Chemistry 1AProvides the essential elements of chemistry requiredby students intending to proceed to further studies inchemistry and is very suitable for students intending tomajor in the physical and biological sciences. Topicsquantify and explore in greater depth much of thematerial covered in TCE Chemistry and include:spectroscopy, physical and chemical equilibria,thermodynamics and kinetics; a quantum mechanicalapproach to bonding; solid state chemistry, descriptive



Units

inorganic chemistry, the chemistry of organic functionalgroups and the chemistry of biologically importantcompounds, and separation techniques in analyticalchemistry. Laboratory sessions are designed to increasestudents’ manipulative skills and, where possible, toreinforce the lecture program.

• Staff Dr R Thomas (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •25%•full year –3x1-hr lectures, 1-hr tutorial weekly (28wks), 8 assignments and weekly 3-hr lab (20 wks)• prereq *CH856 and *MT841 or HSC equiv • m/excl allother first year chemistry units • assess 1-hr mid-semtests –sem 1 (5%); sem 2 (5%); 3-hr end-of-sem exams –sem 1 (35%); sem 2 (35%); lab work (15%), assignments(5%)• req a) For students who intend to proceed to second

year chemistryAtkins PW, The Elements of Physical Chemistry, 2nd edn,

OUP, 1996Laboratory Diary and Course Notes, University of

Tasmania, Dept of ChemistryMcMurry J, Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry, 3rd edn,

Brooks/ColeShriver DF, Atkins PW and Langford CH, Inorganic

Chemistry, OUP, 1990b) For students who do not intend to proceed to second

year chemistryAtkins PW and Jones LL, Chemistry, Molecules, Matter

and Change, 3rd edn, WH Freeman & Co, NYLaboratory Manual and Diary, Univ Tasmania, Dept of

ChemistryMcMurry J, Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry, 3rd edn,

Brooks/Cole.

KRA120 Chemistry 1 (AgriculturalScience)Emphasises the biological applications of chemistry,and includes: spectroscopy, equilibria in ionic solutions,kinetics and thermodynamics; bonding, biologicalinorganic chemistry, the chemistry of organic functionalgroups and an introduction to the chemistry ofbiologically important compounds, and separationtechniques in analytical chemistry. Laboratory sessionsare designed to increase students’ manipulative skillsand, where possible, to reinforce the lecture program.

• N.B. restricted to Agricultural Science students

• Staff Dr R Thomas (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •25%•full year –3x1-hr lectures, 1-hr tutorial weekly (26wks), 8 assignments, weekly 2-hr lab (10 wks) in sem 1,and weekly 3-hr lab in sem 2 (10 wks) • prereq *CH856,(*MT730 or *MT841) or HSC equiv • m/excl all otheryear-1 chemistry units • assess 1-hour mid-sem tests –sem 1 (5%); sem 2 (5%); 3-hr end-of-sem exams –sem 1(35%); sem 2 (35%); lab work (15%), assignments (5%)• req Atkins PW and Jones LL, Chemistry, Molecules,

Matter and Change, 3rd edn, WH Freeman & Co, NY

Laboratory Manual and Diary, Univ Tasmania, Dept ofChemistry.

McMurry J, Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry, 3rd edn,Brooks/Cole.

KRA121 Chemistry 1 (AppliedAgriculture)Provides a basic knowledge of chemistry and itsapplications, introducing the interactions occurringbetween atoms and molecules and their effect on solids,liquids and gases; the physical chemistry of solutionsand the calculation of values such as equilibriumconstants and pH in aqueous solutions; and elementaryorganic chemistry including synthesis and reactions ofaliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons, alcohols, acidsand bases.

• N.B. restricted to BAppSc(Agr) and BAppSc(Hort)students

• Staff Dr LA Dunn(Coordinator) •Hbt, int •12.5%•sem 1 –2x1-hr lectures weekly, 10x2hr practicalclasses and 21 tutorials • m/excl all other year-1chemistry units • assess 2-hr exam (60%), 10 wks lab(15%), assignments (15%), mid-sem test (10%)• req Atkins PW and Jones LL, Chemistry, Molecules,

Matter and Change, 3rd edn, WH Freeman & Co, NYLaboratory Manual and Diary, Univ Tasmania, Dept of

Chemistry

KRA130 Chemistry 1BIs primarily for those students who do not wish tomajor in chemistry but who wish to enhance theirunderstanding of the subject. Topics include:spectroscopy, equilibria in ionic solutions, kinetics andthermodynamics; bonding, biological inorganicchemistry, the chemistry of organic functional groupsand an introduction to the chemistry of biologicallyimportant compounds, and separation techniques inanalytical chemistry. Laboratory sessions are designedto increase students’ manipulative skills and, wherepossible, to reinforce the lecture program.

• Staff Dr R Thomas (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •25%•full year –3x1-hr lectures, 1-hr tutorial weekly (26wks), 8 assignments, weekly 2-hr lab (10 wks) in sem 1,and weekly 3-hr lab in sem 2 (10 wks) • prereq *CH856and (*MT730 or *MT841) or HSC equiv • m/excl allother first year chemistry units • assess 1-hr mid-semtests –sem 1 (5%); sem 2 (5%); 3 hr end-of-sem exams –sem 1 (35%); sem 2 (35%); lab work (15%), assignment(5%)• req Atkins PW and Jones LL Chemistry, Molecules,


ChemistryMcMurry J, Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry, 3rd edn,

Brooks/Cole.

KRA



KRA145 Chemistry Option (Medicine)Quantifies and explores in greater depth much of thematerial covered in TCE Chemistry, and includes:spectroscopy, physical and chemical equilibria,bonding, descriptive inorganic chemistry and thechemistry of organic functional groups. Laboratorysessions are designed to increase students’manipulative skills and, where possible, to reinforce thelecture program.

• N.B. available to Medicine students; although not a prereqfor the course, provides an excellent preparation for it

• Staff Dr R Thomas (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •12.5%•sem 1 –3 lectures, 1 tutorial weekly (14 wks), 4assignments, 2 hrs lab weekly (10 wks) • prereq *CH856and (*MT730 or *MT841) or HSC equiv • m/excl allother first year chemistry units • assess mid-sem test(10%), 3-hr end-of-sem exam (70%), lab work (15%),assignments (5%)• req Atkins PW and Jones LL, Chemistry, Molecules,


ChemistryMcMurray J, Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry, 3rd

edn, Brooks/Cole.

KRA160 Chemistry (Pharmacy)Enhances students’ understanding of chemistry and itsrelevance to the biological sciences. Topics include:spectroscopy, equilibria in ionic solutions, kinetics andthermodynamics; bonding, biological inorganicchemistry, the chemistry of organic functional groupsand an introduction to the chemistry of biologicallyimportant compounds, and separation techniques inanalytical chemistry. Laboratory sessions are designedto increase students’ manipulative skills and, wherepossible, to reinforce the lecture program.

• Staff Dr R Thomas (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •25%•full year –3x1-hr lectures, 1-hr tutorial weekly (26wks), 8 assignments, weekly 2-hr lab (10 wks) in sem 1,and weekly 3-hr lab in sem 2 (10 wks) • prereq *CH856and (*MT841 or *MT730) or HSC equiv • m/excl allother year-1 chemistry units • assess 1-hr mid-sem tests–sem 1 (5%), sem 2 (5%); 3-hr end-of-sem exams –sem1 (35%), sem (35%); lab work (15%), assignments (5%)• req Atkins PW and Jones LL, Chemistry, Molecules,


ChemistryMcMurry J, Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry, Brooks/

Cole.

KRA170 Chemistry of MaterialsDevelops a basic knowledge of chemistry and thechemical principles necessary for understanding theproperties and uses of materials in engineering. The

unit provides an introduction to chemical processes andillustrates the processes encountered by civil,mechanical and electrical engineers. Topics include anintroduction to chemical theory, solution chemistry,electro-chemistry and the chemistry of engineeringmaterials. Potential chemical hazards, relevant safetyprocedures, and selected chemical processes, arediscussed. The importance of chemistry in engineeringdesign, electrical engineering, control engineering, andmunicipal engineering are illustrated.

• N.B. restricted to Engineering and Surveying students

• Staff Dr LA Dunn (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •12.5%•sem 1 –3x1-hr lectures weekly, 10x2-hr practicalclasses and 14 tutorials • prereq TCE Applied Science –Physical Sciences and *MT841 or HSC equiv • m/exclall other first year chemistry units • assess 3-hr end-of-sem exams (70%), lab (15%), 4 assignments (5%) mid-sem test (10%)• req Atkins PW and Jones LL, Chemistry, Molecules,


Chemistry

KRA200 Chemistry 2Builds on KRA110 and consolidates the theoretical andpractical framework required by students who intendto major in chemistry or who need additional chemistryto support their studies in other science areas. Emphasisis placed on the application of modern techniques in theelucidation of chemical structure, the physical andchemical properties and synthesis of organic, bio-inorganic, inorganic and organometallic compounds(especially coordination complexes and elements in themain group), an introduction to solid state chemistryand the mechanisms of chemical reactions. The physicalchemistry lectures provide some of the necessarytheoretical background in kinetics, thermodynamicsand electrochemistry required to understand thebehaviour of chemical systems. The laboratory programreinforces concepts introduced in lectures and givesstudents experience in good laboratory practice.

• Staff Dr BV O’Grady (Coordinator) •Hbt, int•33.33% •full year –3x1-hr lectures weekly (28 wks), a1-hr tutorial, 4-hr lab (27 wks) • prereq KRA110 orKRA130 with prior approval of HoD for exceptionalstudents • assess end-of-sem exams –sem 1, 3-hr paperand 2-hr paper (35%); sem 2 –2x2-hr papers (35%), labassessment (25%); assignments and tests (5%)• req Atkins PW, The Elements of Physical Chemistry,

2nd edn, OUP, 1997Laboratory Manual and Diary, Univ Tasmania, Dept of

Chemistry, 1998Morrison RT and Boyd RN, Organic Chemistry, 6th edn,

Prentice-Hall 1992Shriver DR, Atkins PW and Langford CH, Inorganic

Chemistry, 2nd edn, OUP, 1994



Units

Smart L and Moore E, Solid State Chemistry, Chapmanand Hall

Williamson KL, Macroscale and Microscale Experiments,DC Heath and Company, 2nd edn, 1994.

KRA203 Analytical & EnvironmentalChemistryGives a sound introduction to the principles andpractice underlying quantitative analytical chemistry,including some important intrumental techniques.Topics include: chemistry and behaviour of importantelements and compounds in the environment, with anemphasis on marine chemistry; analytical chemistrywith an emphasis on aqueous systems relevant toenvironmental chemistry as well as industrial and otherapplications; analyses based on chemical equilibria(acid-base, solubility, complexation); spectroscopy (UV-Vis spectrophotometry, fluorimetry, atomic emissionand absorption using flames); electrochemistry(potentiometry, ion-selective electrodes); andchromatography (gas-liquid chromatography, highperformance liquid chromatography). Laboratorysessions complement lectures and provide practicalexperience in the analytical methods discussed.Particular emphasis is placed on achieving accurateresults and on the statistical analysis of these results.Some parts of this unit are taught by scientists of theCSIRO Marine Laboratories. The unit not only meetsthe needs of chemists but has direct relevance tostudents with interests in earth sciences, life sciencesand environmental studies.

•Hbt, int •16.67% •sem 2 –3x1-hr lectures weekly, 14tutorials, exucurison to CSIRO Marine Labs, field worksampling techniques excursion and 4-hr lab weekly (14wks) • prereq KRA110 or KRA130 • assess 3-hr and 2-hr paper, includes questions relating to lab work (75%),lab work (25%)• req Harris DC, Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 4th


KRA205 Chemistry for Life SciencesCovers organic and inorganic aspects of chemistry, withparticular emphasis on the interrelationship ofchemistry with the life sciences. Lectures includeaspects of spectroscopic techniques applicable to a widerange of chemical studies, followed by lectures in:stereochemistry; advanced functional group chemistry,particularly relating structure to properties; bio-organicchemistry and principles of bio-inorganic chemistry.The unit is of interest to students wishing to strengthentheir chemical background for further studies,particularly in the biochemical, biological andmicrobiological areas, and is a suitable prerequisite forKRA305, for students not enrolled in KRA200.Laboratory sessions include experiments illustratingspecific lecture topics, identification, and small scale

preparation of organic and inorganic compounds.

• Staff Dr AJ Blackman (Coordinator) •Hbt, int•16.67% •sem 1 –3x1-hr lectures weekly, 14 tutorials,4-hr lab weekly (13 wks) • prereq KRA110 or KRA130• m/excl KRA200, KRA222, KRA262 • assess 3-hr and2-hr paper (75%), lab assessments (20%), assignments(5%)• req Laboratory Manual and Diary, Univ Tasmania,

Dept of ChemistryMorrison RT and Boyd RN, Organic Chemistry, 6th edn,

Prentice-Hall 1992Williamson KL, Macroscale and Microscale Experiments,

2nd edn, DC Heath, 1994.

KRA222 Organic Chemistry(Agricultural Science)Covers organic aspects of chemistry, placing particularemphasis on the interrelationship of organic chemistrywith the life sciences. Initial lectures include thefundamentals of spectroscopic techniques applicable toa wide range of chemical studies, followed by lecturesin: stereochemistry; functional group chemistry,particularly relating structure to properties; and bio-organic chemistry. Laboratory sessions includeexperiments illustrating specific lecture topics,identification, and small scale preparation of organiccompounds.

• N.B. restricted to Agricultural Science students

• Staff Dr AJ Blackman (Coordinator) •Hbt, int•12.5% •sem 1 –34 lectures and 10 tutorials, 24 hrs lab• prereq KRA120 • m/excl KRA200, KRA203, KRA262• assess 3-hr exam (75%), lab assessment (20%),assignments (5%)• req Laboratory Manual and Diary, Univ Tasmania,

Dept of ChemistryMorrison RT and Boyd TN, Organic Chemistry, 6th edn,

Prentice-Hall 1992Williamson KL, Macroscale and Microscale Experiments, ,


KRA262 Organic Chemistry (Pharmacy)Covers organic aspects of chemistry with particularemphasis on the interrelationships of organic chemistrywith the life sciences. Initial lectures include thefundamental aspects of spectroscopic techniquesapplicable to a wide range of chemical studies, followedby lectures in: stereochemistry; functional groupchemistry, particularly relating structure to properties;and bio-organic chemistry. Laboratory sessions includeexperiments illustrating specific lecture topics,identification, and small-scale preparation of organiccompounds.

• Staff (Coordinator) Dr AJ Blackman •Hbt, int•12.5% •full year –34 lectures, 10 tutorials, 24 hrs lab• prereq KRA160 • m/excl KRA200, KRA222, KRA205

KRA



• assess 3-hr exam (75%), lab (20%), assignments andtests (5%)• req Laboratory Manual and Diary, Univ Tasmania,


Prentice-Hall, 1992Williamson KR, Macroscale and Microscale Experiments,


KRA301 Chemistry 3AIs a core unit in chemistry of interest to chemistrymajors, especially those proceeding to higher degreesand to employment as professional chemists. Somebasic computing skills are desirable but not essential forthis unit, which provides students with a firm grasp ofmodern chemical theory and industrial chemistry, andcovering selected areas of both physical and inorganicchemistry. Topics are selected from surface chemistry,extractive metallurgy, pulp and paper chemistry;kinetics and catalysis; molecular thermo-dynamics;electrochemistry; advanced thermodynamics; electronicstructure and bonding in transition metal compounds;symmetry and group theory; chemistry of main groupelements; and solid state theory.

• Staff Dr LA Dunn (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •25%•full year –42x1-hr lectures, 126 hrs lab • prereqKRA200 • assess 3-hr exam (end of each sem) (65%), labassessment (35%)• req Atkins PW and Jones LL, Chemistry, Molecules,

Matter and Change, 3rd edn, WH Freeman & Co, NYShriver DR, Atkins PW and Langford CH, Inorganic

Chemistry, 2nd edn, OUP, 1994.

KRA302 Chemistry 3BRounds out students’ basic training in organic andorganometallic chemistry and emphasises theincreasing interaction between inorganic and organicchemistry. Topics are selected from: advancedspectroscopy and its use in structure elucidation; thechemistry of reactive intermediates; organic synthesis;heterocyclic chemistry; organometallic chemistry; andaspects of homogeneous catalysis. This unit is ofinterest to chemistry majors and students studyingbiochemistry, microbiology and the biological sciences.

• Staff Dr BF Yates (Coordinator) •Hbt, int •25%•full year –42x1-hr lectures, 126 hrs lab • prereqKRA200 • assess 3-hr exam (end of each sem) (65%), labassessment (35%)• req Laboratory Manual and Diary, Univ Tasmania,


Prentice-Hall 1992Moody CJ and Whitham GH, Reactive Intermediates,

OUP, 1992Silverstein RM, Bassler GC and Morrill TC,

Spectrometric Identification of Organic Compounds, 5th

edn, Wiley & Sons 1991Williamson KL, Macroscale and Microscale Experiments,


KRA303 Instrumental AnalyticalChemistryConcentrates on giving a sound foundation to thetheory and application of modern instrumentaltechniques, explaining how these are applied tochemical analysis. Topics are selected from:chromatographic separation techniques –ionchromatography, high performance liquidchromatography, solid phase extraction and capillaryelectrophoresis; electroanalytical methods –voltammetry and amperometry; spectroscopy –atomicabsorption/emission, flameless techniques andhyphenated methods; flow analysis –flow injection,and on-line process stream analysis; and the applicationof quality assurance principles in an analyticallaboratory.

•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –2x1-hr lectures and 4-hr labweekly (14 wks) • prereq KRA252 or KRA203 orKRA200 • assess 3-hr end-of-sem exam (65%); labassessment (35%).

KRA305 Biosynthesis & Function ofNatural ProductsHighlights the chemistry of important naturallyoccurring inorganic and organic compounds which canbe isolated from marine and terrestrial plants andanimals. The principles of biosynthesis of the majorgroups of secondary metabolites and the chemistry andproperties of selected natural products are introduced,and the role these compounds play in the naturalenvironment is emphasised (chemical ecology). Aspectsof biological inorganic chemistry. The laboratoryprogram is devoted to the testing for, and the isolationand identification of, natural products found inTasmania. An excursion will illustrate collecting andtesting in the field.

• Staff Dr AJ Blackman (Coordinator) •Hbt, int•12.5% •sem 1 –28x1-hr lectures, 4-hr lab weekly (10wks), an excursion • prereq KRA200 or KRA205 orKRA236 or KRA222 • assess 2-hr end-of-semester exam(65%), lab assessment (35%)• req Laboratory Manual and Diary, Univ Tasmania,

Dept of ChemistryMann J, Chemical Aspects of Biosynthesis, Oxford

Chemistry Primers, 1994.

KRA400/401 Chemistry (Honours) Fulltime/Part timeConsists of advanced coursework and research in oneor more of physical or inorganic or organic chemistry oran approved sub-field of chemistry. Approval may alsobe given for joint courses of study between chemistry



Units

and another discipline. Coursework covers advancedareas of chemistry, and the Head of Department mayprescribe further studies chosen from third-year units.The laboratory work consists principally of researchunder supervision as approved by the Head ofDepartment. The department produces a booklet eachyear describing the projects available.

• N.B. Honours may be commenced early in the year, ormid-year

• Staff (Coordinator) Assoc Prof KJ Cavell •Hbt, int•KRA400: 100%/KRA401: 50% •full year –4x11-hrcourses in sem 1; full-year research project • prereqChemistry major (50% of third year chemistry)including one of KRA301 or KRA302 • assess exams(40%), thesis and seminar (60%).

KRA500/501 Graduate Diploma ofScience with Honours (Chemistry)Have the same objectives as KRA400/401. Full time/part time ‘umbrella’ code.

KRA580 ProjectFor details of this unit, contact the Department ofChemistry.

KRA583 Honours unitStudents enrolled in the Graduate Diploma of Science(Chemistry) course who undertake units fromChemistry honours courses use this code if enrolling inan 8.33% unit.

KRA586 Honours unitStudents enrolled in the Graduate Diploma of Science(Chemistry) course who undertake units fromChemistry honours courses use this code if enrolling intwo 8.33% units or a single 16.67% unit.

KRA589 Honours unitStudents enrolled in the Graduate Diploma of Science(Chemistry) course who undertake units fromChemistry honours courses use this code if enrolling inunits with a total weight of 25%.

Antarctic and Southern OceanStudies units

For details of the following courses, see page 510.

KSA505/506 Graduate Diploma in Science(Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies)Full time/part time ‘umbrella’ code.

KSA510/511 Graduate Diploma in Sciencewith Honours (Antarctic and SouthernOcean Studies)Full time/part time ‘umbrella’ code.

Computing – Department ofComputing at Launceston

The Department of Computing is responsible for allComputing courses and for majors and minors inComputing which are taken as part of other degreeprograms available at Launceston. The Bachelor ofApplied Computing has been revised and renamed as theBachelor of Computing commencing 1st January 1998. Forunit descriptions for the Bachelor of Applied Computing,please refer to the 1997 Handbook or at the Department ofComputing.

Students should consult the Department’s booklet,which provides more detailed information about unitselection, and should discuss their proposed programswith the course coordinator.

ComputingComputing is a relatively new discipline which isinvolved with rapidly-developing technology. TheBachelor of Computing is a comprehensive three yearcourse in the broad area of computer science with anapplied orientation.

It produces modern computing professionals with theability to apply new and emerging computingtechnologies to create solutions in the workplace. TheComputing program combines modern computingtopics such as the internet, multimedia, artificialintelligence, and spatial systems, with traditionalcomputer science topics such as programming (in C++,Java), systems and networks. All computing studentsare also required to undertake a substantial softwareproject for local clients.

Students choose from a range of specialist computingelective units according to their areas of interest as wellas some non-computing units. Students must take atleast four non-computing units, and at most eight. Thedepartment recommends that these non-computingunits be taken as a minor or major study, which can bechosen from those offered in Launceston by theFaculties of Humanities and Social Sciences, Commerceand Law, Science and Technology.

The Computing degree can also be combined with adegree in Commerce. The combined degree providesstudents with the opportunities to maximise theircareer options.

Graduates are able to change the emphasis of theircareers as opportunities and interests develop or topursue higher studies at the Honours, Masters, orDoctoral level.

Majors and minorsThe department offers computing majors and minorsfor Bachelor degrees in Applied Science, InformationSystems, Commerce, Arts, and Education. Students

KRAKXA



undertaking a major in computing study a total of eightcomputing units from both core and electives. A minorstudy of four core units provides students with anintroduction to computing theory and practice.

Unit descriptionsThe prescribed texts listed are those used at the time of thispublication; however, they may be changed to provide the bestavailable choice. Students must obtain a booklist from theDepartment office at the beginning of each semester beforepurchasing any textbooks

KXA111 Computing for HumanMovementHas the same broad objectives as KXA131.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –2-hr lecture, 1-hr lecture, 1hr tutorial weekly • m/excl KXA101, 121, 123, 124, 131,and BFA212 • assess assignment (30%), end-of-semexam (70%).

KXA124 Computing PracticeProvides an understanding of the functions of andrelationship between the component parts of acomputer and those applications which are suited tocomputerisation. The systems development process isconsidered and a study made of the main trendsconcerning the application of small computers to theworkplace. The practical component imparts a workingknowledge of an integrated Word Processing/Spreadsheet/Database package.

• N.B. restricted to Nursing students

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3 hrs lectures, 1 hr tutorialsweekly • m/excl KXA101, 121, 122, 123, 131, andBFA121 • assess satisfactory grade in both theory andpractical criteria required for a pass

KXA131 Computing SystemsIs designed for students who need an introduction tocomputer technology. The unit provides a descriptionof the various hardware components a student is likelyto encounter and the software which will run on thathardware. Students are introduced to personalproductivity software including word processing,spreadsheets and the use of data bases. They are alsointroduced and given access to the Department’scomputer network and via that to Internet facilitiesincluding the World Wide Web and E-mail.

• N.B. is also available for Applied Science, Aquaculture,and Human Movement students

•Ltn, Brn (sem 1 only), int •12.5% •sem 1/2 –2-hrlecture, 1-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorial weekly • m/exclKXA101, 121, 122, 123, and BFA121 • assess assignment(30%), end-of-sem exam (70%)• req Smith GT and Christoph RT, Using Microsoft

WORKS 4 for Windows 95, Prentice Hall, 1995.

KXA132 Programming & ProblemSolvingStudents will learn to write computer programs in ahigh level language such as C++ which solve problemsdefined by a program specification. This includes theuse of top down design methods to produce wellstructured, modular algorithms which can be readilyconverted into source code. Students will master thefundamental concepts of imperative programming;control structures (sequence, branch, loop); modularorganisation of code; storage of data in simple andstructured types; interactive and batch input andoutput; data communication between programmodules. Students will be expected to use systematicmethods to plan, document, debug, and test theirprograms. Programming exercises will be introduced inthe context of small, real-world problems.

•Ltn, Brn (sem 1 only), int •12.5% •sem 1/2 –3-hrlecture, 1-hr tutorial weekly • assess assignment (30%),end-of-sem exam (70%)• req Friedman FL and Koffman EB, Probelm Solving,

Abstraction, and Design using C++, Addison Wesley,1994.

KXA133 Professional ComputingProvides practical experience and understanding of thebroad structure of various interactive computingsystems, particularly operating systems, the Internetand its multimedia applications, and interpretivesystems for computations and artificial intelligence.Reviews the historical development of computing andthe computing profession. Discusses the social andethical aspects of the computing industry, and developsskills appropriate to professional computingemployment.

•Ltn, Brn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3-hr lecture, 1-hrtutorial weekly • coreq KXA131 • assess assignment(30%), end-of-sem exam (70%)• req tba

KXA134 Fundamentals of ComputingIntroduces students to some of the mathematicalfoundations of computing, taking an integratedapproach to emphasise the link between the relevantmathematical concepts and their application incomputing. The (discrete) mathematical concepts to beunderstood and applied will be in the areas of:mathematical induction, combinatorics, probability,lists, sets and graphs. Students will develop programs(in C) related to the mathematical concepts, usingiteration, recursion, arrays and linked lists asappropriate, and will analyse, in O() terms, the runningtime of such programs.

•Ltn, Brn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3-hr lecture, 1-hrtutorial weekly • prereq KXA132 • assess assignment(30%), end-of-sem exam (70%)



Units

• req Aho AV and Ullman JD, Foundations of ComputerScience, C Edition, Computer Science Press,(W.H.Freeman and Co), 1995.

KXA135 Computer ConceptsIntroduces the components and operations used bycomputers beginning at the hardware level andprogressing through machine instructions to theprocessing of higher level language commands. Theunit covers topics such as: architecture;microprogramming; machine and assembly languages;operating system concepts; rise architectures andparallel processors.

•Ltn, Brn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3-hr lecture, 1-hrtutorial weekly • assess 2 assignments (10% ea), mid-sem test (10%), end-of-sem exam (70%)• req Tanenbaum A, Structured Computer Organisation,

3rd edn, Prentice-Hall, NJ, 1990.

KXA136 Software ConstructionBuilds on the skills and knowledge developed inKXA132 Programming & Problem Solving to include aconsideration and experience of the processes necessaryin the construction of software systems of high quality.Students will consider problems which lead to poorquality in systems and methods which can overcomethese problems. Topics covered will include; writingcode which matches the conceptual program design;methods of implementation of a modular approach;persistence of data structures; dynamic allocation anddeallocation of memory storage; testing of software; useof tools in the programming environment; cooperationbetween people working on large projects. Practicalexperience in these topics will be developed in thecontext of a model real world system.

•Ltn, Brn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3-hr lecture, 1-hrtutorial weekly • prereq KXA132 • assess assignment(30%), end-of-sem exam (70%)• req McConnell S, Code Complete: A practical handbook of

software construction, Microsoft Press, 1993.

KXA201 Systems Analysis and DesignPrepares students to assume leadership in the design ofinformation systems for clients. Students learn toorchestrate knowledge gained in previous computingunits within a framework of structured systemsdevelopment methods. They gain a working knowledgeof a number of system lifecycle models throughindividual study, practical work, and through projectwork as a member of a development team. Oncompletion of this unit, students should be able to:demonstrate an understanding of the systems analyst’sprofessional and technical roles in systemsdevelopment; apply structured methods of systemsanalysis and design; develop and use applications

using CASE and PMIS software; and demonstrate anunderstanding of the current paradigm shift toward theAD/Cycle model.

• N.B. This unit is offered by the Department of InformationSystems, and is available to Informations Systems students

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3 hrs lectures weekly• prereq KXA101 or BFA121 • assess continuousassessment (50%), exam (50%)• req Lowry GR, Computer-Assisted Project Planning and

Management, Wm C Brown, Dubuque IA, 1993.

KXA203 Database ManagementProvides an understanding of the basic concepts of dataand their interrelationships, using these concepts in thelogical design of simple databases. Students learn tomanipulate a relational database, and undertake amajor project involving the design and implementationof a simple database system. Studies cover: (a) Databaseenvironment –life cycle, database personnel, databasearchitecture; (b) Database design –entity-relationshipand normalisation of relational models; (c) Databaseimplementation in relational systems. Practicalexercises teaching the use of a relational databasepackage are given, and students are expected tocomplete them in their own time.


•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –2 hrs lectures, 1 hr tutorialweekly • prereq KXA201 • assess continuousassessment (60%), exam (40%).

KXA231 Objects & AlgorithmsObject based programming methods in C++ areintroduced and used throughout the unit. The ideas ofobject oriented programming are developed at the endof the unit. The approach taken is that of dataabstraction, with emphasis placed on practical aspectsbut including, where appropriate, underlying theory.The unit covers the concept of levels of data abstraction;descriptions of data structures at the logical andimplementation levels; the implementation of thealgorithms which perform the creation andmanipulation of essential data structures such as linkedlists, stacks, queues and trees, and the development,manipulation and application of more ~ generalabstract data types. Students will learn how to define,manipulate and apply their own abstract data types andto make effective choices when faced with several waysof representing or accessing data.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorialweekly • prereq KXA132 • assess assignment (30%),end-of-sem exam (70%)• req Carrano FM, Data Abstraction and Problem Solving

with C++, Benjamin/Cummings, 1995.

KXA



KXA232 Multimedia & InternetTechnologiesStudents of this unit should be able to understand theprinciples used in multimedia and internet technologiesand the issues in the construction of multimedia andinternet application packages. Fundamental issuescovered include humancomputer interface, creationprocess of a multimedia title, intellectual propertyissues, crossplatform and quality issues. The study ofmultimedia applications covers media types like stillimages, graphics, audio, video and animation;multimedia tools; authoring techniques and deliveryissues. Internet applications investigated are the worldwide web, protocols, HTML programming, commongateway interface, an introduction to Perlprogramming, Java and Java scripts. Future Directionsinclude virtual classes, security and social issues.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorialweekly • prereq KXA132 • assess assignment (30%),end-of-sem exam (70%)• req Farrell R, 60 Minute Guide to CGI Programming

with Perl 5, IDG 800ks, Foster City, 1996Goodman D, Javascript Handbook, IDG Books, Chicago,

1996.

KXA233 Software SpecificationStudents will be shown the criteria needed to select anappropriate methodology for developing specificationsfor software applications in artificial intelligence,multimedia and object oriented programs. The unit willprovide students with a range of tools and techniqueswhich will be essential for developing softwarespeciffcations using these methodologies. This includesspecification of data structures and user interfaces aswell as tools generic to all methodologies.•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –2-hr lecture, 1-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorial weekly • prereq KXA132 • assess assignment(30%), end-of-sem exam (70%)• req Keller M and Shumate K, Software Specification and

Design: A Disciplined Approach for Real-Time Systems,John Wiley & Sons, 1992.

KXA234 Artificial IntelligenceIntroduces the basic principles of knowledgerepresentation and search which underly symbolicArtificial Intelligence and illustrates these principles byenabling students to represent and manipulateknowledge in small AI systems, using the Prologcomputer language. The unit also describes theapplication of these principles in applied AI sub-fields,including natural language understanding, planning,machine learning, computer vision and robotics.Students will examine the assumptions underlying thesymbolic approach to AI and compare them with thoseof alternative approaches.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorial

weekly • prereq KXA132 • assess assignment (30%),end-of-sem exam (70%)• req Ginsberg M, Essentials of Artificial Intelligence,

Morgan Kaufmann, San Mateo, 1995.

KXA306 Information Systems forManagementDevelops an understanding of how informationsystems are used in managing an enterprise. Topicsinclude: managing with information, strategic, tacticaland operational systems; data processing, andtransaction processing systems, managementinformation, decision support, strategic information,and office information systems, expert, and end-usersystems, centralised and distributed systems; anddeveloping systems for corporate advantage.


•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –2 hrs lectures, 1 hr tutorialweekly • prereq KXA106 • assess continuousassessment (60%), exam (40%).

KXA313 Advanced SystemsDevelopmentEnables students to understand and use advancedsoftware development techniques and CASE software.The unit builds on KXA201 and KXA203. Working fromthe logical system design produced in KXA201, eachstudent learns to transform logical process and datamodels into the physical equivalents necessary forimplementation. Practical work to carry thedevelopment process through to completion includesdatabase schema generation, user interface prototyping,generation and production of system documentation,and source code generation. Students complete aphysical system design project and prepare anddistribute a discussion paper on an approved currenttopic.


•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3 hrs lectures, 1-hr tutorialweekly • prereq KXA203 • assess continuousassessment (100%).

KXA331/332 Computing Project A/Project BStudents undertake a significant project, using skillsacquired in the rest of the course. The project isnormally a group or team effort and part of the learningis the development of the ability to work together on asubstantial task. Students explore various managementstyles through their interaction with clients. Apart fromdeveloping the skills to work successfully in a teamstudents are able to: analyse a problem involving theuse of computers; interact successfully with an adviser(an expert or a client) in the analysis; produce a



Units

working computer system/package; produce both userand technical documentation; present a final product toa critical audience.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1/2 –a series of 2-hr lectures,individual and group meeting/presentations scheduledwhen necessary, formal and information meeting withproject supervisors and clients • prereq KXA133, 136,233; at least 12 units passed including 8 computing coreunits • assess test based on lecture material plussatisfactory completion of the Preliminary DesignReport is required to proceed to Project B; Project B isassessed according to the quality of the final product• req tba

KXA333 Computer SecurityStudents of this unit examine the problems and tasksinvolved in maintaining secure computer systemstogether with the techniques available to help withthese tasks. Computing techniques such as those builtinto operating systems for access control, the conceptsof encryption, and the associated protocols are studied.These are then placed into the context of the overalloperation of an organisation. This leads to anexamination of secure methods of using private andpublic networks, disaster recovery, and applicationexamples including the Internet.•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorialweekly • prereq KXA135 • assess assignment (30%),end-of-sem exam (70%)• req Pfleeger CP, Security in Computing, 2nd edn,

Prentice Hall, London, 1997Stoll C, The Cuckoo’s Egg, Pan Books, 1991.

KXA334 Principles of OperatingSystemsThe approach is based on theoretical issues andpractical work. Lectures will review computerarchitecture, with an emphasis on new technologies andtrends, cover the concepts of processes, mutualexclusion and deadlocks, and discuss generalalgorithms for scheduling, memory management andI/O processing. Practical work will includeprogramming with concurrency, use of a simulator toexperiment with scheduling algorithms, and some otheroperating system functions. Upon successfulcompletion of this unit the student should be able todemonstrate and understand the architecture ofoperating systems, to understand the functions ofoperating system components, to explain therelationships between the operating system modules,and to design and implement some of the operatingsystems functions.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorialweekly • prereq KXA135, KXA231 • assess assignment(30%), end-of-sem exam (70%)• req Silberschatz A and Galvin P, Operating System

Concepts, 4th edn, Addison-Wesley, 1994.

KXA335 Expert SystemsIntroduces the principles underlying the developmentof expert or knowledge-based systems and providesstudents with the knowledge engineering skills neededto develop a medium-scale expert system, using anappropriate development tool. The unit coversbackward-chaining, forward-chaining and object-oriented expert systems and introduces a range ofmanual and semi-automated knowledge acquisitionmethods. Reasoning techniques for handling uncertainknowledge are discussed and the unit concludes withan examination of several large distributed expertsystems which have been fielded in Australia.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorialweekly • prereq KXA234 • assess assignment (30%),end-of-sem exam (70%)• req Dologite CP, Developing Knowledge-based Systems

using VP-Expert, Macmillan, NY, 1993.

KXA336 Digital NetworksProvides students with a broad understanding ofcomputer networks and digital communications.Instructs students in the various ways data may betransmitted through various media, and in particularwith the various methods for encoding data digitallyfor transmission. Informs students about proceduresand protocols under which data communication isorganised and managed, about the interfacing andcontrol of data links and about the various standardswhich are widely accepted as a basis for datacommunications as well as the OSI architecture modeland key industry architectures. Gives students practicein installing, operating, and managing networkedcomputer systems.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorialweekly • coreq KXA334 • assess assignment (30%),end-of-sem exam (70%)• req Tanenbaum AS, Computer Networks, 3rd edn,

Prentice-Hall, 1996.

KXA337 Programming SystemsEnables students to understand the characteristics andappropriate uses of different styles of programminglanguages: imperative, object-oriented and functional.The unit also introduces the topics of programminglanguage description and translation. It furthersunderstanding of the language styles previouslyencountered (imperative and object-oriented),explaining in more depth the underlying mechanismsand introducing COBOL as an additional exampleimperative language. Students will develop programsin C, COBOL, C++, ML and Scheme, with the last twobeing used to introduce students to functionalprogramming.

KXA



•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorialweekly • prereq KXA231 • assess assignment (30%),end-of-sem exam (70%)• req Sethi R, Programming Languages –Concepts and

Constructs, 2nd edn, Addison Wesley, 1996.

KXA338 Computer GraphicsLooks at the creation and use of 2- and 3-dimensionalgraphical information and user interfaces. Theprinciples of mathematical and algorithmic techniquesused in graphics are covered as well as theprogramming methods to build the tools needed toimplement them. Emphasis is placed on object-orientedprogramming techniques.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorialweekly • prereq KXA231 • assess assignment (30%),end-of-sem exam (70%)• req Hearn and Baker, Computer Graphics, 2nd edn,

Prentice Hall, 1994.

KXA339 Computer Assisted LearningLooks at the development of computer assisted learningmaterials using authoring systems. Lectures cover theability of people to learn in terms of humandevelopment, learning styles, gender, etc. Various typesof educational software and educational softwareevaluation are investigated. Processes used in thedevelopment of educational software are studiedincluding: screen design; storyboard design; thedevelopment of support materials; and field testing.The principles of human computer interface design arestudied and applied. Students are made aware ofcurrent developments in multimedia and internetapplications and will use at least one authoring tool.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorialweekly • prereq KXA232 • assess assignment (30%),end-of-sem exam (70%)• req tba

KXA340 Spatial Data SystemsIntroduces students to the concepts and characteristicsof computing systems that use spatial data. Commondata structures for these systems are examined togetherwith the study of their implementation and use,especially for spatial analysis. The problems associatedwith the nature of the data, particularly inherent error,and with linkages to attribute data via databases areinvestigated, together with spatial analysis techniques.The unit also introduces the principles used in remotesensing systems and discusses the mechanisms forlinking these to other spatial systems.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorialweekly • prereq KXA234 • assess assignment (30%),end-of-sem exam (70%)• req Laurini R and Thompson D, Fundamentals of

Spatial Information Systems, Academic Press, 1992.

KXA411 Advanced ProgrammingProvides an understanding and appreciation of thepractical translation techniques. Students also learn toapply various advanced programming techniques in astructured programming language.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3 hrs lectures or seminarsweekly as advised by the lecturer • assess practicalwork (50%), project (50%).

KXA412 Computation and FunctionalProgrammingInvestigates the computational aspects of numericalproblems using functional programming techniques;and introduces a functional programming language toinvestigate different number representations, basicarithmetic operations and their effect on errors. Thelanguage is further developed through investigatingalgebraic functions, and their differential and integrals.Studies also include: solution of equations, errorreduction, and use of numeric series.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3 hrs lectures or seminarsweekly as advised by the lecturer • assess 3computational papers.

KXA414 Advanced Expert SystemsProvides students with the knowledge and skillsneeded to develop a medium-scale expert systemwithin an industrial or commercial environment and toundertake applied research work aimed at improvingexisting expert systems tool and techniques. The unitfocuses on forward-chaining and frame-based expertsystems and introduces a range of manual and semi-automated knowledge acquisition methods. A varietyof reasoning techniques designed to deal with uncertaininformation, including probabilistic reasoning and truthmaintenance, are introduced. The unit concludes with adiscussion of knowledge validation and verificationtechniques.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3 hrs lectures or seminarsweekly as advised by lecturer • assess exam (70%),assignments (30%).

KXA415 Spatial Information SystemsProvides students with a basic understanding of spatialinformation systems and the computing conceptsunderlying them. The unit introduces computingtechniques and data structures commonly used withinspatial information systems; and examines currentimplementation issues. The integration of spatialinformation systems with remote sensing systems, andthe role that artificial intelligence techniques can play inthe future development of these integrated systems, arediscussed.•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3 hrs lectures or seminarsas advised by lecturer • assess exam (70%), assignments(30%).



Units

KXA416 Applications of AIProvides the knowledge and skills needed to developAI-based systems, and includes in-depth discussion ofselected topics such as artificial neural networks, man-machine interface, searching methods and approximatereasoning systems. Students use intuition andexperiment as a basis for the discussion of the bestmethods for solving real-world problems. The unitintroduces the formal treatment of the theory behindintelligent programs; and includes the creation ofresearch directions and motivation for students to beinvolved in effective and productive research topics.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3 hrs lectures or seminarsas advised by lecturer • assess exam (50%), practicalwork (50%).

KXA418 Advanced Computer SecurityProvides a detailed exploration of the techniquesavailable to protect computer systems against possiblethreats and to develop further methods of analysing asystem’s vulnerabilities. Topics include: secure systemdesign, operating system features, applicationarchitectures, security packages, encryption andnetwork security. Students have the opportunity toexplore current issues in security and to developresources to enable them to keep abreast of changes.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3 hrs lectures or seminarsas advised by lecturer • assess exam (70%), practicalwork (30%).

KXA420 Advanced Cognitive ScienceProvides an understanding of the operation of thehuman mind, and in particular an understanding of thehuman cognitive system at the operational, linguistic,and gross affective levels, of different computerbasedlanguage processing models, of human perceptual andcognitive philosophy, of machine-based models ofaspects of the philosophy of the mind, and of humanand artificial intelligence. Lectures cover general topicsin linguistics and neurophilosophy, including sometreatment of computational linguistics and traditionalphilosophy of the mind. Seminars cover specific topicsand each student is expected to research two or three ofthese topics during the semester (using referencesprovided by the lecturer) and to present and leaddiscussion on those topics during seminars. Workshopsintroduce various generative grammar models whichstudents are expected to investigate in their own time.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3 hrs lectures or seminarsas advised by lecturer • assess exam (50%), seminarpresentations (50%).

KXA421 ConcurrencyEnables students to demonstrate an understanding andappreciation of the practical concurrent programmingtechniques and to apply various advanced

programming techniques in a concurrent programminglanguage.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3 hrs lectures or seminarsas advised by lecturer • assess practical work (50%),project (50%)• req Ben-Ari M, Principles of Concurrent and Distributed

Programming, Prentice-Hall.

KXA430 Multimedia ApplicationsIntroduces the principles of multimedia, including theacquisition and preparation of still images, animation,digital video, and audio, and the production ofmultimedia titles using various authoring tools.Students are given the opportunity to develop theirknowledge of multimedia applications through theproduction of a multimedia title, for example, aninformation kiosk, using various delivery mechanisms.•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3 hrs lectures or seminarsweekly as advised by lecturer • assess designpresentation (10%), project presentation (20%), finalreport (70%).

KXA431 Machine LearningProvides students with sufficient understanding of thekey current ideas and techniques in machine learning toapply them to practical problems and to participate inresearch in the area. The major focus of the unit is onclassifier learning and its evaluation. The types ofclassifiers studied will include: decision trees, rule sets,instance-based naive Bayesian and neural networks.Other topics include continuous value prediction andinductive logic programming.

•Ltn, int •12.5% •sem 1 –3 hrs lectures or seminarsweekly as advised by lecturer • assess exam (70%),assignments (30%).

KXA450/451 Computing Honours (Fulltime)/(Part time)Consists of four coursework units (40%) and a Thesisunit (60%). Coursework is selected from a number ofunits on advanced topics including: (a) advancedcognitive science, (b) advanced computer security, (c)advanced expert systems, (d) advanced programmingconcurrency, (e) applications of AI, (f) computation andfunctional programming, (g) multimedia applications;(h) spatial information systems; and (i) machinelearning.

• N.B. Availability of units depends on resources anddemand.

•Ltn, int •100%/50% • prereq Bachelor of ComputingDegree or equivalent qualifications. Students willnormally have achieved an average grade of Credit orbetter in year three of their degree.

KXA



Physics – Department of Physics atHobart

Physics is the fundamental science which forms thefoundation of engineering and technology, andprovides the basis for an understanding of biology,chemistry, geology and other sciences.

The Department of Physics offers units for studentswho intend to make physics their career and for thosewho need physics to support their studies in otherdisciplines.

Students who wish to major in other disciplines willfind that physics provides them with important basicknowledge, and skills such as general problem-solvingand laboratory techniques, particularly in electronics.

For advice on the choice of units, students shouldconsult the physics enrolment officer, other Departmentof Physics staff and the sub-deans. Second and thirdyear students should consult lecturers before buyingexpensive textbooks.

For more detailed information about Physics Units seethe departmental Web pages, starting athttp://www.phys.utas.edu.au/physics/

Students intending to major in Physics will includethe following units in their course:

First Year

KYA100 Physics 1 (25%)KMA152 Calculus 1 andKMA154 Mathematics Applications 1

Second Year

KYA200 Physics 2 andKMA252 Calculus 2

Third Year

KYA310 Physics 3AKYA311 Physics 3Band at least one of

KYA312 Physics 3CKYA314 Theoretical Physics AKYA315 Theoretical Physics BNote: Students intending to proceed to either PhysicsHonours (KYA410 or KYA411) or Biophysics Honours(KYA400 or KYA401) should discuss their course withstaff members before enrolling in third year units.Biophysics Honours is unlikely to be available after1998.

Fourth Year

Honours in Physics

Admission to Honours depends on satisfactoryperformance in an approved course. All enrolmentsare subject to departmental approval.

Unit descriptions

KYA100 Physics 1Is for students who expect to major in physics, as wellas for those majoring in the other physical sciences,mathematics and computer science. Topics are studiedat considerable depth. The unit is a prerequisite forKYA200. Studies cover: dynamics; properties of matter;circuits and electronics in experimental physics; specialrelativity; introduction to astronomy; atomic physics;wave motion and oscillatory phenomena. Laboratorywork is done in optics and optical instruments;electrical measurements in physics; and selectedexperiments.

• Staff Dr JE Humble and others •Hbt, int •25% •fullyear –3 lectures, a tutorial, 3-hr practical class weekly(28 wks) • prereq *PH866 and *MT841 • m/excl all otherfirst year Physics units KYA1–• assess assignmentsduring the year (5%), lab work and reports (15%), 3-hrexams in June and Nov (80%)• req Halliday D and Resnick R, Fundamentals of

Physics, Wiley.

KYA171 Applied PhysicsIs a study of basic applied physics that is designed forstudents wishing to learn useful physics life skills, inparticular for students of Agriculture [BAgrSc andBAppSc(Ag)], Life Science and Geomatics. It leads on toBiological Physics KYA172 in second semester. Studiescover practical electric circuits and measurements,optical principles and instruments, sound andultrasound equipment, motion and machines,temperature and heat, radioactivity with itsapplications and dangers. Laboratory experiments giveexperience in the topics studied and the work includestraining in general laboratory technique, recordkeeping, data analysis using computers, report writingand other transferable practical skills.

• Staff Dr IA Newman and others •Hbt, int •12.5%•sem 1 –3 lectures, 3-hr tutorial/practical class weekly(14 wks) • prereq *SC768 and (*MT730 or *MT841) • m/excl all KYA1- units except KYA172 • assess writtenexams on theory and lab work at end of first sem,assignments and reports throughout the sem• req Bueche & Wallach, Technical Physics, 4th edn,

Wiley.• rdg Giancoli, Physics, 4th edn, Prentice HallBunn, Physics for a modern world, JacarandaDe Jong, Physics in context (2 vols), Heinemann.

KYA172 Biological PhysicsIs designed for students wishing to obtain furtherapplied physics understanding and skills, in particularfor Agriculture (BAgrSc), Life Science, Medicine andPharmacy. Although the main emphasis is in thebiological area of science, the topics and practical work



Units

will be of wide general interest. Studies are moreadvanced than for KYA171 Applied Physics. Theycover electric instrumentation and systems,bioelectricity, applications of oscillations and waves,optical instruments, systems theory andthermodynamics, elasticity and fluid flow, ionisingradiation and health physics, computed imaging.Laboratory experiments develop understanding of thetopics studied and build experience and skills in use ofscientific instrumentation. The work includes trainingin general laboratory technique, record keeping, dataanalysis using computers, report writing and othertransferable practical skills.

• Staff tba •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –3 lectures, 3-hrtutorial/practical class weekly (14 wks) • prereq(*PH866 and *MT841) or KYA171 • m/excl all KYA1-units except KYA172 • assess written exams on theoryand lab work at end of first sem, assignments andreports throughout the sem• req Bueche & Wallach, Technical Physics, 4th edn,

Wiley.• rdg Giancoli, Physics, 4th edn, Prentice HallBunn, Physics for a modern world, Jacaranda

KYA200 Physics 2Develops a sound basis for advanced work in boththeoretical and experimental physics. Students gainexperience in model building and problem solvingtechniques, and acquire laboratory skills in electronicsand in the use of a wide range of electrical and opticalinstrumentation, as well as the general transferablepractical skills of data acquisition, data analysis andreport writing. Studies cover: statistics of experimentalerrors; thermal physics; electromagnetism; waves;introduction to quantum mechanics; and experimentalphysics.

• Staff Dr RD Watson and others •Hbt, int •33.33%•full year –4 lectures, a tutorial and 4 hrs lab weekly• prereq KYA100 and KMA152 and KMA154 • m/exclKYA205, KYA256 • assess 3-hr exam in June and Nov,and other assessment throughout the year• req Adkins CJ, Equilibrium Thermodynamics, 3rd edn,

Cambridge.French AP and Taylor EF, An Introduction to Quantum

Physics, Nelson.Kip AF, Fundamentals of Electricity and Magnetism, 2nd

edn, McGraw-Hill.Pain HJ, The Physics of Vibrations and Waves, 3rd edn,

Wiley.Pendlebury JM, Kinetic Theory, Hilger.Squires GL, Practical Physics, 3rd edn, McGraw-Hill.

KYA310 Physics 3AWave mechanics, electromagnetism and statisticalphysics. Topics include Schroedinger’s equation, onedimensional and three dimensional applications such as

the potential box, hydrogenic atoms, angularmomentum and uncertainty principle, identicalparticles, spin, and the periodic table; atomic structureand spectroscopy, electromagnetic waves, polarisation,coherence, waveguides and antennas, radiation,statistical mechanics and applications includingMaxwell-Boltzmann, Bose-Einstein and Fermi-Diracstatistics. The laboratory program includes selectedexperiments in physics, analogue and digital electronicsand their applications in experimental physics.

• N.B. Students not also taking KYA311 may undertakeadditional physics experiments instead of the electronics

• Staff Prof PM McCulloch and others •Hbt, int •25%•full year –2 lectures, 4 hrs lab weekly, 1 tutorialfortnightly • prereq KYA200 and KMA252 • m/exclKYA300 • assess 3-hr exam in Nov (70%), continuousassessment in electronics and lab reports (30%).

KYA311 Physics 3BAtomic and nuclear physics and solid state physics.Topics include particle classification, interactions andthe standard model, nuclear structure physics, stabilityand decay, absorption, x-ray diffraction and reciprocallattice; lattice vibrations, Brillouin zones, thermalproperties, electrical properties, conduction,semiconductors, magnetic properties andsuperconductivity. The laboratory program coversselected experiments in physics.

• Staff Prof PM McCulloch and others •Hbt, int•12.5% •sem 1 –3 lectures, 3 hrs lab weekly, 1 tutorialfortnightly • prereq KYA200 and KMA252 • coreqKYA310 • assess 3-hr paper in June (75%), lab reports(25%).

KYA312 Physics 3CSemi-conductor physics, applied electromagnetism andastrophysics. Provides a grounding in applied physicsand astrophysics for students intending to proceed tohonours in experimental physics and for studentswishing to complete a second major while notintending to proceed with physics. The laboratoryprogram covers appropriate experiments.

• Staff Prof PM McCulloch and others •Hbt, int•12.5% •sem 2 –3 lectures, 3 hrs lab weekly, 1 tutorialfortnightly • prereq KYA200 and KMA252 • coreqKYA310 and KYA311 • m/excl KYA302 • assess 3-hrpaper in Nov (75%), lab reports (25%).

KYA314 Theoretical Physics AProvides a grounding in theoretical physics for studentsintending to proceed to honours in theoretical physicsand for mathematically inclined students. Topicscovered include: dynamical systems and chaosincluding analytical dynamics, symmetry properties,detailed study of vibrational and rotational aspects,

KYA



phase space plots; characterisation of chaos –fixedpoints, limit cycles, Poincare return maps, fractal sets,strange attractors and universal features of chaoticsystems such as period doubling and intermittency.

• N.B. offered only in odd-numbered years

KYA315 Theoretical Physics BProvides a grounding in theoretical physics for studentsintending to proceed to honours in theoretical physicsand for mathematically inclined students. Topics covercontinuum mechanics, including kinematical anddynamical treatment of deformations involving thestrain and stress tensors; characterisation of continuousmedia; elastic solids –stretched, bent and twistedmaterials; hydrostatics and flotation problems; idealhydrodynamics and characterisation of fluid flow;complex variable methods for 2-d flows and conformalmapping; acoustic, volume and surface waves; viscosityand turbulence. Advanced quantum mechanicsincluding Dirac formalism and statistical interpretation;representations and unitary transformations; theclassical limit; pictures of time evolution; algebraictreatment of the oscillator and angular momentum;perturbation theory, the variational principle and WKBapproximation.

• N.B. offered only in even-numbered years

• Staff Prof R Delbourgo •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –4lectures weekly, 1 tutorial fortnightly • prereq KYA200and KMA252 • coreq KYA310 (recommended) • m/exclKYA305 • assess exam in Nov (100%).

KYA375 Physics 2 (Engineering)Covers Electromagnetism –electrostatics; Gauss’s lawand applications; gradient and divergence; electricenergy; dielectrics; currents and electromotive force;electromagnetism; Ampere’s law; curl of a vector; Biot-Savart law; Faraday’s law and applications; magneticmaterials; Maxwell’s equations; and electromagneticwaves.

• N.B. restricted to Engineering students

• Staff Dr JE Humble •Hbt, int •7.5% •sem 1 –26lectures, 14 tutorials • prereq ACM100 • assess 2-hrexam in June and assignments• req Kip AF, Fundamentals of Electricity and Magnetism,

2nd edn, McGraw-Hill.

KYA400/401 Biophysics 4 (Honours)Full time/Part timeStudy selected biophysical topics and appropriate unitsin physics, biology, chemistry or mathematics.Candidates are required to review the literature on a setbiophysical subject and to present a reading thesissummarising the review. Candidates shall alsoundertake a research investigation during the year andpresent the results of this investigation in a thesis.

• Staff Dr IA Newman •Hbt, int •100%/50% •consists of literature review and research program, withselected supplementary coursework • prereq BSc withmajor in Physics (or approved alternative backgroundin Plant Science or Biochemistry) • assess reading thesisand research thesis.

KYA410/411 Physics 4 (Honours) Fulltime/Part timeInclude: (a) advanced lectures on a number of fields ofPhysics –Plasma physics; Astrophysics; Advancedquantum mechanics; General relativity and cosmology;and Auroral physics; and (b) Research work (leading toa thesis) in one of the following –Radio astronomy; X-ray/optical astronomy; Theoretical physics; Cosmic rayphysics; and Biophysics.

• Staff Prof R Delbourgo and others •Hbt, int •100%/50% •full year –8 lectures weekly in sem 1, andresearch program throughout the year • prereq BScwith major in Physics or equivalent • assesscombination of exams on coursework and quality ofresearch thesis. A seminar talk in mid-Nov will betaken into consideration in determining the final resultof the year.

KYA500/501 Graduate Diploma ofScience with Honours (Biophysics)Has the same objectives as KYA400/401. Full time/parttime ‘umbrella’ code.

KYA510/511 Graduate Diploma ofScience with Honours (Physics)Has the same objectives as KYA410/411. Full time/parttime ‘umbrella’ code.

KYA583 Honours unitStudents enrolled in the Graduate Diploma of Science(Physics) course who undertake units from Physicshonours courses use this code if enrolling in an 8.33%unit.

KYA586 Honours unitStudents enrolled in the Graduate Diploma of Science(Physics) course who undertake units from Physicshonours courses use this code if enrolling in two 8.33%units or a single 16.67% unit.

KYA589 Honours unitStudents enrolled in the Graduate Diploma of Science(Physics) course who undertake units from Physicshonours courses use this code if enrolling in units witha total weight of 25%.



Units

Zoology – Department of Zoology atHobart

The Department of Zoology provides a balanced rangeof units in whole animal biology and prepares studentsfor a wide spectrum of careers in zoology and relateddisciplines. Students who wish to specialise in zoologycan complete almost a full third year in the department.Alternatively many students combine a major (50%third year) with another in a related discipline such asPlant Science, Biochemistry, or Microbiology.

First yearKZA150 Zoology 1G [25%] or KZA151 Zoology 1Eand other units to a total of 100% from other Group 1 areasin the life, earth, physical and numerical sciences (see BScschedule on page 82). Students proposing to major inzoology are strongly urged to include physical(chemistry and physics) or numerical (mathematics orcomputer science) science units in their first yearprogram.Note: Students also enrolling in or having previouslypassed KPA150 Botany 1G must enrol in KZA151 Zoology1E. Students proposing to study Biochemistry and/orMicrobiology in Year 2 must enrol in KZA150 Zoology IGif they are not currently enrolling in or have not previouslypassed KPA150 Botany 1G.

Second yearKZA210 Zoology 2 [33.3%]and 66.67% from other units of the students’ own choice.

Third yearKZA351 Antarctic Ecology [12.5%]ZA352 Environmental Adaptation [12.5%]KZA353 Evolutionary Biology & Biogeography [12.5%]KZA354 Fisheries & Wildlife Management [12.5%]KZA355 Freshwater Ecology [12.5%]KZA356 Marine Ecology [12.5%]KZA357 Quantitative Methods in Biology [12.5%]KZA358 Reproductive Biology: Strategies and

Mechanisms [12.5%]Students interested in marine, freshwater or fisheriesbiology should read the discipline entry Marine,Freshwater and Antarctic Biology (see page 89).

KZA150 Zoology 1GProvides an introduction to the scientific study ofanimals, and forms a basis for further study in Zoology.There will be a strong emphasis on developing skills inpractical zoology and scientific writing; students will beexpected to participate in some group activities.Students will be introduced to the characteristics of themajor invertebrate and vertebrate phyla from theperspective of an evolutionary interpretation ofdiversity. Lectures in comparative animal physiologyand animal behaviour will provide a functional basis

for an understanding of animal adaptations with anemphasis on Australian examples. A series of corelectures will introduce fundamental concepts in cellbiology, genetics, and molecular evolution.

• N.B. Students may enrol in either KZA150 Zoology 1G orKZA151 Zoology 1E (both may be used as prerequisites forKZA210 Zoology 2) except that:(i) those enrolling for the first time in Botany and Zoology

concurrently at first year level must enrol in KZA 151Zoology 1E and KBA150 Botany 1G;

(ii) those proposing to study Biochemistry and/orMicrobiology in Year 2 must enrol in KZA150 ZoologyIG if they are not currently enrolling in or have notpreviously passed KPA150 Botany 1G;

(iii) those who have previously passed KPA150 Botany 1G,and now wish to study Zoology at first year level, mustenrol in Zoology 1E.

Students are advised to seek course advice at enrolment.

• Staff Mr OLKA Buchmann, Prof. CR Johnson, Dr SMJones (Coordinator), Dr RW Rose, Assoc. Prof. RWGWhite, members of the Department of Plant Science.•Hbt, int •25% •full year –3 lectures, 3-hr practicalweekly (28 wks), some practicals taught in tutorialmode • prereq 2 of: *CH856, (*MT841 or *MT730),*BY826, (*PH866 or *SC786) • coreq KPA151 • m/exclKZA151, KPA150, KZA101, KZA105, KPZ101, KPZ160• assess 2-hr exam (Zoology), 1-hr exam (core topics) inJune and in Nov (60% total); 1,000-word essay (10%);practical assessment (30%)• req Dorit RL, Walker WF Jr and Barnes RD, Zoology,

Saunders 1991Zoology 1 Practical manualPechenik JA, A Short Guide to Writing about Biology, 2nd

edn, Harper Collins, 1993.

KZA151 Zoology 1EProvides an introduction to the scientific study ofanimals, and forms a basis for further study in Zoology.There will be a strong emphasis on developing skills inpractical zoology and scientific writing; students will beexpected to participate in some group activities.Students will be introduced to the characteristics of themajor invertebrate and vertebrate phyla from theperspective of an evolutionary interpretation ofdiversity. Lectures in comparative animal physiologyand animal behaviour will provide a functional basisfor an understanding of animal adaptations with anemphasis on Australian examples. A series of corelectures will introduce fundamental concepts in animaland plant ecology, and in experimental design.

• N.B. Students may enrol in either KZA150 Zoology 1G orKZA151 Zoology 1E (both may be used as prerequisites forKZA210 Zoology 2) except that:(i) those enrolling for the first time in Botany and Zoology

concurrently at first year level must enrol in KZA 151

KYAKZA



Zoology 1E and KBA150 Botany 1G;(ii) those proposing to study Biochemistry and/or

Microbiology in Year 2 must enrol in KZA150 ZoologyIG if they are not currently enrolling in or have notpreviously passed KPA150 Botany 1G;

(iii) those who have previously passed KPA150 Botany 1G,and now wish to study Zoology at first year level, mustenrol in Zoology 1E.

Students are advised to seek course advice at enrolment.

• Staff Dr LA Barmuta , Mr OLKA Buchmann, Prof. CRJohnson, Dr SM Jones (Coordinator), Assoc. Prof. AMMRichardson, Dr RW Rose, members of the Departmentof Plant Science. •Hbt, int •25% •full year –3lectures, 3-hr practical weekly (28 wks), some practicalstaught in tutorial mode • prereq 2 of: *CH856, (*MT841or *MT730), *BY826, (*PH866 or *SC786) • m/exclKZA150, KPA151, KZA101, KZA105, KPZ101, KPZ160• assess 2-hr exam (Zoology), 1-hr exam (core topics) inJune and in Nov (60% total); 1,000-word essay (10%);practical assessment (30%)• req Dorit RL, Walker WF Jr and Barnes RD, Zoology,

Saunders 1991Zoology 1 Practical manual~Pechenik JA, A Short Guide to Writing about Biology,

2nd edn, Harper Collins, 1993.

KZA210 Zoology 2Is an integrated study of the morphology andphysiology of the major groups of animals. Lecturesand practicals deal with the following topics: adaptiveradiation and phylogeny; systematics; life-cycles;feeding and digestion; circulation and haemodynamics;respiration; osmoregula-tion; nitrogen excretion andwater economy; nervous systems and sensoryreceptors; skeletal systems; locomotion; and animalecology.

• Staff Assoc Prof AMM Richardson, Assoc Prof DARitz, Dr R Swain, Dr RW Rose, Dr LA Barmuta, Dr MAHindell, Mr OLKA Buchmann (Coordinator) •Hbt, int•33.33% •full year –3 lectures, 2x3-hr practicalperiods weekly (28 wks), 13 tutorials, 1 2-day excursionto familiarise students with animals of marine,freshwater and terrestrial habits • prereq KZA101 and(KPZ160 or KPZ101) • m/excl KLA313 • assess end-of-sem 1, 3-hr theory exam (20%), 3-hr practical exam(20%), tutorial and reports (5%), end-of-sem 2, 3-hrtheory exam (20%), tutorial and reports (5%),physiology reports (20%), practical book (5%)• req Barnes RSK, Calow P and Olive PJW, The

Invertebrates –A New Synthesis, Blackwell ScientificPublication.

Eckert R, Animal Physiology –Mechanisms andAdaptations, 3rd edn, WH Freeman & Co.

Zoology II Practical Manual

KZA351 Antarctic EcologyProvides a comprehensive understanding of theAntarctic marine ecosystem. The course will coverseveral key areas, such as the basic oceanographicfeatures of the region and how these influence thedistribution and abundance of nutrients, the role ofmicroorganisms in the nutrient cycle, phytoplanktonand their role in the food web, zooplanktoncommunities, fish and squid communities and the roleof marine mammals and seabirds. The course will alsodeal with the unique adaptations required by Antarcticorganisms to enable them to exist in a highly adverseenvironment. The growing importance of resourcemanagement for the Southern ocean and the past andpresent history of exploitation of marine resources isalso covered.

• Staff Assoc Prof DA Ritz, Dr MA Hindell(Coordinator) •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –2x1-hrlectures, 4-hr practical weekly • prereq KZA210 • assesspractical reports (40%), essay (20%), 2-hr exam in June(40%)• req tba

KZA352 Environmental AdaptationExamines the interface between ecology and physiologyin the study of adaptation and provides a basis forhonours projects in this area. Examples and practicalexperiences cover a wide range of organisms. Thecourse introduces a variety of data collectiontechniques. It aims to develop competence in practicaland analytical skills, to develop skills incommunication, and to develop an appreciation ofethical considerations in research which uses animals.The course will consider the following topics:environmental endocrinology; thermal adaptations inectotherms, the evolution of endothermy, metabolicresponses in endotherms, water and ions; respiratoryadaptations in ectotherms, and life on land. Studentswill be expected to interact actively with staff inlectures, practical classes and projects.

• Staff Assoc Prof R Swain (Coordinator), Dr SM Jones,Dr RWRose •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –2x1-hr lectures,4-hr practical weekly • prereq KZA210 • assess 3-hrexam (40%), 1,500-word essay (15%), 3 reports (45%)• req tba

KZA353 Evolutionary Biology &BiogeographyIntroduces students to current concepts in evolutionarybiology, including the principles of taxonomy andsystematics, and will provide support for other ThirdYear Zoology units and a basis for Honours projects inthe area. The unit will deal with adaptation and naturalselection, the species concept and modern taxonomicmethods, phylogenetics, macroevolution and the way



Units

in which historical events and present day conditionscombine to produce biogeographical patterns. The unitwill include a practical component utilizing theTasmanian fauna. This unit will complement most ofthe other Third Year Zoology units.

• Staff Assoc Prof AMM Richardson (Coordinator),Assoc ProfRWG White •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –2x1-hr lectures, 4-hr practical weekly • prereq KZA210• assess practical report (40%), 2,000-word essay (20%),2-hr exam in June (40%)• req Ridley M, Evolution, 2nd edn, Blackwell Scientific

Publ, Oxford, 1996.

KZA354 Fisheries & Wildlife ManagementProvides an understanding of the rationales, strategiesand methodologies of the management of fish andwildlife populations. The differing approaches requiredfor management for exploitation and conservation willbe discussed. Local and overseas examples will bestudied. The multidisciplinary approach to successfulmanagement will be stressed. An introduction will beprovided to the use of population simulation as apredictive tool in management of fisheries and wildlife.

• Staff Assoc Prof RWG White (Coordinator), Dr MAHindell •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –2x1-hr lectures, 4-hr practical weekly • prereq KZA210 • assess practicalreports (40%), essay (20%), 2-hr exam in June (40%)• req Dissecting kit including fine-pointed forcepslaboratory coattexts tba.

KZA355 Freshwater EcologyDevelops the ecological and physiochemical conceptsthat are essential for the study of lakes, wetlands, andrivers. This course emphasises the processesresponsible for structuring populations andcommunities of organisms in open water and benthichabitats. Biological interactions (e.g. predation,competition) are covered, as well as foundationmaterial such as the roles of lake stratification and ofmoving water in shaping aquatic communities. Recentadvances in the practical applications of freshwateranimals in biological monitoring and assessment arealso presented.

• Staff Dr LA Barmuta (Coordinator), Assoc Prof RWGWhite •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –2x1-hr lectures, 4-hrpractical weekly • prereq KZA210 • assess 3-hr exam inJune (50%), essay (20%), 2 practical reports (30%)• req Dissecting kit including fine-pointed forcepslaboratory coattexts tba.

KZA356 Marine EcologyExamines the fundamental features and processes ofmarine systems. The influence of these processes on the

ecology of marine faunas is highlighted. The followingthemes are developed: influences of physical andchemical variables on communities and productivity;ecology of feeding and predator- prey interactions ofplankton and fish; structuring forces of benthiccommunities; chemical ecology; rocky shores andmacroalgal habitats; biogeography of the sea; invasionsby introduced species. Practical classes includefieldwork and introduce analytical techniques formeasuring productivity, aspects of fish schooling andimpacts of fish farming on the environment. A key partof the practical component will be a high level researchproject conducted during a 6 day visit to Maria Islandin the mid-semester break. There will be an equivalentnumber of free days during the semester tocompensate. Students would find QuantitativeMethods in Biology (KZA357), Antarctic Ecology(KZA351) and Freshwater Ecology (KZA355)particularly useful additional units.

• Staff Assoc Prof. DA Ritz (Coordinator), Prof CRJohnson •Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –2x1-hr lectures, 4-hr practical weekly • prereq KZA210 • assess 1,000-word essay (10%), 2 reports on practical assignments(30%), practical record book (10%), 3-hr exam in Nov(50%)• req Levinton J, Marine Biology Function, Biodiversity,

Ecology, Oxford, 1995dissecting kit including fine-pointed forcepslaboratory coat.

KZA357 Quantitative Methods in BiologyQuantitative skills are among the basic andfundamental tools of professional zoologists and otherbiologists. They are necessary to design their studies,analyse their data, and to assess and interpretpublished studies. This course provides a solidgrounding in the best ways to collect and analyse thesorts of data common in biology and ecology. Itemphasises hands-on, practical experience with theproblems commonly encountered in dealing withbiological and ecological data. The course covers basicsampling and experimental design, data analysis usingstandard techniques (e.g. analysis of variance andcovariance, regression, analysis of categorical data) andrandomisation techniques, and introduces multivariatetechniques for both pattern exploration and hypothesistesting. This course is strongly recommended forecology students and those considering Honours.

• Staff Prof CR Johnson (Coordinator), Dr LA Barmuta•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 2 –2x1-hr lectures, 4-hrpractical weekly • prereq KZA210 or KPA200 or 12pts(33.33%) Yr-2 AgrSc unit as approved by HoD • assess3-hr exam in Nov (60%), essay (15%), practical reports(25%)• req 3.5 in. computer diskettes; no set textbook.

KZA



KZA358 Reproductive Biology:Strategies and MechanismDeals broadly with reproductive processes and theircontrol, with a focus on evolutionary trends inreproductive patterns, mating strategies, sexualselection and parental care. A comparative approach istaken and topics will include sexual development anddifferentiation in brain and behaviour as well ascompetition for mates. Examples will be chosen fromboth invertebrates and vertebrates. Students would findthe study of KZA352 Environmental Adaptations veryuseful.

• N.B. the unit involves experimentation on live vertebrateanimals.

• Staff Dr RW Rose (Coordinator), Assoc Prof R Swain•Hbt, int •12.5% •sem 1 –2x1-hr lectures, 4-hrpractical weekly • prereq KZA210 • assess 1,500-wordessay (10%), practical work (30%), 3-hr exam (60%)• req a full dissection kit, lab coattexts tba.

KZA400/401 Zoology 4 (Honours) Fulltime/Part timeIntending Honours students should consult the Head ofthe Department of Zoology before the end of the finalyear of their undergraduate course. The Honourscourse starts either in the first week of February with athesis being submitted by the end of November or on 1August with all requirements being completed by theend of May in the following year. The program consistsof the following elements: a literature review, writtenand verbal exercises and a research project. Each ofthese has a number of teaching objectives, not all ofwhich are assessed and used in the final award. Thefinal award is based on an assessment of 11 objectivessix of which come from the thesis. Full information onobjectives and assessment criteria are contained in abooklet which is available from the department.

• Staff (Coordinator) Dr R Swain •Hbt, int•KZA400:100%/KZA401: 50% • prereq BSc with majorin Zoology or approved alternative• req Rowntree D, Statistics Without Tears, Penguin

Books, 1981.

KZA450/451 Marine, Freshwater andAntarctic Biology (Honours) Full time/Part timeHave the same broad objectives as KPA400, 401; fordetails, see KPA450, 451.

• Staff Assoc Prof DA Ritz (Coordinator) •Hbt, int•100%/50%.

KZA500/501 Graduate Diploma ofScience with Honours (Zoology)Have the same objectives as KZA400/401. Full time/part time ‘umbrella’ code.

science and technology units - utas.edu.au · science and technology units including computer...

Documents